Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts

go-math-grade-3-chapter-5-use-multiplication-facts-answer-key

Access Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts here for quick reference. Solve various questions from Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 and get basics of multiplication easily. Resolve your queries and practice on your own to understand where you stand in your preparation. Attain the logic behind each problem in the exercise questions from 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 5 USe Multiplication Facts and clear the exam with better grades.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts

Step by Step Solution is given in the HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key by subject experts keeping in mind the student’s level of understanding. Have an overview of the concepts present in Grade 3 Chapter 5 through the quick links available. Utilize the Grade 3 HMH Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts and clear your queries regarding the topics instantly. You just need to click on the below mentioned Go Math 3rd standard Grade 3 Chapter Key links and take your preparation to the next level.

Lesson 1: Algebra • Describe Patterns

Lesson 2: Algebra • Find Unknown Numbers

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 3: Problem Solving • Use the Distributive Property

Lesson 4: Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10

Lesson 5: Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiplies of 10

Chapter 5 Review/Test

Describe Patterns Page No 265

Describe a pattern for the table. Then complete the table.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Describe Patterns img 1
Answer: Add 6 muffins for each pan; Multiply the number of pans by 6.

Explanation:

Now we have to multiple no. of pans by 6
4 × 6 = 24; 5 × 6 = 30

Question 2.

Wagons 2 3 4 5 6
Wheels 8 12 16 _______ _______

Answer:

Wagons 2 3 4 5 6
Wheels 8 12 16 20 24

Explanation:

Add 4 wheels for each Wagons; Multiply the number of Wagons by 4
5 × 4 = 20; 6 × 4 = 24

Question 3.

Vases Flowers
2 14
3 _______
4 28
5 _______
6 42

Answer:

Vases Flowers
2 14
3 21
4 28
5 35
6 42

Explanation:

Add 7 flowers for each vase; Multiply the number of flowers by 7
3 × 7 = 21; 5 × 7 = 35

Question 4.

Spiders Legs
1 8
2 _______
3 24
4 _______
5 40

Answer:

Spiders Legs
1 8
2 16
3 24
4 32
5 40

Explanation:

Add 8 legs for each spider and then multiply the number of spiders by 8
i.e., 8 × 2 = 16; 8 × 4 = 32

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 265 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 265 Q6

Describe Patterns Lesson Check Page No 266

Question 1.
Which of the following describes a pattern in the table?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Describe Patterns img 2
Options:
a. Multiply by 3.
b. Multiply by 5.
c. Add 1.
d. Add 4.

Answer: Multiply by 5

Explanation:

From the above table, we can see that each chair is added by 5 for each table.
So, multiply the number of tables by 5
The correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Which number completes this table?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Describe Patterns img 3
Options:
a. 30
b. 20
c. 24
d. 22

Answer: 24

Explanation:

Each butterfly is added by 4
Multiply the number of butterflies by 4
4 × 6 = 24 wings
So, the correct answer is option C

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jennilee buys 7 packs of crayons. There are 6 crayons in each pack. How many crayons does Jennilee buy in all?
Options:
a. 13
b. 36
c. 42
d. 48

Answer: 42

Explanation:

Given that, Jennilee buys 7 packs of crayons
There are 6 crayons in each pack
1 pack = 6 crayons
7 packs = x
x × 1 = 6 × 7
x = 42

Question 4.
Maverick has 5 books of circus tickets. Each book has 5 tickets. How many tickets does Maverick have in all?
Options:
a. 10
b. 15
c. 20
d. 25

Answer: 25

Explanation:

Maverick has 5 books on circus tickets
Each book has 5 tickets
1 book =5 tickets
5 books = x tickets
x × 1 = 5 × 5
x = 25
Thus the correct answer is option D

Question 5.
Bailey walked his dog 2 times each day for 9 days. How many times did Bailey walk his dog in all?
Options:
a. 9
b. 11
c. 18
d. 27

Answer: 18

Explanation:

Given, Bailey walked his dog 2 times each day for 9 days
Number of times Bailey walk his dog in all = x
x = 9 × 2
x = 18
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
Drew’s Tree Company delivers pear trees in groups of 4. Yesterday, the company delivered 8 groups of pear trees. How many pear trees were delivered in all?
Options:
a. 12
b. 16
c. 24
d. 32

Answer: 32

Explanation:

Given,

Drew’s Tree Company delivers pear trees in groups of 4
Yesterday, the company delivered 8 groups of pear trees
How many pear trees were delivered in all = x
x = 4 × 8
x = 32
Thus the correct answer is option D

Find Unknown Numbers Page No 271

Find the unknown factor.

Question 1.
n × 3 = 12
Think: How many groups of 3 equal 12?
n = 4

Answer: 4

Explanation:

n × 3 = 12
n = 12/4
n = 3

Question 2.
s × 8 = 64
s = ________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

How many groups of 8 equals 64?

s × 8 = 64
s = 64/8
s = 8

Question 3.
21 = 7 × n
n = ________

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Number of groups 7 equals 21

21 = 7 × n
n = 21/7
n = 3

Question 4.
y × 2 = 18
y = ________

Answer: 9

Explanation:

y × 2 = 18
y = 18/2
y = 9

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 271 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 271 Q6

Question 7.
m × 4 = 28
m = ________

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Here m is the unknown product
4 × m = 28
4m = 28
m = 28/4
m = 7

Question 8.
★ × 1 = 9
★ = ________

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Here the symbol ★ is the unknown product
★ = 9/1
★ = 9

Question 9.
18 = 6 × r
r = ________

Answer: 3

Explanation:

r is the unknown product
6 × r = 18
r = 18/6
r = 3

Question 10.
u × 5 = 30
u = ________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

u is the unknown product
u × 5 = 30
5u = 30
u = 30/5
u = 6

Question 11.
4 × ■ = 24
■ = ________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

■ is the unknown product
4 × ■ = 24
■ = 24/4
■ = 6
Therefore the answer is 6

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 271 Q12

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 271 Q13

Question 14.
5 × ▲ = 40
▲ = ________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Here the symbol ▲ is the unknown product
▲ × 5 = 40
▲ = 40/5
▲ = 8

Question 15.
30 = d × 3
d = ________

Answer: 10

Explanation:

d is the unknown product
30 = d × 3
30/3 = d
d = 30/3
d = 10
Therefore the answer is 10

Question 16.
7 × k = 42
k = ________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

k is the unknown product
7 × k = 42
k = 42/7
k = 6

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 271 Q17

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 271 Q18

Find Unknown Numbers Lesson Check Page No 272

Question 1.
What is the unknown factor?
b × 7 = 56
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

b × 7 = 56
b = 56/7
Now we have to check how many groups of 7 equals 56
7 × 8 = 56
b = 8
Thus the answer is option C

Question 2.
What is the unknown factor shown by this array?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Find Unknown Numbers img 4
3 × ■ = 24
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

The unknown product is ■
Here we have to find the product of 3 × ■  which equals 24
3 × ■ = 24
■ = 24/3
■ = 8
Therefore the unknown factor shown by this array is 8

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?
Options:
a. 6 + 4 = 4 + 6
b. 4 × 6 = 6 × 4
c. 4 × 3 = 4 + 8
d. 3 × 6 = 9 × 2

Answer: 4 × 6 = 6 × 4

Explanation:

According to the commutative property of multiplication, changing the order of the numbers we are multiplying, does not change the product.
a × b = b × a
So, the answer is 4 × 6 = 6 × 4

Question 4.
Find the product.
5 × (4 × 2)
Options:
a. 13
b. 22
c. 40
d. 80

Answer: 40

Explanation:

This is in the form of a × (b × c)
First, multiply 4 and 2
5 × (4 × 2) = 5 × 8
5 × 8 = 40
Therefore the correct answer is option D

Question 5.
Which number sentence is an example of the Distributive Property?
Options:
a. 4 × 7 = (4 × 3) + (4 × 4)
b. 4 × 7 = 7 × 4
c. 4 × 7 = 28
d. 7 × 4 = 15 + 13

Answer: 4 × 7 = (4 × 3) + (4 × 4)

Example:

To “distribute” means to divide something or give a share or part of something. According to the distributive property, multiplying the sum of two or more addends by a number will give the same result as multiplying each addend individually by the number and then adding the products together.
The example of Distributive Property is 4 × 7 = (4 × 3) + (4 × 4)

Question 6.
In a group of 10 boys, each boy had 2 hats. How many hats did they have in all?
Options:
a. 5
b. 12
c. 20
d. 40

Answer: 20

Explanation:

Given that,
Each boy has 2 hats
A group of 10 boys has x hats
x × 1 = 2 × 10
x = 20

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 273

Vocabulary
Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 5

Question 1.
An __________ is a number sentence that uses the equal sign to show that two amounts are equal.
__________

Answer: Equation

Explanation:

The definition of the Equation is the number sentence that uses an equal sign to show that two amounts are equal.

Concepts and Skills

Describe a pattern in the table. Then complete the table.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 6
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Weeks 1 2 3 4 5
Days 7 14 21 28 35

Explanation:

First of all look for the pattern to complete the table.
As you look across the rows you can find the days are increased by 7 for each week.
Now use the pattern to find the number of days in 4 and 5 weeks.
7 × 4 = 28; 7 × 5 = 35

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 7
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Tickets 2 3 4 5 6
Cost $8 $12 $16 $20 $24

Explanation:

Look for the pattern to complete the table.
As you look across the rows you can find the cost increased by $4 for each ticket.
Now use the pattern to find the cost for 5 and 6 tickets
4 × 5 = 20; 4 × 6 = 24

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 8
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Project Teams Members
3 9
4 12
5 15
6 18
7 21

Explanation:

Look for the pattern by comparing the columns in the table. You can multiply number of project teams by 3 to find the members.
3 × 5 = 15; 3 × 7 = 21

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 9
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Tables Chairs
1 8
2 16
3 24
4 32
5 40

Explanation:

Look for the pattern by comparing the rows in the table.
Now multiply the number of tables by 8 so that you can find the number of chairs for 3 and 5 tables.
3 × 8 = 24; 5 × 8 = 40

Find the unknown number.

Question 6.
m × 5 = 30
m = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

m is the unknown product
m × 5 = 30
m = 30/5
m = 6
Therefore the value of m is 6

Question 7.
■ × 6 = 48
■ = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

■ is the symbol of the unknown product
■ × 6 = 48
■ = 48/6
■ = 8

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 273 Q8

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 273 Q9

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 273 Q10

Question 11.
★ × 10 = 10
★ = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

★ is the symbol of the unknown product
★ × 10 = 10
★ = 10/10
★ = 1

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Lesson Check Page No 274

Question 12.
Describe a pattern in the table.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 10
Type below:
__________

Answer: Multiply by 6

Explanation:

As you look across the rows, you can see that the number of stickers increases by 6 for each package.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 274 Q13

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 274 Q14

Question 15.
Kyle saves $10 every week for 6 weeks. How much money will Kyle have in Week 6?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 11
a. 60

Answer:

Weeks 1 2 3 4 5 6
Amount $10 $20 $30 $40 $50 $60

Explanation:

Look for the pattern to complete the table.
As you look across the rows you can find the amount increased for each week.
You can multiply 10 by weeks 4, 5 and 6
i.e., 10 × 4 = 40; 10 × 5 = 50; 10 × 6 = 60

Question 16.
Tennis balls cost $7 for a can of 3. Steve gives the cashier $40 to buy balls and receives $12 in change. How many tennis balls did Steve buy?
_______ tennis balls

Answer: 12 tennis balls

Explanation:

Steve spent $40 – $12 = $28
Let y represent the number of cans.
Tennis balls cost $7 for a can of 3
7 × y = 28
y = 28/7
y = 4 cans
So, Steve buys 4 cans of 3 tennis balls
Then, we need to multiply the no. of cans, 4, by the number of tennis balls in each can, 3
4 × 3 = 12 tennis balls

Use the Distributive Property Page No 279

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Each time a student turns in a perfect spelling test, Ms. Ricks puts an achievement square on the bulletin board. There are 6 rows of squares on the bulletin board. Each row has 30 squares. How many perfect spelling tests have been turned in?
Think: 6 × 30 = 6 × (10 + 10 + 10)
= 60 + 60 + 60 = 180
180 spelling tests

Answer: 180 spelling test

Explanation:

There are 6 rows of squares on the bulletin board
Each row has 30 squares
We can use the distributive property to find the number of perfect spelling tests have been turned in
6 × 30 = 6 × (10+10+10)
6 × 10 + 6 × 10 + 6 × 10
60 + 60 + 60 = 180 spelling test

Question 2.
Norma practices violin for 50 minutes every day. How many minutes does Norma practice violin in 7 days?
_______ minutes

Answer: 350 minutes

Explanation:

Given,
Norma practices violin for 50 minutes every day
To find:
How many minutes does Norma practice violin in 7 days?
We can solve this problem by using the distributive property
7 × 50 = 7 × (20 + 30) = (7 × 20) + (7 × 30)
= 350 minutes

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 279 Q3

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 279 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 279 Q5

Use the Distributive Property Lesson Check Page No 280

Question 1.
Each snack pack holds 20 crackers. How many crackers in all are there in 4 snack packs?
Options:
a. 60
b. 80
c. 100
d. 800

Answer: 80

Explanation:

Given:
Each snack pack holds 20 crackers
To find:
How many crackers in all are there in 4 snack packs
By using the Distributive property we can find the crackers in 4 snack packs
4 × 20 = 4 × (10 + 10)
4 × 10 + 4 × 10 = 40 + 40 = 80
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
A machine makes 70 springs each hour. How many springs will the machine make in 8 hours?
Options:
a. 500
b. 520
c. 540
d. 560

Answer: 560

Explanation:

Given,
A machine makes 70 springs each hour
To find:
How many springs will the machine make in 8 hours
8 × 70 = 8 × (35 + 35)
= (8 × 35) + (8 × 35)
= 280 + 280
= 560
Thus option D is the correct answer

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Lila read 142 pages on Friday and 168 pages on Saturday. Which is the best estimate of how many pages Lila read on Friday and Saturday combined?
Options:
a. 100
b. 200
c. 300
d. 400

Answer: 300

Explanation:

Lila read 142 pages on Friday and 168 pages on Saturday
We can estimate the number of pages Lila read on Friday and Saturday combined by using the Distributive property
142 + 168 = (2 × 71) + (2 × 84) = 300
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 4.
Jessica wrote 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 on the board. Which is another way to show 6 + 6 + 6 + 6?
Options:
a. 4 × 4
b. 4 × 6
c. 4 × 4 × 6
d. 6 × 6

Answer: 4 × 6

Explanation:
Jessica wrote 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 on the board
The another way to write 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 is 4 × 6
Because here 6 is added 4 times. So the multiplication form of 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 is 4 × 6
So, the correct answer is option B

Use the line plot for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Use the Distributive Property img 12

Question 5.
Eliot made a line plot to record the number of birds he saw at his bird feeder. How many more sparrows than blue jays did he see?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Number of sparrows = 5
Number of Blue Jays = 1
To know how many more sparrows than blue jays we have to subtract number of blue jay from number of sparrows
= 5 – 1 = 4
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
How many robins and cardinals combined did Eliot see?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Number of robins = 3
Number of Cardinals = 2
Total Number of robins and cardinals = 3 + 2 = 5
So, the answer is option D

Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 Page No 285

Use a number line to find the product.

Question 1.
2 × 40 = 80
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 img 13

Answer: 80

Explanation:

The number line given above shows that there are 2 groups of 4 tens
So, 2 × 4 tens
2 × 40 = 80

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 img 14
4 × 30 = _______

Answer: 120

Explanation:

There are 4 groups of 3 tens
So, the number jumps from 0 to 30, 30 to 60, 60 to 90, and from 90 to 120.
4 × 3 tens = 4 × 30 = 120

Use place value to find the product.

Question 3.
5 × 70 = 5 × _______ tens
= _______ tens = _______

Answer:

i. 7 tens
ii. 35 tens
iii. 350

Explanation:

70 = 7 × 10 = 7 tens
5 × 70 = 35 × 10 = 35 tens = 350

Question 4.
60 × 4 = _______ tens × 4
= _______ tens = _______

Answer:

i. 6 tens
ii. 24 tens
iii. 240

Explanation:

Here 60 is multiplied with 4
60 = 6 × 10 = 6 tens
60 × 4 = 6 tens × 4
24 tens = 24 × 10 = 240

Question 5.
7 × 30 = 7 × _______ tens
= _______ tens = _______

Answer:

i. 3 tens
ii. 21 tens
iii. 210

Explanation:

30 = 3 × 10 = 3 × 1 ten = 3 tens
7 × 30 = 7 × 3 tens
= 21 tens
= 21 × 10 = 210

Question 6.
90 × 3 = _______ tens × 3
= tens = _______

Answer:

i. 9 tens
ii. 27 tens
iii. 270

Explanation:

90 = 9 × 1 ten = 9 × 10 = 9 tens
9 tens × 3 = 27 tens
27 tens = 27 × 1 ten
= 27 × 10 = 270

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 285 Q7

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 285 Q8

Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 Lesson Check Page No 286

Question 1.
Each bag of pattern blocks contains 50 blocks. To make a class pattern, the teacher combines 4 bags of blocks. How many pattern blocks are there in all?
Options:
a. 20
b. 200
c. 240
d. 250

Answer: 200

Explanation:

Given,
Each bag of pattern blocks contains 50 blocks
To make a class pattern, the teacher combines 4 bags of blocks
Here we make use of multiplication strategies to know the number of pattern blocks
50 × 4 = 5 tens × 4
= 20 tens = 20 × 10 = 200
Therefore the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
A deli received 8 blocks of cheese. Each block of cheese weighs 60 ounces. What is the total weight of the cheeses?
Options:
a. 420 ounces
b. 460 ounces
c. 480 ounces
d. 560 ounces

Answer: 480 ounces

Explanation:

A deli received 8 blocks of cheese
Each block of cheese weighs 60 ounces
60 × 8 = 6 tens × 8
48 tens = 48 × 10 = 480 ounces
So, the correct answer is option C

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Alan and Betty collected cans for recycling. Alan collected 154 cans. Betty collected 215 cans. How many cans did they collect in all?
Options:
a. 369
b. 379
c. 469
d. 479

Answer: 369

Explanation:

Given, Alan and Betty collected cans for recycling
Alan collected 154 cans
Betty collected 215 cans
To know total cans they collected in all, we have to add both the cans of Alan and Betty
154 + 215 = 369 cans
Therefore the correct answer is option A

Question 4.
The third graders collected 754 cans. The fourth graders collected 592 cans. Which is the best estimate of how many more cans the third graders collected?
Options:
a. 50
b. 100
c. 200
d. 300

Answer: 200

Explanation:

Given,
The third graders collected 754 cans
The fourth graders collected 592 cans
To find the best estimate of how many more cans the third graders collected
We have to subtract fourth graders cans from third graders can
Here they are asking the estimated number of cans the third graders collected
754 rounded to the nearest hundred is 800 and
592 rounded to the nearest hundred is 600
800 – 600 = 200
Therefore the correct answer is 200

Use the bar graph for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiplication Strategies with Multiples of 10 img 15

Question 5.
How many more books did Ed read than Bob?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 3

Explanation:

The bar graph shows that Ed read 8 books in June
Bob read 5 books in June
To know the number of books Ed read than Bob
We have to subtract the no. of books Bob read from Ed
= 8 – 5 = 3 books
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 6.
How many books in all did the four students read in June?
Options:
a. 22
b. 24
c. 26
d. 36

Answer: 26

Explanation:

Bob read 5 books in June
Ed read 8 books in June
Eve read 7 books in June
Ann read 6 books in June
Total = 5 + 8 + 7 + 6 = 26 books
So, the answer is option C

Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiplies of 10 Page No 291

Find the product. Use base-ten blocks or draw a quick picture.

Question 1.
4 × 50 = 200
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 img 16

Answer: 200

Explanation:

First, multiply the ones
4 × o ones = 0
Next, multiply the tens
4 × 5 tens = 200

Question 2.
60 × 3 = _______

Answer: 180

Explanation:

Mutliply the ones
3 × o ones = 0
Now multiply the tens
3 × 6 tens = 18 tens = 180

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 291 Q3

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 291 Q4

Question 5.
5 0
× 2
—–
_______

Answer: 100

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
2 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
2 × 5 tens = 10 tens = 100

Question 6.
6 0
× 7
—–
_______

Answer: 420

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
7 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
7 × 6 tens = 42 tens = 420

Question 7.
70
× 4
—–
_______

Answer: 280

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
4× 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
4 × 7 tens = 28 tens = 280

Question 8.
6 × 90 = _______

Answer: 540

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
6 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
6 × 9 tens = 54 tens = 540

Question 9.
9 × 70 = _______

Answer: 630

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
9 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
9 × 7 tens = 63 tens = 630

Question 10.
8 × 90 = _______

Answer: 720

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
8 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
8 × 9 tens = 72 tens = 720

Question 11.
_______ = 6 × 80

Answer: 480

Explanation:

Multiply the ones
6 × 0 ones = 0
Multiply the tens
6 × 8 tens = 48 tens = 480

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 291 Q12

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 291 Q13

Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiplies of 10 Lesson Check Page No 292

Question 1.
Each shelf in one section of the library holds 30 books. There are 9 shelves in that section. How many books will these shelves hold?
Options:
a. 220
b. 260
c. 270
d. 280

Answer: 270

Explanation:

Given,

Each shelf in one section of the library holds 30 books
There are 9 shelves in that section
30 × 9 = 3 tens × 9
= 27 tens = 270
Therefore the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
One can of juice mix makes 60 ounces of juice. How many ounces of juice can be made from 6 cans of juice mix?
Options:
a. 300 ounces
b. 360 ounces
c. 390 ounces
d. 600 ounces

Answer: 360 ounces

Explanation:

Given,
One can of juice mix makes 60 ounces of juice
Number of ounces of juice can be made from 6 cans of juice mix
60 ounces × 6 = 6 tens × 6
= 36 tens = 360 ounces
Thus the answer is option B

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Sue bought 7 cans of tennis balls. There are 3 balls in each can. How many balls did Sue buy?
Options:
a. 10
b. 21
c. 28
d. 37

Answer: 21

Explanation:

Sue bought 7 cans of tennis balls
There are 3 balls in each can
To know the number of balls Sue buy
We have multiply number of cans and number of balls
= 7 × 3 = 21 balls

Question 4.
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?
Options:
a. 3 + 4 = 4 + 3
b. 5 × 0 = 0
c. 1 × 7 = 7
d. 3 × 4 = 4 × 3

Answer: 3 × 4 = 4 × 3

Explanation:

According to the commutative property of multiplication, changing the order of the numbers we are multiplying, does not change the product.
a × b = b × a
3 × 4 = 4 × 3
Option D is the correct example of the Commutative property

Question 5.
Lyn drew this bar model to solve a problem. Which operation should she use to find the unknown number?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 img 17
Options:
a. addition
b. division
c. multiplication
d. subtraction

Answer: addition

Explanation:

To know the unknown number we have to add both the number of flowers
90 + 54 = 144

Question 6.
Joe drew this bar model to find the unknown number of balls. Which is the correct answer?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Multiply 1-Digit Numbers by Multiples of 10 img 18
Options:
a. 356
b. 256
c. 144
d. 124

Answer: 144

Explanation:

Given that
Joe drew this bar model to find the unknown number of balls
106 balls + ___ = 250 balls
let the unknown number be x
106 + x = 250
x = 250 – 106
x = 144 balls

Review/Test Page No 293

Question 1.
The camping club wants to rent rafts. Each raft can hold 8 people. Which equation could be used to find how many rafts are needed for 32 people?
Options:
a. 8 × 32 = ■
b. 32 × ■ = 8
c. ■ × 8 = 32
d. 32 × 8 = ■

Answer: ■ × 8 = 32

Explanation:

Each raft can hold 8 people
■ represents raft that can hold 32 people
Now we have to multiple number of people with rafts for 32 people
■ × 8 = 32
■ = 32/8
■ = 4
Therefore 4 rafts are needed for 32 people

Question 2.
Select the equations that show the Distributive Property. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 8 × 20 = 8 × (10 + 10)
b. 5 × 60 = 5 × (20 + 40)
c. 30 × 6 = 6 × 30
d. 9 × (4 + 3) = 9 × 7

Answer: a, b, d

Explanation:

The sum of two numbers times a third number is equal to the sum of each addend times the third number.
The above 3 options satisfy the law of Distributive Property

Question 3.
Choose the number from the box that makes the sentence true.
A library has 48 shelves of fiction books. There are 6 shelves in each cabinet.
There are Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 19 cabinets of fiction books in the library.
_________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Let x represents cabinets of fiction in the library
x × 6 = 48
x = 48/6
x = 8
Therefore the answer is 8

Review/Test Page No 294

Question 4.
For numbers 4a–4d, choose True or False for each equation.
a. 5 × (4 + 4) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

The above question satisfies the distributive property
5 × (4 + 4) = 5 × 8 = 40
8 × 5 = 40
Therefore LHS = RHS
So, the equation is true

Question 4.
b. 8 × (3 + 3) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

8 × (3 + 3) = 8 × 6 = 48
8 × 5 = 40
So, the equation is false

Question 4.
c. (3 × 5) + (5 × 5) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

(3 × 5) + (5 × 5) = 8 × 5
The above question satisfies the distributive property
8 × 5 = 40
(3 × 5) + (5 × 5) = 15 + 25 = 40
Both LHS and RHS are equal
So, the answer is true

Question 4.
d. (3 × 2) + (8 × 3) = 8 × 5
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

(3 × 2) + (8 × 3)
3 × 2 = 6; 8 × 3 = 24
= (3 × 2) + (8 × 3) = 6 + 24
But it is given as 8 × 5
So, the answer is false

Question 5.
Alya planted 30 trays of flowers. Each tray held 8 flowers. Javon planted 230 flowers. Did Alya plant more flowers than Javon, the same number of flowers as Javon, or fewer flowers than Javon?
Options:
a. She planted more flowers than Javon.
b. She planted the same number of flowers as Javon.
c. She planted fewer flowers than Javon. 6.

Answer: She planted more flowers than Javon.

Explanation:

Given that, Alya planted 30 trays of flowers and each tray held 8 flowers
30 × 8 = 240 flowers
So, Alya planted 240 flowers
Javon planted 230 flowers
To know whether Alya plant more flowers than Javon, the same number of flowers as Javon, or fewer flowers than Javon
We have to subtract Number of flowers planted by Javon from Alya
240 – 230 = 10
So, Alya planted more flowers than Javon

Question 6.
For numbers, 6a–6d, choose Yes or No to show whether the unknown number is 6.

a. 4 × ■ = 32

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer: No

Explanation:

■ = 6
Now we have to substitute ■ = 6 in the above question
4 × 6 = 24
So, the answer is No

b. ■ × 6 = 36

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

■ = 6
6 × 6 = 36
It satisfies the above equation
So, the answer is Yes

c. 8 × ■ = 49

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer: No

Explanation:

■ = 6
8 × 6 = 48 but not 49
So, the answer is No

d. ■ × 30 = 180

i. Yes
ii. No

Answer:

Explanation:

■ = 6
6 × 30 = 180
It satisfies the above equation
So, the answer is yes

Question 7.

Each train can carry 20 cars. Use the number line to find how many cars 6 trains can carry.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 5 Answer Key Review

Answer: 120 cars

Chapter 5 Go Math Grade 3 Solution Key Review solution image_1

Explanation:

Each train can carry 20 cars
6 trains can carry x cars
x × 1 = 20 × 6
x = 120 cars

Review/Test Page No 295

Question 8.
Samantha made this multiplication model. Complete the equation that represents the model.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 20
_____ × _____ = _____
Type below:
__________

Answer: 90

Explanation:

Each vertical bar represents a ten. Each group of 3 vertical bars represents 30
We have 3 groups of 30, therefore the equation that represents the model is
3 × 30 = 90 models

Question 9.
A printer prints newsletters for many groups every month. Which group uses the greatest number of pieces of paper?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 21
__________

Answer: Book Lovers Club

Explanation:

From the above table, we can say that Book Lovers Club group uses the greatest number of pieces of paper

Question 10.
A store has 30 boxes of melons. Each box holds 4 bags. Each bag holds 2 melons. What is the total number of melons in the store?
__________ melons

Answer: 240 melons

Explanation:

Given,
A store has 30 boxes of melons
Each box holds 4 bags
Each bag holds 2 melons
1 box holds 4 bags
30 × 4 = 120 bags
1 bag = 2 melons
120 bags = x
x = 120 × 2
x = 240 melons
Therefore total number of melons in the store = 240 melons

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 295 Q11

Review/Test Page No 296

Question 12.
Tim describes a pattern. He says the pattern shown in the table is “Add 3.” Is Tim correct? Explain how you know.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 22
Type below:
__________

Answer:

No, Tim is not correct
The pattern works for the first pair of numbers 1 + 3 = 4
But it doesn’t work for any of the other pairs. The pattern should be to Multiply the number of packages by 4

Question 13.
This shows a part of a multiplication table. Find the missing numbers. Explain how you found the numbers.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 23
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 3 Key Chapter 5 Review solution image_2

Explanation:

The only numbers that have a product of 35 are 5 and 7. The only numbers that have a product of 40 are 5 and 8.
This tells us that 5 is the number for the row. That means 6 is the next row down, and 7 is the row after that. The factors of 7 and 8 are the columns, so we can multiply to find the missing numbers

Question 14.
Describe a pattern for this table.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 24
Pattern: _____
How would the table change if the pattern was “Multiply the number of tanks by 8”? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer: Multiply the number of tanks by 80
The table would change by taking a zero off each number of fish in the second row because you would be multiplying by ones, not tens.

Review/Test Page No 297

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Page 297 Q15

Go Math 3rd Grade Answer Key for Chapter 5 Review solution image_4

Question 16.
The bookstore has 6 shelves of books about animals. There are 30 books on each shelf. How many books about animals does the bookstore have?
Shade squares to make a diagram to show how you can use the Distributive Property to find the number of books about animals in the bookstore.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Review/Test img 25
__________ animal books

Answer:

6 × (10 + 10 + 10) = (6 × 10) + (6 × 10) + (6 × 10)
= 60 + 60 + 60
= 180 animal books

Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 5 Review solution image_3

Review/Test Page No 298

Question 17.
Cody saves all his nickels. Today he is getting them out of his piggy bank and wrapping them to take to the bank. He finds he has 360 nickels. It takes 40 nickels to fill each paper wrapper and make a roll. How many wrappers does he need?
Part A
Write an equation using n for the unknown number. Find the number of wrappers needed.
______ × ______ = ______

Answer: n × 40 = 360

Explanation:

n represents no. of wrappers need
Each paper wrapper needs 40 nickels
Cody has 360 nickels
n × 40 = 360

Question 17.
Part B
Explain how you solved this problem and how you know your answer is correct.
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Explanation:

Given that Cony has 360 nickels
Each paper wrapper needs 40 nickels
Let n be the number of wrappers needed
That means n × 40 = 360
n = 360/40
n = 9
So, n wrappers are needed to make the rolls

Question 18.
Ruben is collecting cans for the recycling contest at school. He makes two plans to try to collect the most cans.
Plan A: Collect 20 cans each week for 9 weeks.
Plan B: Collect 30 cans each week for 7 weeks.
Part A
Which plan should Ruben choose?
__________

Answer: Plan B

Collect 30 cans each week for 7 weeks.

Question 18.
Part B
Explain how you made your choice.
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Given that Ruben is collecting cans for the recycling contest at school
His plan is to collect more cans
That means he has to collect more number of cans in less number of weeks
So, Plan B is perfect to win the recycling contest at school

We hope the info shared regarding the Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 5 Answer Key has been beneficial to you. Refer to Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Extra Practice. Practice is the only key to success and make the most out of the Answer Key available and achieve success in your assessments or tests.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division

go-math-grade-3-chapter-6-understand-division-answer-key

Are you looking everywhere to learn about Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division? This Answer Key includes topics like related multiplication and division facts, repeated subtraction, number of equal groups, and so on. Those who are preparing for the Grade 3 Ch 6 will find the HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division extremely helpful. You can identify your knowledge gap by solving the Questions from 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division

Before you begin your preparation learn the topics included in Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Chapter Understand Division. You can always look up to Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Key as a reference to clear all your queries. Practice the problems in 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 6 Understand Division and understand the concepts easily.

Lesson 1: Problem Solving • Model Division

Lesson 2: Size of Equal Groups

Lesson 3: Number of Equal Groups

Lesson 4: Model with Bar Models

Lesson 5: Algebra • Relate Subtraction and Division

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Investigate • Model with Arrays

Lesson 7: Algebra • Relate Multiplication and Division

Lesson 8: Algebra • Write Related Facts

Lesson 9: Algebra • Division Rules for 1 and 0

Chapter 6 Review/Test

Model Division Page No 305

Question 1.
Six customers at a toy store bought 18 jump ropes. Each customer bought the same number of jump ropes. How many jump ropes did each customer buy?
__________

Answer: 3 jump ropes

Explanation:

Given that there are Six customers at a toy store bought 18 jump ropes
Each customer bought the same number of jump ropes
To know the number of jump roses that each customer bought
You must place each jump ropes until all the jump ropes are used.
That means 18 jump ropes to all 6 customers
= 18 ÷ 6 = 3
Therefore each customer bought 3 jump ropes

Question 2.
Hiro has 36 pictures of his summer trip. He wants to put them in an album. Each page of the album holds 4 pictures. How many pages will Hiro need for his pictures?
__________

Answer: 9 pages

Explanation:

Hiro has 36 pictures of his summer trip. He wants to put them in an album
Each page of the album holds 4 pictures
Make it into equal groups and put 4 pictures in each page
= 36 ÷ 4 = 9
Thus Hiro need 9 pages for his pictures

Question 3.
Katia has 42 crayons in a box. She buys a storage bin that has 6 sections. She puts the same number of crayons in each section. How many crayons does Katia put in each section of the storage bin?
__________

Answer: 7 crayons

Explanation:

Katia has 42 crayons in a box
She buys a storage bin that has 6 sections
Make 42 crayons as a group and place 1 crayon in each section. Then you get 7 crayons in each section
42 ÷ 6 = 42/6 = 7
Therefore 7 crayons do Katia put in each section of the storage bin

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 305 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 305 Q5

Model Division Page No 306

Question 1.
Maria buys 15 apples at the store and places them into bags. She puts 5 apples into each bag. How many bags does Maria use for all the apples?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 10

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Maria buys 15 apples at the store and places them into bags
She puts 5 apples into each bag
That means each bag contains 5 apples
Now, Divide the apples into equal groups and place them in each bag
15 ÷ 5 = 3
Therefore Maria uses 3 bags to put 15 apples.

Question 2.
Tom’s neighbor is fixing a section of his walkway. He has 32 bricks that he is placing in 8 equal rows. How many bricks will Tom’s neighbor place in each row?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Given: Tom’s neighbor is fixing a section of his walkway
He has 32 bricks that he is placing in 8 equal rows
Now place each brick in all 8 rows  equally and repeat until the bricks are over
32 ÷ 8 = 4
So, you get 4 bricks in each row
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 3.
Find the unknown factor.
7 × _ = 56
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
7 × x = 56
Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Answer Key Division Method img_1

So, the correct answer is option C

Question 4.
How many students practiced the piano more than 3 hours a week?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model Division img 1
Options:
a. 2
b. 6
c. 8
d. 10

Answer: 6

Explanation:

3 students practiced the piano for 4 hours
2 students practiced the piano for 5 hours and
1 student practiced the piano for 6 hours
= 3 + 2 + 1 = 6
The above line plot shows that 6 students practiced the piano for more than 3 hours

Question 5.
Count equal groups to find how many there are.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model Division img 2
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 12
d. 16

Answer: 12

Explanation:

The above figure shows that there are 4 circles and each circle is divided into 3 equal groups
So, multiply number of circles with equal groups
= 4 × 3 = 12
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
Which is another way to group the factors?
(3 × 2) × 5
Options:
a. (3 + 2) + 5
b. (3 × 2) + 5
c. 3 × (2 + 5)
d. 3 × (2 × 5)

Answer: 3 × (2 × 5)

Explanation:

The another way to group (3 × 2) × 5 is 3 × (2 × 5)
Because there is no change in the symbol and number
So, the correct answer is option D

Size of Equal Groups Page No 311

Use counters or draw a quick picture. Make equal groups. Complete the table.

Question 1.

Counters Number of Equal Groups Number in Each Group
1. 15 3 __________
2. 21 7 __________
3. 28 7 __________
4. 32 4 __________
5. 9 3 __________
6. 18 3 __________
7. 20 5 __________
8. 16 8 __________
9. 35 5 __________
10. 24 3 __________

Answer:

Counters Number of Equal Groups Number in Each Group
1. 15 3 5
2. 21 7 3
3. 28 7 4
4. 32 4 8
5. 9 3 3
6. 18 3 6
7. 20 5 4
8. 16 8 2
9. 35 5 7
10. 24 3 8

Explanation:

1. No. of counters = 15
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 5 in each group

2. No. of counters = 21
Number of equal groups = 7
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 3 in each group

3. No. of counters = 28
Number of equal groups = 7
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 4 in each group

4. No. of counters = 32
Number of equal groups = 4
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 8 in each group

5. No. of counters = 9
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 3 in each group

6. No. of counters = 18
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 6 in each group

7. No. of counters = 20
Number of equal groups = 5
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 4 in each group

8. No. of counters = 16
Number of equal groups = 8
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 2 in each group

9. No. of counters = 35
Number of equal groups = 5
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 7 in each group

10. No. of counters = 24
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 8 in each group

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 311 Q11
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 311 Q11.1

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 311 Q12

Size of Equal Groups Page No 312

Question 1.
Ryan has 21 pencils. He wants to put the same number of pencils in each of 3 pencil holders. How many pencils will he put in each pencil holder?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Ryan has 21 pencils
He wants to put the same number of pencils in each of 3 pencil holders
Split it into 3 groups and share each pencil to each group
You get 7 pencils for each of 3 groups
21/3 = 7
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Corrine is setting out 24 plates on 6 tables for a dinner. She sets the same number of plates on each table. How many plates does Corrine set on each table?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Given,
Corrine is setting out 24 plates on 6 tables for a dinner
She sets the same number of plates on each table
Make a group of 6 tables and place 1 plate for each group
You get 4 plates for each table
24/6 = 4 plates
So, the correct answer is Option B

Question 3.
Each table has 4 legs. How many legs do 4 tables have?
Options:
a. 1
b. 8
c. 16
d. 20

Answer: 16

Explanation:

Given that Each table has 4 legs
4 tables have x number of legs
x = 4 × 4 = 16
Therefore 4 tables have 16 legs

Question 4.
Tina has 3 stacks of 5 CDs on each of 3 shelves. How many CDs does she have in all?
Options:
a. 14
b. 30
c. 35
d. 45

Answer: 45

Given,
Tina has 3 stacks of 5 CDs on each of 3 shelves
How many CDs does she have in all = x
To know the number of CDs in all we have to multiply no. of stacks, no. of CDs on each of 3 shelves
x = 3 × 5 × 3 = 15 × 3 = 45
So, the answer is option D

Question 5.
What is the unknown factor?
7 × _= 35
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
7 × x = 35
x = 35/7 = 5
Therefore the correct answer is option B

Question 6.
Which of the following describes a pattern in the table?

Number of packs 1 2 3 4 5
Number of yo-yos 3 6 9 12 ?

Options:
a. Add 2.
b. Multiply by 2.
c. Multiply by 3.
d. Add 12.

Answer: Multiply by 3.

Explanation:

Add 3 yo-yos for each pack and multiply no. of pans by 3

Number of Equal Groups Page No 317

Draw counters on your MathBoard. Then circle equal groups. Complete the table.

Question 1.

Counters Number of Equal Groups Number in Each Group
1. 24 3 8
2. 35 __________ 7
3. 30 __________ 5
4. 16 __________ 4
5. 12 __________ 6
6. 36 __________ 9
7. 18 __________ 3
8. 15 __________ 5
9. 28 __________ 4
10. 27 __________ 3

Answer:

Counters Number of Equal Groups Number in Each Group
1. 24 3 8
2. 35 5 7
3. 30 6 5
4. 16 4 4
5. 12 2 6
6. 36 4 9
7. 18 6 3
8. 15 3 5
9. 28 7 4
10. 27 9 3

Explanation:

1. No. of counters = 24
Number in each group = 8
24/8 = 3
So, the number of equal groups = 3

2. No. of counters = 35
Number in each group = 7
35/7 = 5
So, the number of equal groups = 5

3. No. of counters = 30
Number in each group = 5
30/5 = 6
So, the number of equal groups = 6

4. No. of counters = 16
Number in each group = 4
16/4 = 4
So, the number of equal groups = 4

5. No. of counters = 12
Number in each group = 6
12/6 = 2
So, the number of equal groups = 2

6. No. of counters = 36
Number in each group = 9
36/9 = 4
So, the number of equal groups = 4

7. No. of counters = 18
Number in each group = 3
18/3 = 6
So, the number of equal groups = 6

8. No. of counters = 15
Number in each group = 5
15/5 = 3
So, the number of equal groups = 3

9. No. of counters = 28
Number in each group = 4
28/4 = 7
So, the number of equal groups = 7

10. No. of counters = 27
Number in each group = 3
27/3 = 9
So, the number of equal groups = 9

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 317 Q11

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 317 Q12

Number of Equal Groups Page No 318

Question 1.
Ramon works at a clothing store. He puts 24 pairs of jeans into stacks of 8. How many stacks does Ramon make?
Options:
a. 5
b. 4
c. 3
d. 2

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Ramon puts 24 pairs of jeans into stacks of 8
Split the pair of jeans to 8 groups of the stack
You get 3 pair of jeans for each stack
24/8 = 3
Therefore the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
There are 36 people waiting in line for a hayride. Only 6 people can ride on each wagon. If each wagon is full, how many wagons are needed for all 36 people?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

There are 36 people waiting in line for a hayride.
Only 6 people can ride on each wagon
Split 36 people into 6 groups
That means 36/6 = 6 Wagons
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 3.
Which multiplication sentence does the array show?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Number of Equal Groups img 3
Options:
a. 4 × 5 = 20
b. 4 × 6 = 24
c. 4 × 7 = 28
d. 4 × 8 = 32

Answer: 4 × 7 = 28

Explanation:

There are 4 rows and 7 columns
rows × columns = 4 × 7 = 28
Thus the answer is option C

Question 4.
Austin buys 4 boxes of nails for his project. There are 30 nails in each box. How many nails does Austin buy in all?
Options:
a. 12
b. 34
c. 70
d. 120

Answer: 120

Explanation:

Given,
Austin buys 4 boxes of nails for his project
There are 30 nails in each box
No. of nails does Austin buy in all = 30 + 30 + 30 + 30
4 × 30 = 120
So, the correct answer is option D

Question 5.
Which describes the number sentence?
8 + 0 + 8
Options:
a. odd + odd = odd
b. Identity Property of Addition
c. even + even = even
d. Commutative Property of Addition

Answer: Identity Property of Addition

Explanation:

In math, identity is a number, n, that when added to other numbers, gives the same number, n. The additive identity is always zero. This brings us to the identity property of addition, which simply states that when you add zero to any number, it equals the number itself.

Question 6.
Each month for 6 months, Kelsey completes 5 paintings. How many more paintings does she need to complete before she has completed 38 paintings?
Options:
a. 2
b. 6
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Each month for 6 months
Kelsey completes 5 paintings
x no. of paintings she need to complete before she has completed 38 paintings
6 × 5 = 30 paintings
x + 30 = 38
x = 38 – 30
x = 8
So, the correct answer is option C

Model with Bar Models Page No 323

Write a division equation for the picture.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 4

Answer: 27 ÷ 3 = 9 or 27 ÷ 9 = 3

Explanation:

There are 27 counters and each circle has 9 groups. There are 3 groups of 9 counters.
27 ÷ 3 = 27/3 = 9
27 ÷ 9 = 27/9 = 3

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 5
Type below:
___________

Answer: 16 ÷ 8 = 2 or 16 ÷ 2 = 8

Explanation:

The total number of counters is 16 and circle a group of 2 counters. Continue circling groups of 2 until all 16 counters are in the group.
So, Divide Total number of counters by number of equal groups
16 ÷ 8 = 16/8 = 2
Next, Divide total number of counters by no. of counters in each group.
16 ÷ 2 = 16/2 = 8

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 6
Type below:
___________

Answer: 16 ÷ 4 = 4

Explanation:

The total number of counters is 16 and circle a group of 4 counters. Continue circling groups of 4 until all 16 counters are in the group
Divide No. of counters by no. of equal groups = 16 ÷ 4 = 4
And then divide no. of counters by no. of counters in each group = 16 ÷ 4 = 4

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 7
Type below:
___________

Answer: 18 ÷ 3 = 6 or 18 ÷ 6 = 3

Explanation:

Number of counters = 18
Number of Equal groups = 3
Number of counters in each group = 6
Divide No. of counters by no. of equal groups
18 ÷ 3 = 18/3 = 6
Divide No. of counters by no. of counters in each group
18 ÷ 6 = 18/6 = 3

Complete the bar model to solve. Then write a division equation for the bar model.

Question 5.
There are 15 postcards in 3 equal stacks. How many postcards are in each stack?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 8
________ postcards

Answer: 5 postcards, 15 ÷ 3 = 5

Explanation:

Total number of postcards = 15
Number of equal stacks = 3
Number of postcards in each stack = x
x = No. of postcards/ No. of equal stacks
x = 15/3
x = 5
Thus each stack contains 5 postcards

Question 6.
There are 21 key rings. How many groups of 3 key rings can you make?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 9
________ groups

Answer: 7 groups, 21 ÷ 3 = 7

Explanation:

Divide the 21 key rings into 7 to make 7 groups with 3 key rings each group
21 ÷ 3 = 21/3 = 7 groups

There are 7 groups of 3 key rings.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 323 Q7

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 323 Q8
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 323 Q8.1

Model with Bar Models Page No 324

Question 1.
Jack and his little sister are stacking 24 blocks. They put the blocks in 3 equal stacks. How many blocks are in each stack?
Options:
a. 4
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Total number of blocks = 24
They put the blocks in 3 equal stacks
To know the blocks in each stack, we have to divide no. of blocks by number of equal stacks
24 ÷ 3 = 24/3 = 8 blocks
There are 8 blocks in each stack
So, the correct answer is option D

Question 2.
Melissa made 45 greeting cards. She put them in 5 equal piles. How many cards did she put in each pile?
Options:
a. 9
b. 8
c. 7
d. 6

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Given,
Melissa made 45 greeting cards
She put them in 5 equal piles
To know the number of cards she put in each pile
We have to divide number of cards by no. of equal piles
= 45 ÷ 5 = 45/5 = 9 cards
Thus there are 9 cards in each pile
So, the correct answer is option A

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Angie puts 1 stamp on each envelope. She puts stamps on 7 envelopes. How many stamps does Angie use?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Angie puts 1 stamp on each envelope
She puts stamps on 7 envelopes
To find Number of stamps Angie use, we have to divide no. of stamps on envelopes by no. of stamps on each envelope
= 7 ÷ 1 = 7

Question 4.
A carnival ride has 8 cars. Each car holds 4 people. How many people are on the ride if all the cars are full?
Options:
a. 34
b. 32
c. 28
d. 24

Answer: 32

Explanation:

Given,
A carnival ride has 8 cars
Each car holds 4 people
1 car = 4 people
8 cars = x
x × 1 = 4 × 8
x = 32
32 people are on the ride if all the cars are full

Use the line plot for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 10

Question 5.
How many families have 1 computer at home?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 6

Explanation:

The line plot shows that 6 families have 1 computer at home

Question 6.
How many families have more than 1 computer at home?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Number of Families have 2 computers at home = 3
Number of Families have 3 computers at home = 4
Number of Families have 4 computers at home = 1
Number of Families have more than 1 computer at home = 3 + 4 + 1 = 8

Relate Subtraction and Division Page No 329

Write a division equation.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 11

Answer: 16 ÷ 4 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start with 16

Step 2:

Subtract with 4 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract 4

Since you subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups 4 in 16
So 16 ÷ 4 = 4
Sixteen divided by four equals four

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 12
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 12 ÷ 3 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 12

Step 2:

Count back by 3s as many times as you can.

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back 3.

You jumped back 3 four times
There are 4 groups of 3 in 12
12 ÷ 3 = 4

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 13
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 10 ÷ 2 = 5

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 10

Step 2:

Count back by 2s as many times as you can.

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back 2.

You jumped back 2 five times
There are 5 groups of 2 in 10
10 ÷ 2 = 5

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 14
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 20

Step 2:

Subtract with 5 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 5

Since you subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups of 5 in 20
So 20 ÷ 5 = 4
Twenty divided by five equals four

Use repeated subtraction or a number line to solve.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 329 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 329 Q6

Question 7.
8)\( \bar{ 4 0 }\)
________

Answer: 5

HMH Go Math solution Key Grade 3 Chapter Division image_2

Explanation:

Since you subtract 5 times
There are 5 groups of 8 in 40
40 divided by 8 equals 5

Question 8.
9)\( \bar{ 3 6 }\)
________

Answer: 4

Go Math Chapter 6 Answer Key Grade 3 Division image_1

Explanation:

You subtract 36 and 9 by 4 times
There are 4 groups of 9 in 36
So, 36 divided by 9 equals 4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 329 Q9

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 329 Q10

Relate Subtraction and Division Page No 330

Question 1.
Which division equation is shown?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 15
Options:
a. 3 × 4 = 12
b. 12 ÷ 6 = 2
c. 12 ÷ 3 = 4
d. 12 ÷ 4 = 3

Answer: 12 ÷ 6 = 2

Explanation:

Step 1:

The count starts at 12

Step 2:

Count back by 6s as many times as you can until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back
You jumped back 2 times
There are 2 jumps from 12 to 0
So the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Isabella has 35 cups of dog food. She feeds her dogs 5 cups of food each day. For how many days will the dog food last?
Options:
a. 6 days
b. 7 days
c. 8 days
d. 9 days

Answer: 7 days

Explanation:

Given that,

Isabella has 35 cups of dog food
She feeds her dogs 5 cups of food each day
To find the number of days will the dog food last
We have to divide the number of cups by the number of cups of food each day
= 35 ÷ 5 = 35/5 = 7
So, the correct answer is option B

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Ellen buys 4 bags of oranges. There are 6 oranges in each bag. How many oranges does Ellen buy?
Options:
a. 10
b. 12
c. 24
d. 30

Answer: 24

Explanation:

Given:
Ellen buys 4 bags of oranges
There are 6 oranges in each bag
Total number of oranges = no. of bags × no. of oranges in each bag
= 4 × 6 = 24
Therefore the correct answer is option B

Question 4.
Each month for 7 months, Samuel mows 3 lawns. How many more lawns does he need to mow before he has mowed 29 lawns?
Options:
a. 1
b. 3
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Each month for 7 months, Samuel mows 3 lawns
For one month Samuel mows 3 lawns
For 7 months Samuel mows = x
x = 7 × 3 = 21
Now, we need to know how many more lawns he needs to mow before he has mowed 29 lawns
Subtract 21 from 29
= 29 – 21 = 8
So the answer is option D

Use the graph for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 16

Question 5.
How many hours did Eli volunteer?
Options:
a. 4 hours
b. 8 hours
c. 9 hours
d. 10 hours

Answer: 9 hours

Explanation:

The bar graph shows that Eli volunteered 9 hours
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
Madi volunteered 2 hours less than Jill. At what number should the bar for Madi end?
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 8
d. 12

Answer: 8

Explanation:

The figure shows that Jill has volunteered 10 hours
If Madi has volunteered 2 hours less than Jill
= 10 – 2 = 8 hours
Thus the correct answer is option C

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 331

Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 17
Question 1.
You _________ when you separate into equal groups.
_________

Answer: Divide

When you divide, you separate into equal groups.

Concepts and Skills

Use counters or draw a quick picture on your MathBoard.
Make or circle equal groups. Complete the table.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 18
Type below:
___________

Answer:

2. Number of counters = 6
Number of equal groups = 2
Number in each group =  __
= 6/2 = 3

3. Number of counters = 30
Number of equal groups = __
Number in each group = 5
= 30/5 = 6

4. Number of counters = 28
Number of equal groups = 7
Number in each group = __
= 28/7 = 4

Write a division equation for the picture.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 19
Type below:
___________

Answer: 8 ÷ 4 = 2 or 8 ÷ 2 = 4

Explanation:

The number of counters is 8 and a circle group of 4 counters.
Continue circling group of 4 until all the 8 counters are in the group
Divide Number of counters by Number of equal groups
= 8 ÷ 2 = 4
Divide Number of counters by number in each group
8 ÷ 4 = 2

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 20
Type below:
___________

Answer: 15 ÷ 3 = 5 or 15 ÷ 5 = 3

Explanation:

Number of counters = 15
Number of groups = 3
Number in each group = 5
Divide Number of counters by number of groups
= 15 ÷ 3 = 5
Divide number of counters by number in each group
= 15 ÷ 5 = 3

Write a division equation.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 21
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 36 ÷ 9 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Starts at 36

Step 2:

Subtract with 9 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 9

You subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups of 9 with 36
So, 36 ÷ 9 = 4

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 22
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 21 ÷ 3 = 7

Explanation:

Step 1:

Starts at 21

Step 2:

Count back by 3s as many times as you can

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back 3.
You jumped back by 21 seven times
There are 7 jumps of 3 in 21

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 332

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 332 Q9

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 332 Q10

Question 11.
Jayden modeled a division equation with some counters. What division equation could Jayden have modeled?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 23
Type below:
___________

Answer: 14 ÷ 2 = 7 or 14 ÷ 7 = 2

Explanation:

Number of counter = 14
Number in each group = 7
Number of equal groups = 2
So, the division equation is the number of counters by number of equal groups = 14 ÷ 2 = 7
Or, Number of counters by number in each group = 14 ÷ 7 = 2

Question 12.
Lillian bought 24 cans of cat food. There were 4 cans in each pack. How many packs of cat food did Lillian buy?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 24
_________ packs

Answer: 6 packs

Explanation:

Lillian bought 24 cans of cat food
There were 4 cans in each pack
Number of packs of cat food did Lillian buy
24 ÷ 4 = 6 packs

Model with Arrays Page No 337

Use square tiles to make an array. Solve

Question 1.
How many rows of 4 are in 12?
______ rows

Answer: 3 rows

■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Step 1:

Total number of tiles are 12

Step 2:
Make a row of 4 tiles

Step 3:

Continue to make as many rows of 4 tiles as you can
We get 4 tiles in each row
3 rows of 4 are in 12

Question 2.
How many rows of 3 are in 21?
______ rows

Answer: 7 rows

■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Step 1:

Total number of tiles are 21

Step 2:

Make a row of 3 tiles

Step 3:

Continue to make as many rows of 3 tiles as you can
We get 3 tiles in each row
So, 7 rows of 3 are in 21

Question 3.
How many rows of 6 are in 30?
______ rows

Answer: 5 rows

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Step 1:

First of all the count number of tiles = 30

Step 2:

Make a row of 6 tiles

Step 3:

Continue to make as many rows of 6 tiles as you can
We get 6 tiles in each row
So, there are 5 rows of 6 in 30

Question 4.
How many rows of 9 are in 18?
______ rows

Answer: 2 rows

Make an array. Then write a division equation.

Question 5.
20 tiles in 5 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 20 ÷ 5 = 4

■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Total number of tiles = 20
Make a row of 4 tiles
Continue to make as many rows of 4 tiles as you can
We get 4 tiles in each row
So, the division equation is 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Question 6.
28 tiles in 7 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 28 ÷ 7 = 4

■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Total number of tiles = 28
Make a row of 4 tiles
Continue to make as many rows of 4 tiles as you can
We get 4 tiles in each row
For 28 tiles we get 7 rows
So, the division equation is 28 ÷ 7 = 4

Question 7.
18 tiles in 9 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 18 ÷ 9 = 2

■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■

Explanation:

Number of tiles = 18
Number of rows = 9
Now we have to make a row of 2 tiles until we complete 18 tiles
So, you get 2 tiles in 9 rows
18 ÷ 9 = 2 tiles

Question 8.
36 tiles in 6 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 36 ÷ 6 = 6

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Total number of tiles = 36
Number of rows = 6
Now you have to make a row of 36 tiles in 6 rows
You get 6 tiles in each row
That means there are 6 tiles each in a row
So, the division equation is 36 ÷ 6 = 6

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 337 Q9

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 337 Q10

Model with Arrays Page No 338

Question 1.
Mr. Canton places 24 desks in 6 equal rows. How many desks are in each row?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Mr. Canton places 24 desks in 6 equal rows
Each row has x number of desks
Divide the number of desks by number of equal rows
24 ÷ 6 = 4
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
Which division equation is shown by the array?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Arrays img 25
Options:
a. 12 ÷ 6 = 2
b. 12 ÷ 3 = 4
c. 12 ÷ 2 = 6
d. 12 ÷ 1 = 12

Answer: 12 ÷ 3 = 4

Explanation:

Number of counters is 12 and the number of rows are 3
To know number counters in each row
We have to divide number of counters by number of rows
= 12 ÷ 3 = 4
Thus the answer is option B

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Amy has 2 rows of 4 sports trophies on each of her 3 shelves. How many sports trophies does Amy have in all?
Options:
a. 8
b. 9
c. 12
d. 24

Answer: 24

Explanation:

Amy has 2 rows of 4 sports trophies on each of her 3 shelves
To know the total sports trophies does Amy have in all 3 shelves
We have to multiple number 2 × 4 × 3 = 24
So, the correct answer is option D

Question 4.
What is the unknown factor?
9 × p = 45
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

The unknown factor is p
9 × p = 45
p = 45/9 = 5
Therefore p = 5
Thus the answer is option B

Question 5.
Sam has 7 stacks with 4 quarters each. How many quarters does Sam have?
Options:
a. 11
b. 12
c. 24
d. 28

Answer: 28

Explanation:

Sam has 7 stacks with 4 quarters each
Each stack has 4 quarters
So, 7 stacks has 7 × 4 = 28
Thus 7 stacks have 28 quarters

Question 6.
How can you skip count to find how many counters in all?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Arrays img 26
Options:
a. 3 groups of 2
b. 3 groups of 3
c. 9 groups of 2
d. 18 groups of 2

Answer: 9 groups of 2

Explanation:

Total number of Counters = 18
Number of equal groups = 9
Number in each group = 2
So, there are 9 groups of 2s
Thus the correct answer is option C

Relate Multiplication and Division Page No 343

Complete the equations.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 27

Answer:

5 rows of 4 = 20
5 × 4  = 20
20 ÷ 5 = 4

Explanation:

The above figure shows that there are 5 rows of 4 circles
Total number of circles = 20
The related facts of 20, 5, and 4 are
5 × 4 = 20; 5 rows of 4 = 20; 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 28
4 rows of ______ = 24
4 × ______ = 24
24 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer:

4 rows of 6 = 24
4 × 6 = 24
24 ÷ 4 = 6

Explanation:

Number of counters = 24
Number of equal rows = 4
24 ÷ 4 = 6
The related facts of 24, 6 and 4 are 24 ÷ 4 = 6; 4 × 6 = 24

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 29
3 rows of ______ = 24
3 × ______ = 24
24 ÷ 3 = ______

Answer:

3 rows of 8 = 24
3 × 8 = 24
24 ÷ 3 = 8

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 24
Number of equal rows = 3
Divide number of counters by number of equal rows
24 ÷ 3 = 8
Thus the related multiplication and division facts of 24, 3 , 8 are 3 × 8 = 24; 24 ÷ 3 = 8

Complete the equations.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 343 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 343 Q5

Question 6.
5 × ______ = 35    35 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer: 7, 5

Explanation:

X represents the unknown factor
5 × x = 35
x = 35/5 = 7
Therefore the related multiplication and division facts 35, 5 and 7 are 5 × 7 = 35; 35 ÷ 7 = 5

Question 7.
7 × ______ = 21  21 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:

7 × x = 21
x = 21/7 = 3
So, the related multiplication and division facts of 7, 21 are 7 × 3 = 21; 21÷ 7 = 3

Question 8.
9 × ______ = 27  27 ÷ 9 = ______

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:

27 ÷ 9 = 3
The related multiplication and division facts of 27 and 9 are 9 × 3 = 27 and 27 ÷ 9 = 3

Question 9.
2 × ______ = 16  16 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 8, 8

Explanation:

16 ÷ 2 = 8
The related multiplication and division facts of 16 and 2 are 2 × 8 = 16; 16 ÷ 2 = 8

Question 10.
4 × ______ = 36 36 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:

36 ÷ 4 = 9
So, the related multiplication and division facts of 36 and 4 are 4 × 9 = 36; 36 ÷ 4 = 9

Question 11.
8 × ______ = 40 40 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 5, 5

Explanation:

Let x be the unknown factor
8 × x = 40
x = 40/8 = 5
The related facts of 40 and 8 are 8 × 5 = 40; 40 ÷ 8 = 5

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 343 Q12

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 343 Q13

Relate Multiplication and Division Page No 344

Question 1.
Which number will complete the equations?
6 × □ = 24
24 ÷ 6 = □
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

24 ÷ 6 = 4
The related multiplication and division facts of 6 and 24 is 6 × 4 = 24; 24 ÷ 6 = 4
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Alice has 14 seashells. She divides them equally between her 2 sisters. How many seashells does each sister get?
Options:
a. 7
b. 8
c. 12
d. 16

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Alice has 14 seashells
She divides them equally between her 2 sisters
To know the number of seashells each sister get
We have to divide number of seashells by the number of sisters
= 14 ÷ 2 = 7
Thus the answer is option A

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Sam and Jesse can each wash 5 cars in an hour. They both work for 7 hours over 2 days. How many cars did Sam and Jesse wash?
Options:
a. 70
b. 35
c. 24
d. 14

Answer: 70

Explanation:

Sam and Jesse can each wash 5 cars in an hour
They both work for 7 hours over 2 days
To find the total number of cars they washed
we need to multiply 5 × 7 × 2 = 35 × 2 = 70
So, the answer is option A

Question 4.
Keisha skip-counted to find how many counters in all. How many equal groups are there?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 30
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 20

Answer: 4

Explanation:

By seeing the above figure we can say that there are 4 groups.
So, the answer is option B

Question 5.
The key for a picture graph showing the number of books students read is: Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 31 = 2 books. How many books did Nancy read if she has Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 32 by her name?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 31 = 2 books
There are 2 and half books = 2 + 2 + 1 = 5
Thus the answer is 5 i.e., option C

Question 6.
Jan surveyed her friends to find their favorite season. She recorded IIII III for summer. How many people chose summer as their favorite season?
Options:
a. 5
b. 8
c. 9
d. 13

Answer: 8

Explanation:

IIII = 5
III = 3
IIII III = 5 + 3 = 8
So, the people who chose summer as their favorite season are 8
Option B is the correct answer

Write Related Facts Page No 349

Write the related facts for the array.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Write Related Facts img 33

Answer:

2 × 6 = 12
6 × 2 = 12
12 ÷ 2 = 6
12 ÷ 6 = 2

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 12
Number of rows = 2
Number of counters in each row = 6
So, the related facts of 6, 2 and 12 are 2 × 6 = 12, 6 × 2 = 12, 12 ÷ 2 = 6 and 12 ÷ 6 = 2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Write Related Facts img 34
Type below:
_________

Answer:

5× 3 = 15
3×5 = 15
15 ÷ 3 = 5
15÷ 5 = 3

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 15
Number of rows = 5
Number of counters in each row = 3
The related facts of 5, 3 and 15 are 5× 3 = 15, 3×5 = 15, 15 ÷ 3 = 5 and 15÷ 5 = 3

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Write Related Facts img 35
Type below:
_________

Answer:

2 × 4 = 8
4× 2 = 8
8 ÷ 2 = 4
8 ÷ 4 = 2

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 8
Number of rows = 2
Number of counters in each row = 4
The related facts of 8, 2, 4 are 2 × 4 = 8, 4× 2 = 8, 8 ÷ 2 = 4 and 8 ÷ 4 = 2

Write the related facts for the set of numbers.

Question 4.
3, 7, 21
Type below:
_________

Answer:

3 × 7 = 21
7 × 3 = 21
21 ÷ 3 = 7
21 ÷ 7 = 3

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 21
The related facts of 3, 7, 21 are 3 × 7 = 21, 7 × 3 = 21, 21 ÷ 3 = 7 and 21 ÷ 7 = 3

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 349 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 349 Q6

Complete the related facts.

Question 7.
4 × 9 = _______
9 × _______ = 36
36 ÷ _______ = 4
_______ ÷ 4 = 9

Answer: The related facts of 4, 9 and 36 are given below

4 × 9 = 36
9 × 4 = 36
36 ÷ 9 = 4
36 ÷ 4 = 9

Question 8.
_______ × 7 = 35
_______ × 5 = 35
_______ ÷ 7 = 5
35 ÷ 5 _______

Answer:

5 × 7 = 35
7 × 5 = 35
35 ÷ 7 = 5
35 ÷ 5= 7

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
x × 7 = 35
x = 35/7 = 5
5 × 7 = 35

x × 5 = 35
x = 35/5 = 7
7 × 5 = 35

x ÷ 7 = 5
x = 5 × 7 = 35
35 ÷ 7 = 5

35 ÷ 5 = x
x = 35/5 = 7
35 ÷ 5= 7

Question 9.
6 × _______ = 18
3 × 6 _______
18 ÷ _______ = 3
_______ ÷ 3 = 6

Answer:

6 × 3 = 18
3 × 6 = 18
18 ÷ 6 = 3
18 ÷ 3 = 6

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
6 × x = 18
x = 18/6 = 3
6 × 3 = 18

3 × 6 = x
x = 18
3 × 6 = 18

18 ÷ x = 3
x = 18/3 = 6
18 ÷ 6 = 3

x ÷ 3 = 6
x = 6 × 3 = 18
18 ÷ 3 = 6

Problem Solving 

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 349 Q10

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 349 Q11

Write Related Facts Page No 350

Question 1.
Which number completes the set of related facts?
5 × □ = 40  40 ÷ □ = 5
□ × 5 = 40  40 ÷ 5 = □
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

i. 5 × □ = 40
□ = 40/5 = 8
ii. 40 ÷ □ = 5
□ = 40/5 = 8
iii. □ × 5 = 40
□ = 40/5 = 8
iv. 40 ÷ 5 = □
40/5 = □
□ = 8
So, the answer is 8

Question 2.
Which equation is not in the same set of related facts as 4 × 7 = 28?
Options:
a. 7 × 4 = 28
b. 4 + 7 = 11
c. 28 ÷ 4 = 7
d. 28 ÷ 7 = 4

Answer: 4 + 7 = 11

Explanation:

The related facts of 4, 7 and 28 are 4 × 7 = 28, 7 × 4 = 28, 28 ÷ 4 = 7, 28 ÷ 7 = 4
But 4 + 7 = 11 is not set of related multiplication and division equations.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Beth runs 20 miles each week for 8 weeks. How many miles does Beth run in 8 weeks?
Options:
a. 16 miles
b. 28 miles
c. 100 miles
d. 160 miles

Answer: 160 miles

Explanation:

Beth runs 20 miles each week for 8 weeks
Each week Beth runs 20 miles
For 8 weeks = x miles
x = 8 × 20
x = 160 miles
So, the answer is 160 miles

Question 4.
Find the product.
5 × 0
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 5
d. 10

Answer: 0

Explanation:

Any number multiplied by 0 is always 0.
So, the answer is option A.

Question 5.
Uri’s bookcase has 5 shelves. There are 9 books on each shelf. How many books in all are in Uri’s bookcase?
Options:
a. 14
b. 36
c. 45
d. 54

Answer: 45

Explanation:

Uri’s bookcase has 5 shelves
There are 9 books on each shelf
Number of books on 5 shelves = y
y = 9 × 5 = 45
Thus the answer is option C

Question 6.
There are 6 batteries in one package. How many batteries will 6 packages have?
Options:
a. 12
b. 18
c. 24
d. 36

Answer: 36

Explanation:

There are 6 batteries in one package
Number of batteries in 6 packages = x
x = 6 × 6 = 36
Thus the number of batteries in 6 packages = 36

Division Rules for 1 and 0 Page No 355

Find the quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 36

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 equals that number. The quotient is the number
So, 3/1 = 3 is the quotient

Question 2.
8 ÷ 8 = ________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number other than 0 equals 1. The quotient is always 1
8/8 = 1
So, the quotient is 1

Question 3.
________ = 0 ÷ 6

Answer: 0

Explanation:

Zero divided by any number is always 0. The quotient is 0.
0/6 = 0
Thus the quotient is 0

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 355 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 355 Q5

Question 6.
0 ÷ 2 = ________

Answer: 0

0 divided by any number is always 0.
0/2 = 0
So, the quotient is 0

Question 7.
0 ÷ 3 = ________

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is always 0.
0/3 = 0
So, the quotient is 0

Question 8.
________ = 0 ÷ 4

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is 0
0/4 = 0
Thus the quotient is 0

Question 9.
7)\( \bar{ 7  }\)
________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number is always 1.
7/7 = 1
So, the quotient is 1

Question 10.
1)\( \bar{ 6  }\)
________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 is the same number.
6/1 = 6
So, the quotient is 6

Question 11.
9)\( \bar{  0 }\)
________

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number remains 0.
0/9 = 0
Thus the quotient is 0

Question 12.
1)\( \bar{ 5  }\)
________

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 gives the same number as a quotient
5/1 = 5
Therefore the quotient is 5

Question 13.
1)\( \bar{  0 }\)
________

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by anything is 0
0/1 = 0
So, the quotient is 0

Question 14.
4)\( \bar{ 4  }\)
________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number gives the quotient as 1.
4/4 = 1
So, the quotient is 1

Question 15.
1)\( \bar{ 10 }\)
________

Answer: 10

The number which is divided by 1 gives the same number as a quotient.
10/1 = 10
Thus the quotient is 10

Question 16.
2)\( \bar{ 2  }\)
________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number is 1.
2/2 = 1
Thus the quotient is 1

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 355 Q17

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 355 Q18

Division Rules for 1 and 0 Page No 356

Question 1.
Candace has 6 pairs of jeans. She places each pair on its hanger. How many hangers does Candace use?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 6
d. 12

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Given,
Candace has 6 pairs of jeans
She places each pair on its own hanger
That means one pair of jeans for one hanger
To find the number of hangers we need to divide the total number of hangers by each pair
6 ÷ 1 = 6
So, option C is the correct answer

Question 2.
There are 0 birds and 4 bird cages. Which division equation describes how many birds are in each cage?
Options:
a. 0 ÷ 4 = 0
b. 4 ÷ 4 = 1
c. 4 ÷ 1 = 4
d. 0 × 4 = 0

Answer: 0 ÷ 4 = 0

Explanation:

There are no birds so nothing to divide. Zero divided by anything is 0.
So, the answer is 0 ÷ 4 = 0

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There are 7 plates on the table. There are 0 sandwiches on each plate. How many sandwiches are on the plates in all?
7 × 0
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 7
d. 70

Answer: 0

Explanation:

There are 7 plates on the table
There are 0 sandwiches on each plate
Any number multiplied with 0 is always 0.
So, the answer is option A.

Question 4.
Which shows a way to break apart the array to find the product?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 37
Options:
a. (3 × 5) + (3 × 2)
b. (2 × 8) + (1 × 8)
c. (4 × 7) + (1 × 7)
d. (3 × 6) + (3 × 3)

Answer: (3 × 5) + (3 × 2)

Explanation:

There are 3 rows and 7 columns
The columns are divided into 2 parts 5 and 2.
By using the distributive property we can write it as (3 × 5) + (3 × 2)
Thus the answer is option A

Question 5.
Which of the following describes a pattern in the table?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 38
Options:
a. Add 5.
b. Multiply by 2.
c. Subtract 1.
d. Multiply by 6.

Answer:

Multiply by 6.

Explanation:

Multiple 6 with several vans.
By seeing the above table we can say that it is the multiple of 6.
So, the answer is option D

Question 6.
Use the graph.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 39
How many more cans did Sam bring in than Lee?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 7
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Number of cans sam brings = 18
Number of cans Lee bring = 9
To know number of cans Sam bring in than Lee we have to subtract
Number of cans of Lee from Number of cans of Sam = 18 – 9 = 9
By using the above graph we can say that number of cans Sam bring in than Lee is 9.
Thus the correct answer is option D

Review/Test Page No 361

Question 1.
For numbers 1a–1d, select True or False for each equation.
a. 3 ÷ 1 = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 is always the same number. The quotient is 1.
So, the above equation is false.

Question 1.
b. 0 ÷ 4 = 0
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is always 0. So, the above statement is true.

Question 1.
c. 7 ÷ 7 = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number remains 1. So, the given statement is true.

Question 1.
d. 6 ÷ 1 = 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 will be the same number. Thus the statement given above is true.

Question 2.
Elizabeth has 12 horses on her farm. She puts an equal number of horses in each of 3 pens. How many horses are in each pen?
Circle a number that makes the sentence true.
There are Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 40 horses in each pen.
_________

Answer: 12 ÷ 3 = 4

There are HMH Go Math Chapter 6 Grade 3 Answer Key Review solution img_6 horses in each pan

Question 3.
Chris plants 25 pumpkins seeds in 5 equal rows. How many seeds does Chris plant in each row?
Make an array to represent the problem. Then solve the problem.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 41
_______ seeds
Explain:
_________

Answer: 5 seeds

Go Math Grade 3 Key Chapter 6 Review solution image_1

Explanation:

Total number of seeds = 25
Number of equal rows = 5
25 ÷ 5 = 5 seeds

Page No. 358

Question 4.
Becca spent 24 minutes walking around a track. It took her 3 minutes to walk each time around the track. How many times did Becca walk around the track?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 42
Make equal groups to model the problem. Then explain how you solved the problem.
_______ times

Answer: 24 ÷ 3 = 8 times

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 key review solution image_7

Question 5.
There are 7 cars in an amusement park ride. There are 42 people divided equally among the 7 cars. An equal number of people ride in each car. How many people ride in one car?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 43
_______people

Answer: 6 people

Explanation:

Number of cars = 7
There are 42 people divided equally among the 7 cars
Divide the total number of people by the number of cars
You get, 42 ÷ 7 = 6 people

Question 6.
Select the equations that represent the array. Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 44
Options:
a. 3 × 5 = ■
b. 2 × ■ = 12
c. ■ ÷ 3 = 5
d. 5 × ■ = 15
e. 12 ÷ 3 = ■
f. 15 ÷ 5 = ■

Answer: 3 × 5 = ■; ■ ÷ 3 = 5; 5 × ■ = 15; 15 ÷ 5 = ■

Explanation:

Related facts are a set of related multiplication and division equations.

Number of rows = 3
Number of blocks in each row = 5
Total Number of blocks = 15
So, the relation between these 3 numbers are 3 × 5 = ■; ■ ÷ 3 = 5; 5 × ■ = 15; 15 ÷ 5 = ■

Review/Test Page No 359

Question 7.
Eduardo visited his cousin for 28 days over the summer. There are 7 days in each week. How long, in weeks, was Eduardo’s visit?
Part A
Draw jumps on the number line to model the problem.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 45
Type below:
___________

Answer:

HMH Go math grade 3 chapter 6 answer key review solution image_2

Starts at 0
Count by 7 as many times as you can
Count the number of times you jumped back 7
You have jumped 4 times
So, there are 4 groups of 7 in 28
28 ÷ 7 = 4

Question 7.
Part B
Write a division equation to represent the model.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 28 ÷ 7 = 4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 359 Q8

Question 9.
There are 56 apples packed in 7 baskets with the same number of apples in each basket. How many apples are in each basket?
For numbers, 9a–9d, choose Yes or No to tell whether the equation represents the problem.
a. 56 + 7 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

56 + 7 = 63 ≠ 8
So, the answer is no

Question 9.
b. 7 × ■ = 56
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

7 × ■ = 56
■ = 56/7 = 8
So, the answer is yes

Question 9.
c. 56 ÷ ■ = 8
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

56 ÷ ■ = 8
■ = 56/8 = 7
So, the answer is yes

Question 9.
d. 56 − ■ = 8
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

56 − ■ = 8
■ = 64 ≠ 7
So, the answer is no

Question 10.
Stefan has 24 photos to display on some posters. Select a way that he could display the photos in equal groups on the posters. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 6 photos on each of 4 posters
b. 7 photos on each of 3 posters
c. 4 photos on each of 6 posters
d. 5 photos on each of 5 posters
e. 3 photos on each of 8 posters
f. 7 photos on each of 4 posters

Answer: A, C, E

A. 6 photos on each of 4 posters
6 x 4 = 24 photos ✓

B. 7 photos on each of 3 posters
7 x 3 = 21 ≠ 24 photos

C. 4 photos on each of 6 posters
4 x 6 = 24 photos ✓

D. 5 photos on each of 5 posters
5 x 5 = 25 ≠ 24 photos

E. 3 photos on each of 8 posters
3 x 8 = 24 photos ✓

F. 7 photos on each of 4 posters
7 x 4 = 28 ≠ 24 photos

Review/Test Page No 360

Question 11.
Debbie made this array to model a division equation. Which equation did Debbie model? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 46
Options:
a. 14 ÷ 7 = 2
b. 28 ÷ 4 = 7
c. 28 ÷ 7 = 4
d. 14 ÷ 2 = 7

Answer: 28 ÷ 4 = 7

Explanation:

Total Number shaded blocks = 28
Number of equal rows = 4
To write the division equation
we have to divide number of blocks by number of equal rows
28 ÷ 7 = 7
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 12.
Mrs. Edwards made a total of 40 fingers on some gloves she knitted. How many gloves did Mrs. Edwards knit?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 47
__________ gloves

Answer: 40 ÷ 5 = 8

Explanation:

Mrs. Edwards made a total of 40 fingers on some gloves she knitted
Number in each group = 5
Divide Number of fingers by number in each group
= 40 ÷ 5 = 8
Number of equal groups = 8

Question 13.
Make true equations. Select a number to complete the equation.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 48
7 ÷ 7 = ________
7 ÷ 1 = ________
0 ÷ 7 = ________

Answer:

7 ÷ 7 = 1
7 ÷ 1 = 7
0 ÷ 7 = 0

Explanation:

7 ÷ 7 = 1
Any number divided by the same numbers is always 1. So the quotient is 1
7 ÷ 1 = 7
Any number divided by 1 gives the same number as the quotient.
0 ÷ 7 = 0
Zero divided by any number is always 0. So, the quotient is 0.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Page 360 Q14

Review/Test Page No 361

Question 15.
Write a division equation to represent the repeated subtraction.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 49
Type below:
________

Answer: 32 ÷ 8 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 32

Step 2:

Subtract with 8 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 8
Since you subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups of 8 in 32
32 ÷ 8 = 4
Thirty two divided by eight equals four

Question 16.
Write related facts for the array. Explain why there are not more related facts.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 50
Type below:
________

Answer:

There are 6 rows of 6 squares.
The related facts are:
6 x 6 = 36; 36 ÷ 6 = 6
An array represents multiplication because it has rows and columns and the total number of cells is the product of its rows and columns.
Also, division is related to multiplication.
So, the only related facts are multiplication and division.

Question 17.
Darius bakes 18 muffins for his friends. He gives each of his friends an equal number of muffins and has none left over.
Part A
Draw a picture to show how Darius divided the muffins and complete the sentence.
Darius gave muffins to ________ friends.
Type below:
________

Answer:

If one muffin for 18 friends

18 = 1 × 18

Go math grade 3 key chapter 6 understand division review solution image _ 3a

If 2 muffins for 9 friends

18 = 2 × 9

Chapter 6 Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 review solution image_3b

If 3 muffins for 6 friends

18 = 3 × 6

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 answer key review solution image_3c

Six muffins for 3 friends

18 = 6 × 3

If 9 muffins for 2 friends

Answer key for HMH Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Review solution image_3d

So, Darius gave muffins to 2, 3, 6, 9, 18 friends

Question 17.
Part B
Could Darius have given all of his muffins equally to 4 of his friends? Explain why or why not.
Type below:
________

Answer: No

No, because if he divides 18 muffins to 4 people, then they get 4 muffins each, and two are not given.
4 × 4 + 2 = 18

Review/Test Page No 362

Question 18.
Circle numbers to complete the related facts.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 51 × 8 = 72   72 ÷ Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 52 = 8
______                                              _______

Answer: 9 × 8 = 72; 72 ÷ 9 = 8

Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 Review solution img_5a × 8 = 72; 72 ÷ Chapter 6 Go Math HMH Answer Key Grade 3 Review solution img_5b = 8

Question 19.
Use the numbers to write related multiplication and division facts.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 53
Type below:
__________

Answer: 45 ÷ 9 = 5; 45 ÷ 5 = 9

Explanation:

The multiplication and division facts for 45, 9 and 5 are
45 ÷ 5 = 9
45 ÷ 9 = 5
9 × 5 = 45

Question 20.
Tyrone took 16 pennies from his bank and put them in 4 equal stacks. How many pennies did Tyrone put in each stack? Show your work.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 54
__________ pennies

Answer: 4 pennies

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Key Review solution image_4

16 ÷ 4 = 4 pennies

Explanation:

Total number of pennies = 16
Number of equal stacks = 4
Divided number of pennies by number of equal stacks to know the pennies in each stack
16 ÷ 4 = 4

Try to solve exercise questions and cross check your answers from Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Extra Practice. This way you can assess your strengths and weaknesses and concentrate on the areas you are lagging.

Detailed Solutions are provided in the 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division making it easy for you to understand.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies

go-math-grade-3-chapter-4-multiplication-facts-and-strategies-answer-key

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies helps both Students and Teachers out there to get all the concepts underlying. HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key will familiarize you with different models of Multiplication Facts and Strategies Questions in Exercises.  Understand the logic behind each of the concepts taking the help of HMH Go Math Solution Key Grade 3. Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies will give you problem-solving skills rather than giving you simple answers.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Answer Key

Learning the basics of earlier grade chapters is quite necessary to lay a stronger foundation for higher grades. Practice using the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies as much as possible and clear the assessments or homework with utmost confidence. Prepare which ever concept you wish to learn through the direct links available and make your learning effective.

Lesson 1: Multiply with 2 and 4

Lesson 2: Multiply with 5 and 10

Lesson 3: Multiply with 3 and 6

Lesson 4: Algebra • Distributive Property

Lesson 5: Multiply with 7

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Algebra • Associative Property of Multiplication

Lesson 7: Algebra • Patterns on the Multiplication Table

Lesson 8: Multiply with 8

Lesson 9: Multiply with 9

Lesson 10: Problem Solving • Multiplication

Chapter 4 Review/Test

Multiply with 2 and 4 Page No 195

Write a multiplication sentence for the model.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 2 and 4 img 1
Think: There are 2 groups of
5 counters.

Answer:
2 × 5 = 10

Explanation:
Draw 2 counters. Place 5 Objectives in 2 counters. Count the total number of objectives and them. Add 5 + 5 to get the answer. Finally, you get 10.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 2 and 4 img 2
______ × ______ = ______

Find the product.

Answer:
4×3 = 12

Explanation:
Look at the above figure. You can see 4 Counters and 3 objectives on each counter. So, you have to multiply 4×3. When you multiply with 4, you can first multiply with 2 and then double the product. Multiply 3 with 2. You will get 2×3 is 6. Now, double the number 6. The final answer is 12.

Question 3.
2
× 6
——–
________

Answer:
2×6 = 12

Explanation:
When there is a multiplication required with 2, you can double the given number 6 to get the final answer. The answer is 6+6 = 12.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 195 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 195 Q5

Question 6.
4
× 6
———
_________

Answer:
4×6 = 24

Explanation:
You can double 2×6 to get 4×6. Multiply 6 with 2. You will get 12. Then, double the product to get the answer to 4×6. You will get 12+12 = 24. So, you get the final answer as 24.

Question 7.
4
× 4
———
_________

Answer:
4×4 = 16

Explanation:
Multiply 4 with 2. 2×4 = 8. Now, double the number 8. 8+8 = 16. The answer for 4×4 is 16

Question 8.
2
× 7
——–
_________

Answer:
2×7 = 14

Explanation:
The given multiplication is 2×7. The answer to any number multiplies with 2 is double of that number. So, the 2×7 can find by doing 7+7. The answer is 7+7 = 14. So, the final answer is 2×7 = 14.

Question 9.
4
× 5
———
_________

Answer:
4×5 = 20

Explanation:
Firstly, multiply 2×5 to get the answer for 4×5. Then, double the answer of 2×5 to get the final answer. So, do 2×5 = 10. Double the number 10 to get the 4×5 Answer. The double of 10 is 10+10 = 20. The answer to 4×5 is 20.

Question 10.
2
× 4
——–
_________

Answer:
2×4 = 8

Explanation:
The multiplication begins with 2. So, you can double 4 to get the answer of 2×4. The double of 4 is 4+4 = 8. The answer for 2×4 is 8.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 195 Q11Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 195 Q11.1

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 195 Q12

Multiply with 2 and 4 Lesson Check Page No 196

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which multiplication sentence matches the model?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 2 and 4 img 3
Options:
a. 3 × 2 = 6
b. 4 × 2 = 8
c. 4 × 4 = 16
d. 4 × 8 = 32

Answer:
b

Explanation:
The above figure consists of 4 counters. Also, each counter has two objectives in it. So, we need to multiply the number of counters with a number of objectives. The answer is 4×2 = 8.

Question 2.
Find the product.
2
× 8
——-
________
Options:
a. 10
b. 14
c. 16
d. 18

Answer:
c

Explanation:
To solve the 2×8, double the number 8. The answer for 2×8 is 8+8. So, the final answer is 2×8 = 16.

Question 3.
Sean made a picture graph to show his friends’ favorite colors. This is the key for the graph.
Each Ο = 2 friends.
How many friends does Ο Ο Ο Ο stand for?
Options:
a. 4
b. 8
c. 20
d. 40

Answer:
b

Explanation:
Sean made 4 picture graphs to show his friends’ favorite colors. Each Ο represents 2 friends. So, to find the final answer, we need to add all the colors. As there are 4 picture graphs you need to do 2+2+2+2 = 8. There are 8 friends available.

Question 4.
The table shows the lengths of some walking trails.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 2 and 4 img 4
How many feet longer is Mountain Trail than Harmony Trail?
Options:
a. 216 feet
b. 264 feet
c. 316 feet
d. 528 feet

Answer:
c

Explanation:
In the above table, we can see three different walking trails lengths of three persons. The walking trail length of the Mountain is 844feets. The walking trail length of Lake is 792 feet. Also, the Harmony walking trail length is 528 feet. To get How many feet longer is Mountain Trail than Harmony Trail, we need to subtract Harmony walking trail length from Mountain Trail length. So, now we have to do 844-528 which is equal to 316 feet. So, Mountain Trail walked 316 feet than Harmony trail.

Question 5.
Find the sum.
5 2 7
+ 1 5 4
———-
Options:
a. 373
b. 581
c. 671
d. 681

Answer:
c

Explanation:
Break apart the addends from the given values. Start with the hundreds. Then, add each place value.
Let’s write 527 as 500+20+7 and 154 as 100+50+4.
Sum up the above two values. Then you get 600+70+11. Add the ones and then add the 10’s and 100’s. The final answer is 681.

Question 6.
A bar graph shows that sports books received 9 votes. If the scale is 0 to 20 by twos, where should the bar end for the sports books?
Options:
a. between 8 and 10
b. on 10
c. on 8
d. between 6 and 8

Answer:
c

Explanation:
As per the given data, the sports books received 9 votes. If we take a bar graph with a scale of 0 to 20 by twos, the graph is 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20. So, the number 9 will lies between numbers 8 to 10. Therefore, the answer is between 8 and 10.

Multiply with 5 and 10 Page No 201

Find the product.

Question 1.
5 × 7 = 35

Answer:
35

Explanation:
Skip count by 5’s until you say 7 numbers. 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35. Now, the count of the number is 7. So, the answer for 5 x 7 is 35.

Question 2.
5 × 1 = _______

Answer:
5

Explanation:
Any number multiplied by 1 is the same number. So, the answer is 5.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 201 Q3

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 201 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 201 Q5

Question 6.
_______ = 4 × 5

Answer:
20

Explanation:
Using the Commutative Law of Multiplication, you can write 4 x 5 = 5 x 4. Now, Skip count by 5’s until you say 4 numbers. 5, 10, 15, 20. Therefore, the answer for 5 x 4 is 20.

Question 7.
5 × 10 = _______

Answer:
50

Explanation:
Skip-count by 5’s 10 times. You can write as 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50. The answer for 5 x 10 is 50.

Question 8.
7 × 5 = ________

Answer:
35

Explanation:
Write 7 x 5 as 5 x 7 according to the Commutative Law of Multiplication. Now do multiply for 5 x 7. skip-count by 5’s seven times. Now, you can write as 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35. The answer for 5 x 7 is 35. So, the answer for 7 x 5 also 35.

Question 9.
_______ = 5 × 5

Answer:
25

Explanation:
Skip-count by 5’s 5 times. You can get 5, 10, 15, 20, 25. The answer for 5 x 5 is 25.

Question 10.
5 × 8 = _________

Answer:
40

Explanation:
You can Skip-count by 5’s 8 times. Write like 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. So, the answer for 5 x 8 is 40.

Question 11.
______ = 5 × 9

Answer:
45

Explanation:
The multiplication of 5 × 9 is calculated as Skip-count by 5’s 9 times. You can write as 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45. The final answer for 5 × 9 is 45.

Question 12.
10 × 0 = _________

Answer:
0

Explanation:
The multiplication of any number with 0 is 0. So, the answer for 10 x 0 is 0.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 201 Q13

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 201 Q14

Question 15.
5
× 3
——–
________

Answer:
15

Explanation:
Skip count by 5’s until you say 3 numbers. Write like 5, 10, 15. The answer for 5 x 3 is 15.

Question 16.
10
× 4
——–
_________

Answer:
40

Explanation:
Add 10’s until you say 4 numbers. Then, write like 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 to get the answer. The answer for 10 x 4 is 40.

Question 17.
5
× 0
——-
_________

Answer:
0

Explanation:
Multiplication of any number with 0 is 0. So, the answer for 5 x 0 is 0.

Question 18.
10
× 8
——-
__________

Answer:
80

Explanation:
You have to add 10’s until you say 8 numbers. Write as 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10. Now, add the 10’s to get the final answer. There are eight 10’s available. So, the answer for 10 x 8 is 80.

Question 19.
5
× 2
——-
__________

Answer:
10

Explanation:
Skip count by 5’s until you say 2 numbers. Write like 5, 10. The answer for 5 x 2 is 10.

Question 20.
10
× 6
——–
_________

Answer:
60

Explanation:
Add 10’s until you say 6 numbers. Write as 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 + 10. Now, add the 10’s to get the final answer. So, the answer for 10 x 6 is 60.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 201 Q21

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 201 Q22

Multiply with 5 and 10 Lesson Check Page No 202

Question 1.
Mrs. Hinely grows roses. There are 6 roses on each of her 10 rose bushes. How many roses in all are on Mrs. Hinely’s rose bushes?
Options:
a. 16
b. 54
c. 60
d. 66

Answer:
60

Explanation:
There are 10 rose bushes available. In each rose bush, Mrs. Hinely growing 6 roses. So, to find the number of roses, you need to multiply 10 x 6. The multiplication of 10 x 6 is 60. The number of roses in all are on Mrs. Hinely’s rose bushes are 60.

Question 2.
Find the product.
5
× 8
——-
Options:
a. 8
b. 16
c. 35
d. 40

Answer:
40

Explanation:
Skip-count by 5’s 8 times. Write like 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. So, the answer for 5 x 8 is 40.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Mr. Miller’s class voted on where to go for a field trip. Use the picture graph to find which choice had the most votes.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 5 and 10 img 5
Options:
a. Science Center
b. Aquarium
c. Zoo
d. Museum

Answer:
c. Zoo

Explanation:
From the given figure, Mr. Miller’s class voted for a field trip. From the table, every start represents 2 votes. It is mentioned that for the Science Center, Mr. Miller’s given two starts. As one star represents 2 votes, he gave 4 votes for Science Center. Similarly, Aquarium = 3 and a half stars. The half star represents one vote. So, the number of votes given for the Aquarium is 7. For Zoo, he has given 4 stars. So, every start means 2 votes. The total number of votes is 8. Finally, the number of starts for the Museum is 2. So, the total number of votes is 4.

Mr. Miller’s class is given a high number of votes for Zoo. So, Mr. Miller’s class wishes to go for Zoo.

Question 4.
Zack made this table for his survey.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 5 and 10 img 6
How many students were surveyed in all?
Options:
a. 38
b. 43
c. 47
d. 49

Answer:
c. 47

Explanation:
Zack prepared a table of flavors and votes. So, every vote represents one person. By adding the total number of votes, we can get the total number of students participated in ina survey.
Add 16 + 10 + 9 + 12 = 47. 47 students were surveyed in all to vote for their favorite juice.

Question 5.
Which of the following numbers is even?
25, 28, 31, 37
Options:
a. 25
b. 28
c. 31
d. 37

Answer:
b. 28

Explanation:
Even numbers are divided by 2. Also, even numbers end with a digit of 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8. So, the given number out of the given numbers is 28. It is ended with 8 and also it can divide by 2.

Question 6.
Estimate the sum.
4 7 9
+ 8 9
———
Options:
a. 568
b. 400
c. 500
d. 600

Answer:
a. 568

Explanation:
Add the ones. Regroup the ones as tens and ones. So, 9 + 9 = 18. Remain the 8 same and add the 1 to the tens. Add the tens. Regroup the tens as hundreds and tens. Now, add 7 + 8 + 1 = 16. place the 6 in the tens place and move the 1 to hundreds. Add the hundreds now. 4 + 1 = 5. So, now place the numbers in order. The final answer is 568.

Note:The option is modified for the above question. There is no correct answer available in the given options. So, option a is changed to the correct answer. The answer is explained with the place value to add two addends method.

Multiply with 3 and 6 Page No 207

Find the product.

Question 1.
6 × 4 = 24
Think: You can use doubles.
3 × 4 = 12
12 + 12 = 24

Answer:
24

Explanation:
By using doubles, we can find a 6 x 4 value. First, multiply the factor with half of 6. So, now we can do 3 x 4 = 12. Now, we can double the value of 3 x 4. That is 12 + 12 = 24. So, the answer for 6 x 4 = 24.

Question 2.
3 × 7 = _______

Answer:
21

Explanation:
Skip count by 3’s until you say 7 numbers. 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21. So, the answer for 3 x 7 is 21.

Question 3.
________ = 2 × 6

Answer:
12

Explanation:
With the Commutative Law of Multiplication, you can write 2 x 6 as 6 x 2. Multiply factor 2 with 5 and then add the factor to it to get the final answer. First, multiply the factor with 5. That is 5 x 2 = 10. Now, add the factor with the answer of 5 x 2. 10 +2 = 12. The answer for 6 x 2 is 12. So, the answer for 2 x 6 is 12.

Question 4.
________ = 3 × 5

Answer:
15

Explanation:
You can skip count by 3’s until you say 5 numbers. 3, 6, 9, 12, 15. So, the final answer for 3 x 5 is 15.

Question 5.
1 × 3 = ________

Answer:
3

Explanation:
Multiplication of any number with 1 is the same number. So, 1 x 3 = 3.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 207 Q6

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 207 Q7

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 207 Q8

Question 9.
4
× 3
——
________

Answer:
12

Explanation:
Write 4 x 3 as 3 x 4 according to the Commutative Law of Multiplication. Now do multiplication for 3 x 4. skip-count by 3’s four times. Now, you can write as 3, 6, 9, 12. The answer for 3 x 4 is 12. So, the answer for 4 x 3 is also 12.

Question 10.
6
× 5
——
_________

Answer:
30

Explanation:
Multiply the given factor 5 with 5. Then, add 5 to the answer to get the answer for 6 x 5. Firstly, multiply 5 x 5 = 25. Add 5 to 25. 5 + 25 = 30. So, the answer for 6 x 5 is 30.

Question 11.
2
× 3
——
_________

Answer:
6

Explanation:
Using the Commutative Law of Multiplication, you can write 2 x 3 = 3 x 2. Now, Skip count by 3’s until you say 2 numbers. 3, 6. Therefore, the answer to 3x 2 is 6. The answer for 2 x 3 is 6.

Question 12.
6
× 3
——–
_________

Answer:
18

Explanation:
Double the value of 3 x 3 to get the answer for 6 x 3. The answer for 3 x 3 = 9. Now, double the value of 9. The answer for 6 x 3 is 9 + 9 = 18.

Question 13.
10
× 6
——-
_________

Answer:
60

Explanation:
Using the Commutative Law of Multiplication, you can write as 10 x 6 = 6 x 10. Now, multiply the 10 with 5. The answer is 5 x 10 = 50. Now, add the 10 to 50 to get the answer. The answer for 6 x 10 is 10 + 50 = 60. So, the answer for 10 x 6 is 60.

Question 14.
3
× 6
——-
__________

Answer:
18

Explanation:
Skip-count by 3’s 6 times. You can write as 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18. The answer for 3 x 6 is 18.

Question 15.
7
× 6
——-
__________

Answer:
42

Explanation:
With the help of the Commutative Law of Multiplication, you can change 7 x 6 to 6 x 7. Double the value of 3 x 7 to get 6 x 7. Now, do 3 x 7 = 21. Double the 21. 21 + 21 = 42. The answer for 6 x 7 = 42. So, the answer for 7 x 6 is 42.

Question 16.
3
× 0
——-
_________

Answer:
0

Explanation:
Multiplication of any number with 0 is 0. So, the answer for 3 x 0 is 0.

Question 17.
9
× 6
——-
__________

Answer:
54

Explanation:
Write 9 x 6 as 6 x 9 using the Commutative Law of Multiplication. Multiply the 9 with 5. 5 x 9 = 45. Now add the 45 to the 9. So, the answer for 6 x 9 is 45 + 9 = 54. Therefore, the answer for 9 x 6 is 54.

Question 18.
3
× 3
——-
__________

Answer:
9

Explanation:
Skip count by 3’s until you say 3 numbers. 3, 6, 9. So, the answer for 3 x 3 is 9.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 207 Q19

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 207 Q20

Problem Solving

Question 21.
James got 3 hits in each of his baseball games. He has played 4 baseball games. How many hits has he had in all?
_________ hits

Answer:
12 hits

Explanation:
As per the given data, James got 3 hits in each of his baseball games. He has played 4 baseball games. To find the number of hits has he had in all, we need to multiply, 3 hits x 4 baseball games. So, the answer is 3 x 4 = 12 hits.

Question 22.
Mrs. Burns is buying muffins. There are 6 muffins in each box. If she buys 5 boxes, how many muffins will she buy?
__________ muffins

Answer:
30 muffins

Explanation:
From the provided information, Mrs. Burns is buying muffins. She is going to buy 5 boxes each has 6 muffins in it. So, to find the total number of muffins, we need to multiply, number of boxes and number of muffins in it. The total number of muffins = 6 x 5 = 30. She is going to buy 30 muffins.

Multiply with 3 and 6 Lesson Check Page No 208

Question 1.
Paco buys a carton of eggs. The carton has 2 rows of eggs. There are 6 eggs in each row. How many eggs are in the carton?
Options:
a. 8
b. 12
c. 14
d. 24

Answer:
b. 12

Explanation:
From the given data, Paco buys a carton of eggs. The carton has 2 rows in it. Every row has 6 eggs. To find the number of eggs, we need to multiply the number of rows and the number of eggs for each row. Therefore, the number of eggs in the carton are 2 x 6 = 12. 12 eggs are available in the carton.

Question 2.
Find the product.
9
× 3
——
Options:
a. 18
b. 24
c. 27
d. 36

Answer:
c. 27

Explanation:
Use Commutative Law of Multiplication to write 9 x 3 to 3 x 9. Now, skip count by 3’s until you say 9 numbers. 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27. So, the answer for 3 x 9 is 27. Therefore, the answer for 9 x 3 is 27.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the difference.
5 6 8
– 2 8 3
———
Options:
a. 285
b. 325
c. 385
d. 851

Answer:
a. 285

Explanation:
Subtract the ones. 8 – 3 = 5. Then, Subtract the tens. 6 < 8. So, regroup 5 hundreds 6 tens equal to 4 hundreds 8 tens. 16 – 8 = 8. Subtract the hundreds and add them to check the answer. 4 – 2 = 2. The final answer is 285.

Question 4.
Dwight made double the number of baskets in the second half of the basketball game than in the first half. He made 5 baskets in the first half. How many baskets did he make in the second half?
Options:
a. 7
b. 9
c. 10
d. 20

Answer:
c. 10

Explanation:
Given that Dwight made double the number of baskets in the second half of the basketball game than in the first half. He made 5 baskets in the first half. So, to find the second half baskets, we need to double the baskets in the first half. Baskets in the second half = 5 x 2 = 10.

Question 5.
In Jane’s picture graph, the ???? smile symbol represents two students. One row in the picture graph has 8 symbols. How many students does that represent?
Options:
a. 40
b. 32
c. 24
d. 16

Answer:
d. 16

Explanation:
From Jane’s picture graph, the ???? smile symbol represents 2 students. The one row in the picture graph has 8 symbols. To find the total number of students, we need to multiply the number of smiles and the number of students for each smile. The number of students for a row is 8 x 2 = 16.

Question 6.
What multiplication sentence does this array show?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 3 and 6 img 7
Options:
a. 5 × 6 = 30
b. 6 × 6 = 36
c. 5 × 5 = 25
d. 1 × 6 = 6

Answer:
a. 5 × 6 = 30

Explanation:
The given array shows that it has 6 boxes for a row and 5 boxes for a column. So, by multiplying the number of rows x number of columns the correct answer is 6 x 5 = 30. By using the Commutative Law of Multiplication, we can write 6 x 5 = 5 x 6. So, the answer from the given options is 5 × 6 = 30.

Distributive Property Page No 213

Write one way to break apart the array.
Then find the product.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Distributive Property img 8
(3 × 7) + (3 × 7)
42

Answer:
42

Explanation:
The given array is 6 x 7. Use the Distributive Property to get the final answer. Break the array rows to make two smaller arrays with the facts 3 and 3. Now, you can write the given array as (3 + 3) x 7. Then, multiply each addend with 7. The equation becomes (3 x 7) +(3 x 7). Now simplify and add them to get the final answer. 21 + 21 = 42.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Distributive Property img 9
_________

Answer:
32

Explanation:
The given array has 8 columns and 4 rows. Simplify the answer using Distributive Property. Now, break the array rows to make two smaller arrays with the facts 2 and 2. To get the answer, we have to write 4 x 8. By doing smaller arrays, you can write it as (2 + 2) x 8. Multiply each addend with 8. The equation becomes (2 x 8) +(2 x 8). Now simplify and add them to get the final answer. 16 + 16 = 32.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Distributive Property img 10
___________

Answer:
54

Explanation:
The given figure has 9 columns and 6 rows. Use Distributive Property to get the answer of a given array. Let’s break the array rows with two smaller arrays with the facts 3 and 3. Now, write the equation as 6 x 9 = (3 + 3) x 9. Multiply each 3 with 9. 27 + 27. The final answer is 54.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Distributive Property img 11
_________

Answer:
56

Explanation:
The given array has 8 columns and 7 rows. With the help of Distributive Property, you can solve the given array. Break the array columns with two smaller arrays with the facts 4 and 4. Write the equation as (7 x 4) + (7 x 4) = 28 + 28 = 56.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 213 Q5
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 213 Q5.1

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 213 Q6

Distributive Property Lesson Check Page No 214

Question 1.
Which number sentence is an example of the Distributive Property?
Options:
a. 7 × 6 = 6 × 7
b. 7 × (2 × 3) = (7 × 2) × 3
c. 7 × 6 = (7 × 3) + (7 × 3)
d. 7 + 6 = 7 + 3 + 3

Answer:
c. 7 × 6 = (7 × 3) + (7 × 3)

Explanation:
Distributive Property: The Distributive Property states that multiplying a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and then adding the products. So, from the given options, c. 7 × 6 = (7 × 3) + (7 × 3) is the correct answer.

Question 2.
What is one way to break apart the array?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Distributive Property img 12
Options:
a. (2 × 6) + (2 × 6)
b. (4 × 2) + (4 × 2)
c. (4 × 4) + (4 × 4)
d. (6 × 3) + (6 × 3)

Answer:
a. (2 × 6) + (2 × 6)

Explanation:
The given figure has 6 columns and 4 rows. By using Distributive Property, you can find the answer easily. Let’s break the array rows with two smaller arrays with the facts 2 and 2. Now, write the equation as 4 x 6 = (2 + 2) x 6. Multiply each 2 with 6. the equation can be written as (2 x 6) + (2 x 6).

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The school auditorium has 448 chairs set out for the third grade performance. What is 448 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 500
b. 440
c. 450
d. 400

Answer:
c. 450

Explanation:
Given that the school auditorium has 448 chairs set out for the third-grade performance. The 448 number lies between 440 and 450. 448 is closer to 450 than it is to 440. So, 448 rounds to 450.

Question 4.
Find the difference.
4 0 0
– 2 9 6
———-
Options:
a. 104
b. 114
c. 204
d. 296

Answer:
a. 104

Explanation:
Subtract the ones. 0<6. so regroup 0 tens 0 ones = 1 tens 4 ones. Now, do 10 – 6 = 4. Then, Subtract the tens. 9 = 9. So, so regroup. 4 hundred 9 tens = 3 hundred 4 tens. 9 – 9 = 0. Subtract the hundreds and add them to check the answer. 3 – 2 = 1. The final answer is 104.

Question 5.
There are 622 fruit snacks in one crate and 186 in another crate. How many fruit snacks are there in all?
6 2 2
+ 1 8 6
———-
Options:
a. 436
b. 708
c. 768
d. 808

Answer:
d. 808

Explanation:
Break apart the addends from the given values. Start with the hundreds. Then, add each place value. Let’s write 622 as 600 + 20 + 2 and 186 as 100 + 80 + 6.
Sum up the above two values. Then you get 700 + 100 + 8. Add the ones and then add the 10’s and 100’s. The final answer is 808.

Question 6.
Which sport do 6 students play?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Distributive Property img 13
a. Football
b. Baseball
c. Basketball
d. Soccer

Answer:
a. Football

Explanation:
From the given picture, it is mentioned the sports students play and the number of students for that game. As mentioned, Football needs 6 students. Baseball needs 12 students. Basketball needs 10 students. Also, Soccer needs 16 students. So, the answer is Football sport required 6 students to play.

Multiply with 7 Page No 219

Find the product.

Question 1.
6 × 7 = 42

Answer:
42

Explanation:
By using doubles, we can find a 6 x 7 value. First, multiply the factor with half of 6. So, now we can do 3 x 7 = 21. Now, we can double the value of 3 x 7. That is 21 + 21 = 42. So, the answer for 6 x 7 = 42.

Question 2.
________ = 7 × 9

Answer:
63

Explanation:
Use the Distributive Property to find the value of 7 x 9. If we take 7 rows and 9 columns of an array, then we can break the array into two smaller arrays with the facts of 9. Now, write the 7 x 9 as 7 x (6 + 3). Multiply the facts with the 7. Then, you get (7 x 6) + (7 x 3). Therefore, you get the answer as 42 + 21 = 63.

Question 3.
_______ = 1 × 7

Answer:
7

Explanation:
Multiplication of any number with 1 is the same number. So, 1 x 7 = 7.

Question 4.
3 × 7 = _______

Answer:
21

Explanation:
Skip count by 3’s until you say 7 numbers. 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21. So, the answer for 3 x 7 is 21.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 219 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 219 Q6

Question 7.
7 × 8 = _________

Answer:
56

Explanation:
Distributive Property: The Distributive Property states that multiplying a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and then adding the products. So, from the given options, c. 7 × 8 = (7 × 4) + (7 × 4) = 28 + 28 = 56.

Question 8.
______ = 4 × 7

Answer:
28

Explanation:
Firstly, multiply 2×7 to get the answer for 4×7. Then, double the answer of 2×7 to get the final answer. So, do 2×7 = 14. Double the number 14 to get the 4×7 Answer. The double of 14 is 14 +14 = 28. The answer to 4×7 is 28.

Question 9.
7
× 5
——-
__________

Answer:
35

Explanation:
From Commutative Law of Multiplication, you can write 7 x 5 = 5 x 7. So, to find the multiplication of 5 x 7, skip count by 5’s until you say 7 numbers. 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35. Now, the count of the number is 7. So, the answer for 5 x 7 is 35. Therefore, the answer for 7 x 5 is 35.

Question 10.
7
× 1
——-
_________

Answer:
7

Explanation:
Using the Commutative Law of Multiplication, you can write 7 x 1 = 1 x 7. Multiplication of any number with 1 is the same number. So, 1 x 7 = 7.

Question 11.
6
× 7
——-
__________

Answer:
42

Explanation:
Use doubles to find the answer of 6 x 7. Firstly, multiply 3 x 7 = 21. Then, double the value of 3 x 7. 21 + 21 = 42. The answer for 6 x 7 is 42.

Question 12.
7
× 4
——-
__________

Answer:
28

Explanation:
Write 7 x 4 as 4 x 7 according to the Commutative Law of Multiplication. Now, do multiplication for 4 x 7. You can double 2×7 to get 4×7. Multiply 7 with 2. You will get 14. Then, double the product to get the answer to 4×7. You will get 14 +14 = 28. So, you get the final answer as 28.

Question 13.
2
× 7
——-
___________

Answer:
14

Explanation:
The given multiplication is 2×7. The answer to any number multiplies with 2 is double of that number. So, the 2×7 can find by doing 7+7. The answer is 7+7 = 14. So, the final answer is 2×7 = 14.

Question 14.
10
× 7
——
____________

Answer:
70

Explanation:
A multiple of 10 is any product that has 10 as one of its factors. So, the multiplication of any number with 10 is 10’s of that particular number. The answer is 70.

Question 15.
3
× 7
——-
____________

Answer:
21

Explanation:
Skip count by 3’s until you say 7 numbers. Write like 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21. The answer for 3 x 7 is 21.

Question 16.
7
× 9
——
___________

Answer:
63

Explanation:
Use the Distributive Property to find the value of 7 x 9. If we take 7 rows and 9 columns of an array, then we can break the array into two smaller arrays with the facts of 9. Now, write the 7 x 9 as 7 x (6 + 3). Multiply the facts with the 7. Then, you get (7 x 6) + (7 x 3). Therefore, you get the answer as 42 + 21 = 63.

Question 17.
8
× 7
——-
__________

Answer:
56

Explanation:
Distributive Property: The Distributive Property states that multiplying a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and then adding the products. So, from the given options, c. 8 x 7 = (4 + 4) x 7 = (4 x 7) + (4 x 7) = 28 + 28 = 56 is the correct answer.

Question 18.
7
× 0
——
__________

Answer:
0

Explanation:
Multiplication of any number with 0 is 0. So, the answer for 7 x 0 is 0.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 219 Q19

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 219 Q20

Multiply with 7 Lesson Check Page No 220

Question 1.
Find the product.
7
× 8
——
Options:
a. 54
b. 56
c. 64
d. 66

Answer:
b. 56

Explanation:
Distributive Property: The Distributive Property states that multiplying a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and then adding the products. So, from the given options, c. 7 × 8 = (7 × 4) + (7 × 4) = 28 + 28 = 56.

Question 2.
What product does the array show?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 7 img 14
Options:
a. 14
b. 17
c. 21
d. 24

Answer:
c. 21

Explanation:
The given array has 7 columns and 3 rows. Simplify the answer using Distributive Property. Now, break the array rows to make two smaller arrays with the facts 1 and 2. To get the answer, we have to write 3 x 7. By doing smaller arrays, you can write it as (1 + 2) x 7. Multiply each addend with 8. The equation becomes (1 x 7) +(2 x 7). Now simplify and add them to get the final answer. 7 + 14 = 21.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which statement is true about the numbers below?
6, 12, 18, 24, 30
Options:
a. All of the numbers are odd.
b. Some of the numbers are odd.
c. All of the numbers are even.
d. Some of the numbers are even.

Answer:
c. 21

Explanation:
All the given numbers are divided by 2. So, the answer is All of the numbers are even

Question 4.
How many more people chose retriever than poodle?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 7 img 15
Options:
a. 31
b. 39
c. 41
d. 49

Answer:
b. 39

Explanation:
To know more people chose retriever than poodle, we have to do subtraction from retriever to poodle. So, 65 – 26 = 39. 39 more people chose retriever than poodle.

Question 5.
What is 94 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 90
b. 94
c. 95
d. 100

Answer:
a. 90

Explanation:

94 is between 90 and 100. 94 is closer to 90 than is to 100. 94 rounded to the nearest ten is 90.

Question 6.
Jack has 5 craft sticks. He needs 4 times that number for a project. How many craft sticks does Jack need altogether?
Options:
a. 9
b. 16
c. 20
d. 24

Answer:
c. 20

Explanation:
Jack has 5 craft sticks. He needs 4 times that number for a project. To find the total number of craft sticks does Jack needs altogether are 5 x 4 = 20. 20 craft sticks need to Jack.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 221

Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 16

Question 1.
A __________ of 4 is any product that has 4 as one of its factors.
_________

Answer:
Commutative Property of Multiplication

Question 2.
This is an example of the ______________ .
3 × 8 = (3 × 6) + (3 × 2)
This property states that multiplying a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and then adding the products.
__________

Answer:
Distributive Property of Multiplication

Concepts and Skills

Write one way to break apart the array.
Then find the product.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 17
__________

Answer:
7 x 5 = 35

Explanation:

The provided array has 7 columns and 5 rows. Let’s simplify the answer by using Distributive Property. Now, break the array rows to make two smaller arrays with the facts 2 and 3. Now, do 7 x 5. By doing smaller arrays, you can write it as 7 x (2 + 3). Multiply 7 with 2 and 7 with 3. Write (7 x 2) + (7 x 3). Now add them to get the final answer. 14 + 21 = 35.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 18
__________

Answer:
9 x 4 = 36

Explanation:
The given array has 9 columns and 4 rows. Now, do 9 x 4. Using Distributive Property break the array rows to make two smaller arrays with the 4 facts 2 and 2. Now, add 9 x (2 + 2). Multiply 9 with 2 and 9 with 2. Write (9 x 2) + (9 x 2). Now add them to get the final answer. 18 + 18 = 36.

Find the product.

Question 5.
3 × 1 = __________

Answer:
3

Explanation:
Using Commutative Law of Multiplication, Write 3 x 1 = 1 x 3. Multiplication of any number with 1 is the same number. So, 1 x 3 = 3.

Question 6.
5 × 6 = _________

Answer:
30

Explanation:
Skip-count by 5’s 6 times. You can write as 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30. The answer for 5 x 6 is 30.

Question 7.
________ = 7 × 7

Answer:
49

Explanation:
Use Distributive Property, to get the answer. Given 7 x 7. Write the facts for 7. 7 = 4 + 3. Now, write 7 x 7 = 7 x (4 + 3). Multiply 7 with 4 and 7 with 3. (7 x 4) + (7 x 3) = 28 + 21 = 49.

Question 8.
2 × 10 = _________

Answer:
20

Explanation:
Double the 10 to get the answer for 2 x 10. So, now write 10 + 10 = 20. The answer for 2 x 10 = 20.

Question 9.
2
× 1
——–
_________

Answer:
2

Explanation:
Add 1 + 1 to get 2 x 1. 1 + 1 = 2. The answer for 2 x 1 = 2.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 221 Q10

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 221 Q11

Question 12.
6
× 0
——
___________

Answer:
0

Explanation:

Multiplication of any number with 0 is 0. So, the answer for 10 x 0 is 0.

Question 13.
3
× 8
——-
__________

Answer:
24

Explanation:
Skip-count by 3’s 8 times. You can write as 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24. The answer for 3 x 8 is 24.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 222

Question 14.
Lori saw 6 lightning bugs. They each had 6 legs. How many legs did the lightning bugs have in all?
__________ legs

Answer:
36

Explanation:
Given that Lori saw 6 lightning bugs. Each lightning bugs had 6 legs. To find the total number of legs, do 6 x 6 = 36. The lightning bugs have 36 in all.

Question 15.
Zach walked his dog twice a day, for 7 days. Moira walked her dog three times a day for 5 days. Whose dog was walked more times? How many more?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Moira’s dog walked more than Zach’s dog. It walked one time more than Zach’s dog.

Explanation:
Zach walked his dog twice a day, for 7 days. So, Zach dog walked 7 x 2 = 14 times in total. Moira walked her dog three times a day for 5 days. Moira dog walked 3 x 5 = 15 days. So, Moira’s dog walked more times than Zach dog. It walked one time more than Zach’s dog.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 222 Q16

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 222 Q17

Associative Property of Multiplication Page No 227

Write another way to group the factors.
Then find the product.

Question 1.
(3 × 2) × 5
3 × (2 × 5)
30

Answer:
30

Explanation:
Using Associative Property of Multiplication, we can write (3 × 2) × 5 = 3 × (2 × 5).
Find (3 × 2) × 5. Multiply 3 x 2 = 6. Then, multiply 6 x 5 = 30.
Find 3 x (2 x 5). Multiply 2 x 5 = 10. Then, multiply 3 x 10 = 30.
So, (3 × 2) × 5 = 3 × (2 × 5). The product value is 30.

Question 2.
(4 × 3) × 2 =
________

Answer:
(4 × 3) × 2 = 4 x (3 x 2)
24

Explanation:
Use Associative Property of Multiplication to write other group the factors. (4 × 3) × 2 = 4 x (3 x 2). Now, multiply 4 x 3 = 12. Then, multiply 12 x 2 = 24. So, (4 × 3) × 2 = 24.

Question 3.
2 × (2 × 8) =
________

Answer:
2 × (2 × 8) = (2 x 2) x 8
32

Explanation:
With Associative Property of Multiplication, 2 × (2 × 8) = (2 x 2) x 8. Now, multiply 2 x 8 = 16. Then, multiply 16 x 2 = 32. So, 2 × (2 × 8) = 32.

Question 4.
9 × (2 × 1) =
________

Answer:
9 × (2 × 1) = (9 × 2) × 1
18

Explanation:
Using Associative Property of Multiplication, we can write 9 × (2 × 1) = (9 × 2) × 1. Now, multiply 2 x 1 = 2. Then, multiply 2 x 9 = 18. So, 9 × (2 × 1) = 18.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 227 Q5
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 227 Q5.1

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 227 Q6

Use parentheses and multiplication properties.
Then, find the product.

Question 7.
9 × 1 × 5
( 9 × 1 ) × 5 = ________

Answer:
( 9 × 1 ) × 5 = 9 x (1 x 5)
45

Explanation:
Use Associative Property of Multiplication. ( 9 × 1 ) × 5 = 9 x (1 x 5). Now, multiply 9 x 1 = 9. Then, multiply 9 x 5 = 45. So, ( 9 × 1 ) × 5 = 45.

Question 8.
3 × 3 × 2
( 3 × 3 ) × 2 = _________

Answer:
( 3 × 3 ) × 2 =
18

Explanation:
Use Associative Property of Multiplication. ( 3 × 3 ) × 2 = 3 x (3 x 2). Now, multiply 3 x 3 = 9. Then, multiply 9 x 2 = 18. So, ( 3 × 3 ) × 2 = 18.

Question 9.
2 × 4 × 3
( 2 × 4 ) × 3 = _________

Answer:
( 2 × 4 ) × 3 = 2 x (4 x 3)
24

Explanation:
Now use Associative Property of Multiplication. ( 2 × 4 ) × 3 = 2 x (4 x 3). Now, multiply 2 x 4 = 8. Then, multiply 8 x 3 = 24. So, ( 2 × 4 ) × 3 = 24.

Question 10.
5 × 2 × 3
( 5 × 2 ) × 3 = _________

Answer:
( 5 × 2 ) × 3 = 5 x (2 x 3)
30

Explanation:
Use Associative Property of Multiplication. ( 5 × 2 ) × 3 = 5 x (2 x 3). Now, multiply 5 x 2 = 10. Then, multiply 10 x 3 = 30. So, ( 5 × 2 ) × 3 = 30.

Question 11.
7 × 1 × 5
( 7 × 1 ) × 5 = ________

Answer:
( 7 × 1 ) × 5 = 7 x (1 x 5)
35

Explanation:
Use Associative Property of Multiplication. ( 7 × 1 ) × 5 = 7 x (1 x 5). Now, multiply 7 x 1 = 7. Then, multiply 7 x 5 = 35. So, ( 7 × 1 ) × 5 = 35.

Question 12.
8 × 2 × 3
( 8 × 2 ) × 3 = _________

Answer:
( 8 × 2 ) × 3 = 8 x (2 x 3)
48

Explanation:
Use Associative Property of Multiplication. ( 8 × 2 ) × 3 = 8 x (2 x 3). Now, multiply 8 x 2 = 16. Then, multiply 16 x 3 = 48. So, ( 8 × 2 ) × 3 = 48.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 227 Q13

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 227 Q14

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 227 Q15

Problem Solving

Question 16.
Beth and Maria are going to the county fair. Admission costs $4 per person for each day. They plan to go for 3 days. How much will the girls pay in all?
$ _________

Answer:
$24

Explanation:
From the given information, County fair admission costs $4 per person for each day. To go for 3 days, it costs, 3 x $4 = $12. Beth and Maria are going to the county fair. So, 2 members are going to the county fair. The total amount is 2 X $12 = $24.

Question 17.
Randy’s garden has 3 rows of carrots with 3 plants in each row. Next year he plans to plant 4 times the number of rows of 3 plants. How many plants will he have next year?
_________ plants

Answer:
36

Explanation:
From the given information, Randy’s garden has 3 rows of carrots with 3 plants in each row. So, 3 x 3 = 9. To plant 4 times the number of rows of 3 plants, 9 x 4 = 36. 36 plants will have to plant by Randy’s garden next year.

Associative Property of Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 228

Question 1.
There are 2 benches in each car of a train ride. Two people ride on each bench. If a train has 5 cars, how many people in all can be on a train?
Options:
a. 4
b. 9
c. 10
d. 20

Answer:
d. 20

Explanation:
Given that there are 2 benches in each car of a train ride. If a train has 5 cars in total, the number of benches = 5 x 2 = 10. From the given information, two people ride on each bench. So, 10 x 2 = 20 people will travel on a train if the train has 5 cars.

Question 2.
Crystal has 2 CDs in each box. She has 3 boxes on each of her 6 shelves. How many CDs does Crystal have in all?
Options:
a. 6
b. 12
c. 18
d. 36

Answer:
d. 36

Explanation:
The crystal has 3 boxes on each of her 6 shelves. So, she has 3 x 6 = 18 boxes with her. Each box has 2 CDs in it. So, 2 x 18 = 36 CDs available at crystal.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the sum.
4 7 2
+ 1 8 6
——–
Options:
a. 658
b. 648
c. 558
d. 286

Answer:
30

Explanation:

Add the ones. Add 2 + 6 =8. Then, Add the tens. Regroup hundreds and tens. Add 7 + 8 = 15. Remember to carry over. Add the hundreds. Add 4 + 1 + 1 = 6. Place the one’s, ten’s and hundreds to get the sum. The sum is 658.

Question 4.
Trevor made a picture graph to show how many minutes each student biked last week. This is his key.
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Associative Property of Multiplication img 19 = 10 minutes.
What Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Associative Property of Multiplication img 20 does stand for?
Options:
a. 2 minutes
b. 10 minutes
c. 20 minutes
d. 25 minutes

Answer:
d. 25 minutes

Explanation:
Given Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Associative Property of Multiplication img 19 = 10 minutes. So, half time symbol = 5 minutes.  Therefore, Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Associative Property of Multiplication img 20 = 10 + 10 + 5 = 25 minutes.

Question 5.
Madison has 142 stickers in her collection. What is 142 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 40
b. 140
c. 150
d. 200

Answer:
b. 140

Explanation:
The 142 lies between 140 and 150. But the 142 is closer to 140 than it is to 150. So, 142 is rounded to the 140.

Question 6.
There are 5 pages of photos. Each page has 6 photos. How many photos are there in all?
Options:
a. 12
b. 20
c. 24
d. 30

Answer:
d. 30

Explanation:
Given that there are 5 pages of photos. And, each page has 6 photos. Total photos = 5 x 6 = 30.

Patterns on the Multiplication Table Page No 233

Is the product even or odd? Write even or odd.

Question 1.
2 × 7 = even
Think: Products with 2 as a factor are even.

Answer:
even

Explanation:
Products with 2 as a factor are even.

Question 2.
4 × 6 = ________

Answer:
even

Explanation:
The numbers end with 0, 2, 4, 6, 8 are even numbers. So, 24 is even number. The 4 × 6 an even number.

Question 3.
8 × 3 = ________

Answer:
even

Explanation:
8 is an even number. 3 is an odd number. The product of an odd number and an even number is even. The answer is even.

Question 4.
2 × 3 = _________

Answer:
even

Explanation:
Products with 2 as a factor are even.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 233 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 233 Q6

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 233 Q7

Use the multiplication table. Describe a pattern you see.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Patterns on the Multiplication Table img 21

Question 8.
in the column 5
_________

Answer:
The one’s digits repeat 0 and 5. Each number is 5 more than the number above it.

Explanation:
Each number is added with 5. One’s digit is repeated with 0 and 5.

Question 9.
in the row for 10
________

Answer:
Add 10. All the products are even. The one’s digit is always 0.

Explanation:
All the products are even. Also, the one’s digit is always 0. Add 10 for every product to get the next number to it.

Question 10.
in the rows for 3 and 6
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The products of 6 are the products of 3 doubled.

Explanation:
Add 3 for row 3. The products of 6 are the products of 3 doubled.

Question 11.
Carl shades a row in the multiplication table. The products in the row are all even. The ones digits in the products repeat 0, 4, 8, 2, 6. What row does Carl shade?
Carl shaded row for _________

Answer:
The row for 4.

Explanation:
From the given data, the answer is row 4.

Question 12.
Jenna says that no row or column contains products with only odd numbers. Do you agree? Explain.
_________

Answer:
Yes, Either the products are all even, or there is an even and odd number pattern.

Explanation:
Jenna said correctly. Either the products are all even, or there is an even and odd number pattern.

Patterns on the Multiplication Table Lesson Check Page No 234

Question 1.
Which has an even product?
Options:
a. 1 × 9
b. 3 × 3
c. 5 × 7
d. 4 × 9

Answer:
d. 4 × 9

Explanation:
The product of an odd number and an even number is even. The answer is 4 × 9.

Question 2.
Which describes this pattern?
10, 15, 20, 25, 30
Options:
a. Even and then odd
b. Add 10.
c. Subtract 5.
d. Multiply by 5.

Answer:
a. Even and then odd

Explanation:
The given pattern is the combination of even and add.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Lexi has 2 cans of tennis balls. There are 3 tennis balls in each can. She buys 2 more cans. How many tennis balls does she now have in all?
Options:
a. 12
b. 9
c. 7
d. 6

Answer:
a. 12

Explanation:
Lexi has 2 cans of tennis balls. There are 3 tennis balls in each can. So, she has 2 x 3 = 6 balls. She buys 2 more cans. So, again 2 cans with 3 tennis balls = 2 x 3 =6. Total = 6 + 6 = 12. 12 tennis balls she is going to have with her.

Question 4.
Use the picture graph.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Patterns on the Multiplication Table img 22
How many students have green eyes?
Options:
a. 4
b. 8
c. 12
d. 16

Answer:
d. 16

Explanation:
From the given picture, Green eyes have 4 circles. Each circle =4. 4 x 4 = 16. 16 students have green eyes.

Question 5.
Sasha bought 3 boxes of pencils. If each box has 6 pencils, how many pencils did Sasha buy in all?
Options:
a. 9
b. 12
c. 18
d. 24

Answer:
b. 12

Explanation:
Sasha bought 3 boxes of pencils. If each box has 6 pencils, 3 x 6 = 12 pencils Sasha can buy in all.

Question 6.
Find the sum.
2 1 9
+ 7 6 3
———–
Options:
a. 992
b. 982
c. 976
d. 972

Answer:
b. 982

Explanation:
Break apart the addends from the given values. Start with the hundreds. Then, add each place value.
Let’s write 219 as 200+10+9 and 763 as 700+60+3.
Sum up the above two values. Then you get 900+70+12. Add the ones and then add the 10’s and 100’s. The final answer is 982.

Multiply with 8 Page No 239

Find the product.

Question 1.
8 × 10 = 80

Answer:
80

Explanation:
8 × 10 = (2 x 4) x 10
Use the Associative Property.
8 × 10 = 2 x (4 x 10)
Multiply. 4 × 10
8 × 10 = 2 x 40
Double the product.
8 × 10 = 40 + 40
8 × 10 = 80

Question 2.
8 × 8 = ________

Answer:
64

Explanation:
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
8 x 4 = 32.
32 doubled is 64.
8 x 8 = 64.

Question 3.
8 × 5 = ________

Answer:
40

Explanation:
8 × 5 = (2 x 4) x 5
Use the Associative Property.
8 × 5 = 2 x (4 x 5)
Multiply. 4 × 5
8 × 5 = 2 x 20
Double the product.
8 × 5 = 20 + 20
8 × 5 = 40

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 239 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 239 Q5

Question 6.
8 × 7 = ________

Answer:
56

Explanation:
8 × 7 = (2 x 4) x 7
Use the Associative Property.
8 × 7 = 2 x (4 x 7)
Multiply. 4 × 7
8 × 7 = 2 x 28
Double the product.
8 × 7 = 28 + 28
8 × 7 = 56.

Question 7.
6 × 8 = ________

Answer:
48

Explanation:
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
6 x 4 = 24.
24 doubled is 48.
6 x 8 = 48.

Question 8.
_______ = 9 × 8

Answer:
72

Explanation:
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
9 x 4 = 36.
36 doubled is 72.
9 x 8 = 72.

Question 9.
8
× 2
——
________

Answer:
16

Explanation:
Using the Commutative Law of Multiplication, 2 x 8 = 8 x 2.
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
2 x 4 = 8.
8 doubled is 16.
2 x 8 = 16.
So, 8 x 2 =16.

Question 10.
6
× 8
——-
________

Answer:
48

Explanation:
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
6 x 4 = 24.
24 doubled is 48.
6 x 8 = 48.

Question 11.
8
× 7
——
_________

Answer:
56

Explanation:
Using the Commutative Law of Multiplication, 8 x 7 = 7 x 8.
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
7 x 4 = 28.
28 doubled is 56.
7 x 8 = 56.

Question 12.
0
× 8
——-
____________

Answer:
0

Explanation:

Multiplication of any number with 0 is 0. So, the answer for 0 x 8 is 0.

Question 13.
8
× 5
——
___________

Answer:
40

Explanation:
8 × 5 = (2 x 4) x 5
Use the Associative Property.
8 × 5 = 2 x (4 x 5)
Multiply. 4 × 5
8 × 5 = 2 x 20
Double the product.
8 × 5 = 20 + 20
8 × 5 = 40.

Question 14.
8
× 8
——–
___________

Answer:
64

Explanation:
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
8 x 4 = 32.
32 doubled is 64.
8 x 8 = 64.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 239 Q15

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 239 Q16

Question 17.
8
× 1
——
___________

Answer:
8

Explanation:

Multiplication of any number with 1 is the same number. So, 1 x 8 = 8.

Question 18.
4
× 8
——
___________

Answer:
32

Explanation:
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
4 x 4 = 16.
16 doubled is 32.
4 x 8 = 32.

Problem Solving

Question 19.
There are 6 teams in the basketball league. Each team has 8 players. How many players are there in all?
____________ players

Answer:
48

Explanation:
Multiply 6 x 8 to get the total number of players. 6 x 8 = 48 players are in the basketball league.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 239 Q20

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 239 Q21

Question 22.
There are 10 pencils in each box. If Jenna buys 8 boxes, how many pencils will she buy?
_____________ pencils

Answer:
80

Explanation:
To get total pencils, if Jenna buys 8 boxes, multiply 10 x 8. So, Jenna buys 10 x 8 = 80 pencils.

Multiply with 8 Lesson Check Page No 240

Question 1.
Find the product.
5 × 8 = ■
Options:
a. 30
b. 32
c. 42
d. 40

Answer:
d. 40

Explanation:
Using Commutative Property of Multiplication, write 5 x 8 = 8 x 5
8 × 5 = (2 x 4) x 5
Use the Associative Property.
8 × 5 = 2 x (4 x 5)
Multiply. 4 × 5
8 × 5 = 2 x 20
Double the product.
8 × 5 = 20 + 20
8 × 5 = 40

Question 2.
There are 7 tarantulas in the spider exhibit at the zoo. Each tarantula has 8 legs. How many legs do the 7 tarantulas have in all?
Options:
a. 15
b. 49
c. 56
d. 63

Answer:
c. 56

Explanation:
Multiply 7 x 8 to find the 7 tarantulas legs. 7 tarantulas have 7 x 8 = 56 legs.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the difference.
6 5 2
– 9 9
———
Options:
a. 99
b. 552
c. 553
d. 653

Answer:
c. 553

Explanation:
Subtract the ones. 2<9. so regroup 5 tens 2 ones = 4 tens 3 ones. Now, do 12 – 9 = 3. Then, Subtract the tens. 4 < 9. So, regroup 6 hundred 5 tens = 5 hundred 5 tens. 14 – 9 = 5. Subtract the hundreds and add them to check the answer. 5 – 0 = 5. The final answer is 553.

Question 4.
The school library received an order of 232 new books. What is 232 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 200
b. 230
c. 240
d. 300

Answer:
b. 230

Explanation:
The 232 lies between 230 and 240. But 232 is closer to 230 than it is to 240. So, 232 is rounded to the 230.

Question 5.
Sam’s picture graph shows that 8 students chose pizza as their favorite lunch. This is the key for the graph.
Each ☺ smile = 2 students.
How many ☺ smile should be next to pizza on Sam’s graph?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer:
b. 4

Explanation:
Given 1 smile = 2 students.
2 smiles = 4 students
3 smiles = 6 students
4 smiles = 8 students
4 smiles required for Sam for her next pizza on the graph.

Question 6.
Tashia buys 5 packages of oranges. Each package has 4 oranges. How many oranges in all does Tashia buy?
Options:
a. 1
b. 9
c. 20
d. 25

Answer:
d. 25

Explanation:
To know the total number of oranges, multiply 5 x 5. Tashia buys 5 x 5 = 25 oranges.

Multiply with 9 Page No 245

Find the product.

Question 1.
10 × 9 = 90

Answer:
90

Explanation:
The tens digit is 1 less than the factor that is multiplied by 9. So, ten’s digit number is 10 – 1 = 9. The sum of the digits in the product is always 9. So, to multiply 10 × 9, think the tens digit is 9 and the one’s digit is 0. The product is 90.

Question 2.
2 × 9 = ________

Answer:
18

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
2 × 9 = 2 x (3 + 6)
Multiply each addend by 2.
2 × 9 = (2 × 3) + (2 × 6)
Add the products.
2 × 9 = 6 + 12
2 × 9 = 18.

Question 3.
9 × 4 = ________

Answer:
36

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
9 × 4 = (3 + 6) x 4
Multiply each addend by 4.
9 × 4 = (3 x 4) + (6 x 4)
Add the products.
9 × 4 = 12 + 24
9 × 4 = 36.

Question 4.
0 × 9 = ________

Answer:
0

Explanation:

Multiplication of any number with 0 is 0. So, the answer for 0 x 9 is 0.

Question 5.
1 × 9 = ________

Answer:
9

Explanation:

Multiplication of any number with 1 is the same number. So, 1 x 9 = 9.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 245 Q6

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 245 Q7

Question 8.
6 × 9 = ________

Answer:
54

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
6 × 9 = 6 x (3 + 6)
Multiply each addend by 6.
6 × 9 = (6 × 3) + (6 × 6)
Add the products.
6 × 9 = 18 + 36
6 × 9 = 54.

Question 9.
9
× 4
——–
________

Answer:
36

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
9 × 4 = (3 + 6) x 4
Multiply each addend by 4.
9 × 4 = (3 x 4) + (6 x 4)
Add the products.
9 × 4 = 12 + 24
9 × 4 = 36.

Question 10.
5
× 9
——–
________

Answer:
45

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
5 × 9 = 5 x (3 + 6)
Multiply each addend by 5.
5 × 9 = (5 × 3) + (5 × 6)
Add the products.
5 × 9 = 15 + 30
5 × 9 = 45.

Question 11.
9
× 7
——–
________

Answer:
63

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
9 × 7 = (3 + 6) x 7
Multiply each addend by 7.
9 × 7 = (3 x 7) + (6 x 7)
Add the products.
9 × 7 = 21 + 42
9 × 7 = 63.

Question 12.
2
× 9
——–
________

Answer:
18

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
2 × 9 = 2 x (3 + 6)
Multiply each addend by 2.
2 × 9 = (2 × 3) + (2 × 6)
Add the products.
2 × 9 = 6 + 12
2 × 9 = 18.

Question 13.
9
× 9
——–
________

Answer:
81

Explanation:
The tens digit is 1 less than the factor that is multiplied by 9. So, ten’s digit number is 9 – 1 = 8. The sum of the digits in the product is always 9. So, add 1 to 8 to get one’s digit 1 + 8 = 9. The product is 81.

Question 14.
10
× 9
——–
________

Answer:
90

Explanation:
The tens digit is 1 less than the factor that is multiplied by 9. So, ten’s digit number is 10 – 1 = 9. The sum of the digits in the product is always 9. So, to multiply 10 × 9, think the tens digit is 9 and the one’s digit is 0. The product is 90.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 245 Q15

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 245 Q16

Question 17.
6
× 9
——–
________

Answer:
54

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
6 × 9 = 6 x (3 + 6)
Multiply each addend by 6.
6 × 9 = (6 × 3) + (6 × 6)
Add the products.
6 × 9 = 18 + 36
6 × 9 = 54.

Question 18.
9
× 1
——–
________

Answer:
9

Explanation:
Multiplication of any number with 1 is the same number. So, 1 x 9 = 9.

Problem Solving

Question 19.
There are 9 positions on the softball team. Three people are trying out for each position. How many people in all are trying out?
___________ people

Answer:
27

Explanation:
To find the total number of people trying for a position on the softball team, multiply 9 x 3. 9 x 3 = 27 people are trying for a softball team position.

Question 20.
Carlos bought a book for $9. Now he would like to buy 4 other books for the same price. How much will he have to pay in all for the other 4 books?
$ _____________

Answer:
$36

Explanation:
Carlos bought a book for $9. Now he would like to buy 4 other books for the same price. So, to get them all 4 books, he needs to pay 4 x $9 = $36.

Multiply with 9 Lesson Check Page No 246

Question 1.
Find the product.
7 × 9 = ■
Options:
a. 63
b. 56
c. 45
d. 36

Answer:
a. 63

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
9 × 7 = (3 + 6) x 7
Multiply each addend by 7.
9 × 7 = (3 x 7) + (6 x 7)
Add the products.
9 × 7 = 21 + 42
9 × 7 = 63.

Question 2.
Clare buys 5 tickets for the high school musical. Each ticket costs $9. How much do the tickets cost in all?
Options:
a. $36
b. $40
c. $45
d. $52

Answer:
c. $45

Explanation:
Multiply 5 with $9 to get the total number of tickets. Clare buys 5 tickets for 5 x $9 = $45.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The table shows the hair color of girls in Kim’s class. How many girls have brown hair?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiply with 9 img 23
Options:
a. 1
b. 3
c. 4
d. 6

Answer:
d. 6

Explanation:
From the given figure, there are 6 bars available in the Number of Girls for Brown. So, the answer is 6.

Question 4.
Miles picked up 9 shirts from the dry cleaners. It costs $4 to clean each shirt. How much did Miles spend to have all the shirts cleaned?
Options:
a. $13
b. $22
c. $36
d. $45

Answer:
c. $36

Explanation:
Miles spend 9 x $4 = $36 to have all the shirts cleaned.

Question 5.
In a picture graph, each picture of a baseball is equal to 5 games won by a team. The row for the Falcons has 7 baseballs. How many games have the Falcons won?
Options:
a. 40
b. 35
c. 12
d. 7

Answer:
a. 63

Explanation:
From given data, 1 baseball = 5 games. The row for the Falcons has 7 baseballs. So, Falcons won 7 x 5 = 35 games.

Question 6.
An array has 8 rows with 4 circles in each row. How many circles are in the array?
Options:
a. 12
b. 24
c. 32
d. 36

Answer:
a. 63

Explanation:
8 x 4 = 32 circles are in the array.

Multiplication Page No 251

Solve.

Question 1.
Henry has a new album for his baseball cards. He uses pages that hold 6 cards and pages that hold 3 cards. If Henry has 36 cards, how many different ways can he put them in his album?
Henry can put the cards in his album 5 ways.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiplication img 24

Answer:
5 ways

Explanation:
Henry can put the cards in 5 ways. They are
1. (1 x 6 cards pages) x (10 x 3 cards pages) = 6 cards + 30 cards = 36 cards.
2. (2 x 6 cards pages) x (8 x 3 cards pages) = 12 cards + 24 cards = 36 cards.
3. (3 x 6 cards pages) x (6 x 3 cards pages) = 18 cards + 18 cards = 36 cards.
4. (4 x 6 cards pages) x (4 x 3 cards pages) = 24 cards + 12 cards = 36 cards.
5. (5 x 6 cards pages) x (2 x 3 cards pages) = 30 cards + 6 cards = 36 cards.

Question 2.
Ms. Hernandez has 17 tomato plants that she wants to plant in rows. She will put 2 plants in some rows and 1 plant in the others. How many different ways can she plant the tomato plants? Make a table to solve.

Rows With 2 Plants ___8__ ___7___ ____6__ ___5___ __4____ ____3__ _____2_ _____1_
Rows With 1 Plants ____1__ ___3___ ___5___ ___7___ ___9___ ____11__ ___13___ ____15__
Total Plants ____17__ ___17___ __17____ __17____ ___17___ ___17___ ____17__ ____17__
Ms. Hernandez can plant the tomato plants ___8___ Ways.

Answer:
8 ways

Explanation:
Ms. Hernandez wants to grow 2 tomato plants in one row and 1 in other rows. The total number of plants should be 17. So,
1. (8 rows x 2 plants) x (1 row x 1plant) = 16 plants + 1 plant = 17 plants.
2. (7 rows x 2 plants) x (3 rows x 1plant) = 14 plants + 3 plant = 17 plantst.
3. (6 rows x 2 plants) x (5 rows x 1plant) = 12 plants + 5 plant = 17 plants.
4. (5 rows x 2 plants) x (7 rows x 1plant) = 10 plants + 7 plant = 17 plants.
5. (4 rows x 2 plants) x (9 rows x 1plant) = 8 plants + 9 plant = 17 plants.
6. (3 rows x 2 plants) x (11 rows x 1plant) = 6 plants + 11 plant = 17 plants.
7. (2 rows x 2 plants) x (13 rows x 1plant) = 4 plants + 13 plant = 17 plants.
8. (1 rows x 2 plants) x (15 rows x 1plant) = 2 plants + 15 plant = 17 plants.

Question 3.
Bianca has a total of 25¢. She has some nickels and pennies. How many different combinations of nickels and pennies could Bianca have? Make a table to solve.

Number of Nickels ___1___ ___2___ ____3__ ____4__
Number of Pennies ___20___ ___15___ ___10___ ____5__
Total Value ___25¢___ ___25¢___ ___25¢___ ___25¢___
Bianca could have ___4___ Combination of 25 ¢.

Answer:
4 ways

Explanation:
1 Nickel = 5 pennies.
Bianca can have combinations of nickels and pennies to get 25¢ are
1. 1 Nickel + 20 Pennies = 5 Pennies + 20 Pennies = 25 Pennies = 25¢
2. 2 Nickels + 15 Pennies = 10 Pennies + 15 Pennies = 25 Pennies = 25¢
3. 3 Nickels + 10 Pennies = 15 Pennies + 10 Pennies = 25 Pennies = 25¢
4. 4 Nickels + 5 Pennies = 20 Pennies + 5 Pennies = 25 Pennies = 25¢

Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 252

Question 1.
The table shows different ways that Cameron can display his 12 model cars on shelves. How many shelves will display 2 cars if 8 of the shelves each display 1 car?
Options:
a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiplication img 25

Answer:
b. 2

Explanation:
1. (Shelves with 1 car x 2) + (Shelves with 2 cars x 5) = 2 Cars + 10 Cars = 12 Cars
2. (Shelves with 1 car x 4) + (Shelves with 2 cars x 4) = 4 Cars + 8 Cars = 12 Cars
3. (Shelves with 1 car x 6) + (Shelves with 2 cars x 3) = 6 Cars + 6 Cars = 12 Cars
4. (Shelves with 1 car x 8) + (Shelves with 2 cars x 2) = 8 Cars + 4 Cars = 12 Cars
5. (Shelves with 1 car x 10) + (Shelves with 2 cars x 1) = 10 Cars + 2 Cars = 12 Cars
Therefore, 2 shelves will display 2 cars if 8 of the shelves each display 1 car.

Spiral Review

Question 2.
Find the sum.
3 1 7
+ 1 5 1
——–
Options:
a. 166
b. 268
c. 468
d. 568

Answer:
c. 468

Explanation:
Add the ones. Add 7 + 1 =8. Then, Add the tens. Add 1 + 5 = 6. Add the hundreds. Add 3 + 1 = 4. Place the one’s, ten’s and hundreds to get the sum. The sum is 468.

Question 3.
The school cafeteria has an order for 238 hot lunches. What is 238 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 300
b. 240
c. 230
d. 200

Answer:
b. 240

Explanation:
The 238 lies between 230 and 240. But the 238 is closer to 240 than it is to 230. So, 238 is rounded to the 240.

Question 4.
Tyler made a picture graph to show students’ favorite colors. This is the key for his graph.
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiplication img 26 = 3 votes.
If 12 students voted for green, how many Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Multiplication img 27 should there be in the green row of the graph?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 9
d. 12

Answer:
b. 4

Explanation:
Each circle = 3 votes. If 12 students voted for green, total votes = 12. Write 12 = 3 + 3 + 3 +3. So, 4 circles represent 12 votes.

Question 5.
There are 5 bikes in each bike rack at the school. There are 6 bike racks. How many bikes in all are in the bike racks?
Options:
a. 11
b. 24
c. 25
d. 30

Answer:
d. 30

Explanation:
To find the total bikes in the bike rack at the school, multiply 5 bikes x 6 bike racks. 5 x 6 = 30 bikes are available in bike racks.

Review/Test Page No 253

Question 1.
Mrs. Ruiz sorted spools of thread into 4 boxes. Each box holds 5 spools. How many spools of thread does Mrs. Ruiz have? Draw circles to model the problem. Then solve.
________ spools

Answer:
20 spools

Explanation:
4 boxes of spools x 5 spools = 20 spools. Mrs. Ruiz has 20 spools of thread.

Question 2.
For numbers 2a–2d, select True or False for each multiplication sentence.
a. 2 × 8 = 16
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
Double 8.
8 + 8 = 16.
So, 2 x 8 = 16.

Question 2.
b. 5 × 8 = 40
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
Skip-count by 5’s 8 times. Write like 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. So, the answer for 5 x 8 is 40.

Question 2.
c. 6 × 8 = 56
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:

Use doubles to find the answer of 6 x 8. Firstly, multiply 3 x 8 = 24. Then, double the value of 3 x 8. 24 + 24 = 48. The answer for 6 x 8 is 48. So, 6 × 8 = 56 is false.

Question 2.
d. 8 × 8 = 64
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
Factor 8 is an even number. 4+ 4
8 x 4 = 32.
32 doubled is 64.
8 x 8 = 64.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 253 Q3

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 253 Q4

Review/Test Page No 254

Question 5.
Circle groups to show 3 × (2 × 3).
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 28
Type below:
__________

Answer:
18

Explanation:

3 × (2 × 3) = 3 x 6 = 18.

Question 6.
Dale keeps all of his pairs of shoes in his closet. Select the number of shoes that Dale could have in his closet. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 6
d. 7
e. 8

Answer:
b. 4
c. 6
e. 8

Explanation:
Pair of shoes have 2 in number. So, the possible ways are always even. Dale could have 4, 6, 8 in his closet.

Question 7.
Lisa completed the table to describe the product of a mystery one-digit factor and each number.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 29
Part A
Give all of the possible numbers that could be Lisa’s mystery one-digit factor.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
0, 2, 4, 6, 8

Question 7.
Part B
Explain how you know that you have selected all of the correct possibilities.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Given that the product numbers are even. The product of an even number with another number is even. So, we should take the mystery factor as an even number.

Review/Test Page No 255

Question 8.
Kate drew 7 octagons. An octagon has 8 sides. How many sides did Kate draw?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 30
_________ sides

Answer:
56

Explanation:
Kate drew 7 octagons. An octagon has 8 sides. Kate draws 8 x 7 = 56 sides.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 255 Q9

Question 10.
Break apart the array to show 8 × 6 = (4 × 6) + (4 × 6).
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 31

Answer:

 

Explanation:
Break the array of 4 columns and 6 rows to get the answer.

Question 11.
Circle the symbol that makes the multiplication sentence true.
9 × 6Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 32 3 × (3 × 9)
_________

Answer:
<

Explanation:
9 x 6 = 54
3 x 27 = 81
54 < 81.
So, 9 x 6 < 3 x (3 x 9)

Question 12.
Roberto wants to make $2.00 using dollars, half dollar, and quarters. How many different ways can he make $2.00?
__________ different ways

Answer:
18

Explanation:
0.25  – 8 |6 |4 |4 |2 |2 |0 |0 |0
0.50 – 0 |1 |2 |0 |3 |1 |2 |4 |0
1        -0 |0 |0 |1 |0 |1 |1 |0 |2

Review/Test Page No 256

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 256 Q13

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Page 256 Q14

Question 15.
Antoine and 3 friends divide some pennies evenly among themselves. Each friend separates his pennies into 3 equal stacks with 5 pennies in each stack.
Write a multiplication sentence that shows the total number of pennies.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4 x (5 x 3)

Explanation:
5 pennies into 3 equal stacks = 5 x 3 = 15.
15 stacks shared between 4 friends = 4 x 15 = 4 x (5 x 3).

Question 16.
Luke is making 4 first-aid kits. He wants to put 3 large and 4 small bandages in each kit. How many bandages does he need for the kits? Show your work.
_________ bandages

Answer:
28 bandages

Explanation:
Luke wants to put 3 large and 4 small bandages in each kit. So, total = 3 + 4 = 7 bandages.
He is making 4 first-aid kits. So, 4 x 7 bandages = 28 bandages.

Review/Test Page No 257

Question 17.
For numbers 17a–17d, select True or False for each equation.
a. 3 × 7 = 21
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:

Skip count by 3’s until you say 7 numbers. 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21. So, the answer for 3 x 7 is 21. The answer is true.

Question 17.
b. 5 × 7 = 28
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:

Skip count by 5’s until you say 7 numbers. 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35. Now, the count of the number is 7. So, the answer for 5 x 7 is 35. The answer is False.

Question 17.
c. 8 × 7 = 49
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
ii. False

Explanation:

Use Distributive Property to find 8 x 7 = (4 + 4) x 7 = (4 x 7) + (4 x 7) = 28 + 28 = 56 is the correct answer. The answer is False.

Question 17.
d. 9 × 7 = 63
i. True
ii. False

Answer:
i. True

Explanation:
9 = 3 + 6
9 × 7 = (3 + 6) x 7
Multiply each addend by 7.
9 × 7 = (3 x 7) + (6 x 7)
Add the products.
9 × 7 = 21 + 42
9 × 7 = 63.
The answer is true.

Question 18.
Circle the number that makes the multiplication sentence true.
10 × Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 33 = 40

Answer:
4

Explanation:
The value of 10 x4 = 40. So, the answer is 4.

Question 19.
For numbers 19a–19d, select Yes or No to indicate whether the number sentence has the same value as 8 × 6.
a. 8 + (4 × 2) = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
ii. no

Explanation:
8 x 6 = 48.
8 + (4 x 2) = 8 + 8 =16. The answer is no.

Question 19.
b. (8 × 4) + (8 × 2) = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
8 x 6 = 48.
(8 x 4) + (8 x 2) = 32 + 16 = 48. The answer is yes.

Question 19.
c. (6 × 4) + (6 × 2) = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
ii. no

Explanation:
8 x 6 = 48.
(6 × 4) + (6 × 2) = 24 + 12 = 36. The answer is no.

Question 19.
d. 6 × (4 + 4) = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer:
i. yes

Explanation:
8 x 6 = 48.
6 × (4 + 4) = 6 x 8 = 48. The answer is yes.

Question 20.
Chloe bought 4 movie tickets. Each ticket cost $6. What was the total cost of the movie tickets?
$ _________

Answer:
$24

Explanation:
The total cost of the movie tickets = 4 x $6 = $24.

Question 21.
Write a multiplication sentence using the following numbers and symbols.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 34
Type below:
__________

Answer:
6 x (5 x 2) = 60

Explanation:
We can write as 6 x (5 x 2) = 60.

Review/Test Page No 258

Question 22.
Louis started a table showing a multiplication pattern.
Part A
Complete the table. Describe a pattern you see in the products.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 35
Type below:
__________

Answer:
12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30. Add 3 to the product to get the next product.

Explanation:
Add 3 to the product to get the next product.
9+3 = 12.
12 + 3 = 15.
15 + 3 = 18.
18 + 3 = 21.
21 + 3 = 24.
24 + 3 = 27.
27 + 3 = 30.

Question 22.
Part B
If you multiplied 3 × 37, would the product be an even number or an odd number? Use the table to explain your reasoning.
__________

Answer:
When an even number is multiplied by 3 (an odd number), the product is even. When an odd number is multiplied by 3, the product is odd, so the product of 3 × 37 would be odd.

Question 23.
Use the number line to show the product of 4 × 8.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 36
4 × 8 = _______

Answer:
32

Explanation:
Skip 2 numbers to get the product of 4 multiples. If you skip 2 numbers until you count 8, you can get 32. The answer is 32.

Conclusion

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies include a clear-cut explanation for all the questions in it. We tried our best to help you understand the concept better by taking enough images, graphs. Firstly solve the problems on your own and tally your answers with the Go Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Ch 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies.

In order to provide you a smooth learning experience, we have compiled all the Questions in Grade 3 Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies in a comprehensive manner. Grab the opportunity and learn from Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Extra Practice PDF too to make your learning fun.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication

go-math-grade-3-chapter-3-understand-multiplication-answer-key

Practice using Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication and learn various question types on Multiplication. Solve as many questions as possible in the 3rd Grade HMH Go Math Ch 3 Understand Multiplication Answer Key and become pro in the chapter. Thus, you can answer any kind of question framed on the concept and clear your tests or assessments with higher scores.

HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication

To help you out with chapter 3 Understand Multiplication we have jotted down all the exercise problems in your Go Math Textbook. Simply tap on the respective chapter you wish to prepare and learn the fundamentals included within it easily. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Ch 3 Understand Multiplication is provided in a comprehensive manner for better understanding.

Lesson 1: Count Equal Groups

Lesson 2: Algebra • Relate Addition and Multiplication

Lesson 3: Skip Count on a Number Line

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 4: Problem Solving • Model Multiplication

Lesson 5: Model with Arrays

Lesson 6: Algebra • Commutative Property of Multiplication

Lesson 7: Algebra • Multiply with 1 and 0

Chapter 3 Review/Test

Count Equal Groups Page No 143

Draw equal groups. Skip count to find how many.

Question 1.
2 groups of 2 4
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 1

Answer: 4

Explanation:
There are two groups of 2
There are 2 two’s.
We skip count by 2’s. (2, 4)
So, there are 4 in all.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 143 Q2

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 143 Q3

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 143 Q4

Count equal groups to find how many.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 2
______ groups of _______ , _______ in all

Answer: 4, 3, 12

Explanation:
There are three counters in each group.
There are 4 equal groups.
We skip count by 3’s until you say 4 numbers. (3,6,9,12)
So, there are 4 groups of 3, 12 in all.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 3
______ groups of _______ , _______ in all

Answer: 4, 4, 16

Explanation:
There are 4 counters in each group
There are 4 equal groups.
We skip count by 4’s until you say 4 numbers. (4,8,12,16)
There are 4 groups of 4, 16 in all

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Marcia puts 2 slices of cheese on each sandwich. She makes 4 cheese sandwiches. How many slices of cheese does Marcia use in all?
_________ slice of cheese

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Draw 2 counters (cheese) in each group.
There are 4 equal groups (sandwiches).
We skip count by 2’s until you say 4 numbers (4,8)
There are 8 slices of cheese.

Question 8.
Tomas works in a cafeteria kitchen. He puts 3 cherry tomatoes on each of 5 salads. How many tomatoes does he use?
_________ tomatoes

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Draw 3 counters (tomatoes) in each group.
There are 5 equal groups (salads).
We skip count by 3’s until you say 5 numbers (3,6,9,12,15)
There are 15 tomatoes in all.

Count Equal Groups Lesson Check Page No 144

Question 1.
Jen makes 3 bracelets. Each bracelet has 3 beads. How many beads does Jen use?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 4
Options:
a. 12
b. 9
c. 6
d. 3

Answer: b

Explanation:
There are 3 beads in each group.
There are 3 equal groups (bracelets).
Now, skip count by 3’s until you say three numbers (3,6,9)
Jen use a total of 9 beads.

Question 2.
Ian has 5 cards to mail. Each card needs 2 stamps. How many stamps does Ian need?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 5
Options:
a. 2
b. 5
c. 10
d. 15

Answer: c

Explanation:
There are 5 equal groups (cards) with two counters (stamps) in each group.
Now, skip count by 2’s until you say five numbers (2,4,6,8,10)
Ian need a total of 1o stamps.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There were 384 people at a play on Friday night. There were 512 people at the play on Saturday night. Which is the best estimate of the total number of people who attended the play on both nights?
Options:
a. 900
b. 800
c. 700
d. 500

Answer: a

Explanation:
Step 1: Round each number to nearest hundred.
384 —-> 400
512  —-> 500
Step 2: Add the rounded numbers
400 + 500 = 900
The best estimate of the total number of people who attended the play on both nights are 900.

Question 4.
Walking the Dog Pet Store has 438 leashes in stock. They sell 79 leashes during a one-day sale. How many leashes are left in stock after the sale?
Options:
a. 459
b. 441
c. 369
d. 359

Answer: d

Explanation: Use place value to subtract
Subtract 438 – 79
Estimate 450 – 100 =

Step 1
Subtract the ones.
8 < 9, so regroup.
3 tens 8 ones = 2 tens ____ ones
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - i
On subtracting the ones place decimals, we get 9

Step 2
Subtract the tens.
2 < 3, so regroup.
4 hundreds 2 tens = 3 hundreds _____ tens
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - ii
On subtracting the ones and tens place decimals, we get 59

Step 3:
Subtract the hundreds
Then, add to check your answer.
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - iii  GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - iv

Question 5.
The Lakeside Tour bus traveled 490 miles on Saturday and 225 miles on Sunday. About how many more miles did it travel on Saturday?
Options:
a. 500 miles
b. 400 miles
c. 300 miles
d. 100 miles

Answer: c

Explanation:
Use compatible numbers
Step 1: Round each number to nearest hundred.
490 —-> 500
225 —-> 200
Step 2: Subtract the rounded numbers.

(i) Working each column from right to left
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - i
(ii) 0 minus 0 is 0
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - ii
(iii) 0 minus 0 is 0
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - iii
(iv) 5 minus 2 is 3
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - iv

Question 6.
During one week at Jackson School, 210 students buy milk and 196 students buy juice. How many drinks are sold that week?
Options:
a. 496
b. 406
c. 396
d. 306

Answer: b

Explanation:
Use place value to add two addends.
Add 210 + 196
Estimate 200 + 200

Step 1:
Add the ones.

GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 3 - i

Step 2:

Add the tens.
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 3 - ii

Step 3:
Add the hundreds. Regroup the tens as hundreds.
GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 3 - iii

Relate Addition and Multiplication Page No 149

Draw a quick picture to show the equal groups. Then write related addition and multiplication sentences.

Question 1.
3 groups of 5
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication img 6
5 + 5 + 5 = 15
3 × 5 = 15

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Addition Sentence:
There are 5 counters in each group.
There are 3 groups.
Now, add equal groups
5 + 5 + 5 = 15
Multiplication Sentence:
Since there are same number of counters in each circle, you can multiply to find how many in all.
Use multiplication method to find the total counters in equal groups.
Factor x Factor = Product
5    x     3       =  15
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication Page No 149 Answer 1 - i

Question 2.
3 groups of 4
_____ + _____ + _____ = ______
_____ × _____ = ______

Answer: 4 + 4 + 4  = 12
3 x 4 = 12

Explanation: Addition Sentence
Draw 4 counters in each group.
There are total 3 groups.
Now, the addition sentence is 4 + 4 + 4 = 12

Multiplication sentence
Draw 4 counters in each circle or group.
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply groups and counters to find how many there are altogether.
3 x 4 = 12
factor x factor = product

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 149 Q3

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 149 Q4
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 149 Q4.1

Complete. Write a multiplication sentence.

Question 5.
7 + 7 + 7 = _____
_____ × _____ = ______

Answer: 7 + 7 + 7 = 21
3 x 7 = 21

Explanation:
7 + 7 + 7 = 21
This is addition sentence, from this we can find the total no of groups and counters.
From above sentence, we can tell that there are 3 groups and 7 counters in each group.
Multiplication Sentence
There are 3 groups and 7 counters in each group.
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply counters and groups to find how many there are altogether.
3  x  7 =  21

Question 6.
3 + 3 + 3 = _____
_____ × _____ = ______

Answer: 3 + 3 + 3 = 9
3 x 3 = 9

Explanation:
3 + 3 + 3 = 9
This is addition sentence, from this we can find the total no of groups and counters.
From above sentence, we can tell that there are 3 groups and 3 counters in each group.
Multiplication Sentence
There are 3 groups and 3 counters in each group.
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply counters and groups to find how many there are altogether.
3  x  3 =  9

Problem Solving

Question 7.
There are 6 jars of pickles in a box. Ed has 3 boxes of pickles. How many jars of pickles does he have in all? Write a multiplication sentence to find the answer.
_____ × _____ = ______ jars

Answer: 3 x 6 = 18 jars

Explanation:
Draw 3 boxes as Pickle boxes.
Draw 6 counters in each box to show jars.
Now, find the number of counters (jars).
Since, there are same number of jars in each pickle box, you can multiply to find how many in all.
3 groups of 6 = 3 x 6 = 18

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 149 Q8

Relate Addition and Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150

Question 1.
Which is another way to show
3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3?
Options:
a. 5 × 3
b. 4 × 3
c. 8 × 3
d. 6 × 3

Answer: d

Explanation:
The given question is in the form of addition sentence. Now, we can find the no of counters and groups using it.
Draw 6 circles to show equal groups.
Then, draw 3 counters in each circle.
When you combine equal groups, you can multiply to find how many in all.
No. of equal groups x no of counters = total no of counters
6 x 3 = 18

Question 2.
Use the model. How many counters are there in all?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication img 7
Options:
a. 8
b. 10
c. 12
d. 14

Answer: b

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see there are two equal groups.
There are 5 counters in each group.
Now, multiplication sentence to find the number of counters.
No. of equal groups x No. of counters in each group = Total no. of counters
2 x 5 = 10

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A school gave 884 pencils to students on the first day of school. What is 884 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 800
b. 880
c. 890
d. 900

Answer: d

Explanation:
We need to round 884 to nearest hundred.
Now, look at the digit to the right which is 8.

GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 5 - i
8 > 5
So, the hundreds digit increases by one.
Write 9 as the hundreds digit.
Write zeros as the tens and ones digits.
So, 884 rounded to nearest hundred is 900

Question 4.
Find the difference.
6 3 2
– 2 7 4
———
Options:
a. 906
b. 442
c. 358
d. 354

Answer: c

Explanation:
Step-1:
Working each column from right to left.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - i
Step-2:
Subtract the ones. Since, 2 < 4 , you must regroup.
3 tens 2 ones = 2 tens ______ ones.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - ii

Step-3:
Subtract the tens. Since 2 < 7, you must regroup.
6 hundreds 2 tens = 5 hundreds ______ ones.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - iii
Step-4:
Subtract the hundreds.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - iv
Step-5:
Add to check answer.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - v

Question 5.
The line plot below shows how many points Trevor scored in 20 games.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication img 8
In how many games did Trevor score at least 18 points?
Options:
a. 3
b. 5
c. 6
d. 10

Answer: d

Explanation:
The numbers in the line plot shows the points scored by Trevor.
Each in the figure stands for 1 game.
Find 18 points scored on the number line.
In the above line plot, we can see the three s above 18, four s above 19, 3 s above 20.
So, We can say Trevor scored at least 18 points in 10 games.

Question 5.
In how many games did Trevor score 18 points or fewer?
Options:
a. 7
b. 10
c. 13
d. 15

Answer: c

Explanation:
The numbers in the line plot shows the points scored by Trevor.
Each in the figure stands for 1 game.
Find 18 and below 18 points scored on the number line.
In the above line plot, we can see the three s above 18, five s above 17, two s above 16, three s above 15 .
So, We can say Trevor scored at least 18 points in 13 games.

Question 6.
Darrien read 97 pages last week. Evan read 84 pages last week. How many pages in all did the boys read?
Options:
a. 13
b. 171
c. 181
d. 271

Answer: c

Explanation:
Add 97 and 84
Step 1:
Add ones. Regroup the ones as tens and ones.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 7 - i
Step 2:
Add tens.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 7 - ii
Step 3:
Add hundreds.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 7 - iii

Skip Count on a Number Line Page No 155

Draw jumps on the number line to show equal groups. Find the product.

Question 1.
6 groups of 3
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 9
6 × 3 = 18

Answer: 18

Explanation:
1 jump on the number line is considered as 1 group.
There are 6 jumps on the number line. So, there are 6 groups.
The length of each jump is 3.
Begin at 0. Skip count by 3’s.
Multiply 6 x 3 = 18

Question 2.
3 groups of 5
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 10
3 × 5 = _______

Answer: 15

Explanation:
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line Page No 155 Answer 8 - i
1 jump on the number line is considered as 1 group.
There are 5 jumps on the number line. So, there are 5 groups.
The length of each jump is 3.
Begin at 0. Skip count by 3’s.
Multiply 3 x 5 = 15.

Write the multiplication sentence the number line shows.

Question 3.
2 groups of 6
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 11
______ × _____ = _______

Answer: 12

Explanation:
1 jump on the number is considered as 1 group.
There are 2 jumps on number line. So, there are 2 groups.
The length of each jump is 2.
Begin at 0. Skip count by 6’s.
Multiply 2 x 6 = 12.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 155 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 155 Q5

Skip Count on a Number Line Lesson Check Page No 156

Question 1.
Louise skip counts by 4 on a number line to find 5 x 4. How many jumps should she draw on the number line?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 9

Answer: c

Explanation:
Given no. of skip counts on a number line = 4
Product = no. of jumps x length of each jump
Given product = 5 x 4
From the given data, we can say that no of jumps = 5
So, no of jumps drawn on the number line = 5.

Question 2.
Theo needs 4 boards that are each 3 feet long to make bookshelves. How many feet of boards does he need altogether?
Options:
a. 12 feet
b. 7 feet
c. 4 feet
d. 3 feet

Answer: a

Explanation:
Given no. of boards = 4
Length of each board = 3 feet
Begin at 0. Skip count by 3’s.
Product = 4 x 3 = 12
So, Theo needs 12 feet of boards altogether.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Estimate the sum.
5 1 8
+ 2 5 1
Options:
a. 200
b. 700
c. 800
d. 900

Answer: c

Explanation:
Use Compatible numbers.
518 —-> 500
251 —-> 300
Perform addition
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 156 Answer 9 - i

Question 4.
Which number would you put in a frequency table to show Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 12?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: d

Explanation:
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 156 Answer 11 - i

Question 5.
A manager at a shoe store received an order for 346 pairs of shoes. What is 346 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 400
b. 350
c. 340
d. 300

Answer: d

Explanation:
Round 346 to nearest hundred.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 156 Answer 12 - i
Since 4 < 5, the digit in the rounding place stays same. i.e, 3
Now, write zeros to the right of the rounding place (tens and ones place)
So, 346 rounded to nearest hundred is 300.

Question 6.
Toby is making a picture graph. Each picture of a book is equal to 2 books he has read. The row for Month 1 has 3 pictures of books. How many books did Toby read during Month 1?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: c

Explanation:
Given, each picture  = 2 books
Row for month 1 = 3 pictures of books = 3 x 2 = 6
So, Toby read 6 books during month 1.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 157

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 13

Question 1.
When you combine equal groups, you can _______________ to find how many in all.
_________

Answer: Multiply

Explanation:
When equal groups are combined together, multiplication operation is performed to find the total.

Question 2.
The answer in a multiplication problem is called the _________________ .
_________

Answer: Product

Explanation:
The Product is the answer to a multiplication problem.

Question 3.
The numbers you multiply are called the ______________ .
_________

Answer: factors

Explanation:
The numbers which are multiplied are called factors.

Concepts and Skills

Count equal groups to find how many.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 14
_______ groups of _______ ; _______ in all

Answer:
3 groups of 3; 9 in all

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 3 equal groups.
Each group has three counters.
So, the total no of counters are 9 in all.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 15
_______ groups of _______ ; _______ in all

Answer:
4 groups of 5; 20 in all

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 4 equal groups.
Each group has five counters.
So, the total no of counters are 20 in all.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 16
_______ groups of _______ ; _______ in all

Answer:
2 groups of 10; 20 in all

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 2 equal groups.
Each group has 10 counters.
So, the total no of counters are 20 in all.

Write related addition and multiplication sentences.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 157 Q7

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 157 Q8

Draw jumps on the number line to show equal groups.
Find the product.

Question 9.
6 groups of 3
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 17
_______ × _______ = _______

Answer: 6 x 3 = 18

Explanation:
Given, 6 groups of 3
No. of jumps = 6
Length of each jump = 3
Product = No. of jumps x length of each jump = 6 x 3 = 18

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 158

Question 10.
Beth’s mother cut some melons into equal slices. She put 4 slices each on 8 plates. Write a multiplication sentence to show the total number of melon slices she put on the plates.
Type below:
_________

Answer:  8 x 4 = 32

Explanation:
Given data,
There are 8 groups which is shown as plates.
Each group has 4 counters which is shown as slices.
Since, there are equal no. of slices in each plate, we can multiply to find the total number of melon slices.
Now, we can write multiplication sentence as 8 x 4 = 32.

Question 11.
Avery had 125 animal stickers. She gave 5 animal stickers to each of her 10 friends. How many animal stickers did she have left? What number sentences did you use to solve?
_________ stickers left

Answer: Multiplication and Subtraction Sentence, 75

Explanation:
Given, Total no. of animal stickers = 125
She gave 5 animal stickers to each of her 10 friends.
Use multiplicative sentence to find no. of stickers given to her friends.
Product = 5 x 10= 50
Total no. of stickers given to her friends = 50
Now, Total no. of stickers she left with = 125 – 50 = 75.

Question 12.
Matt made 2 equal groups of marbles. Write a multiplication sentence to show the total number of marbles.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 18
Type below:
_________

Answer: 2 x 8 = 16

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see
There are 2 equal groups.
Each group has 8 marbles.

Question 13.
Lindsey has 10 inches of ribbon. She buys another 3 lengths of ribbon, each 5 inches long. How much ribbon does she have now?
__________ inches of ribbon

Answer: 25 inches of ribbon

Explanation:
Given, Lindsey has 10 inches of ribbon.
She buys another 3 lengths of ribbon, each 5 inches long.
Use multiplication sentence to find length of 5 inches = 3 groups of 5
Product = 3 x 5 = 15 inches
Now, add to find how much ribbon lindsey has in all.
15 + 10 = 25
Total length of ribbon = 25 inches.

Question 14.
Jack’s birthday is in 4 weeks. How many days is it until Jack’s birthday? Describe how you could use a number line to solve
__________ days

Answer:  28

Explanation:
Given, Jack’s birthday is in 4 weeks.
Since each week has 7 days, length of each jump = 7
Use number line to find the no. of days.
No. of jumps = 4
Now, begin at o. Skip count by 7’s by drawing jumps on the number line.
Multiply no. of jumps and length of each jump
4 x 7 = 28
So, jack’s birthday is in 28 days.

Problem Solving Model Multiplication Page No 163

Draw a diagram to solve each problem.

Question 1.
Robert put some toy blocks into 3 rows. There are 5 blocks in each row. How many blocks are there in all?
15 blocks

Answer: 15 blocks

Explanation:
Given, Robert put some toy blocks into 3 rows.
Each row contain 5 blocks.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of blocks in all.
Write 5 in each box to show 5 blocks in each of the 3 rows.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of blocks in all.
3 x 5 = 15 blocks
So, there are 15 blocks in all.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 163 Q2

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 163 Q3

Question 4.
In Sorhab’s classroom, there are 3 rows with 7 desks in each row. How many desks are there in all?
_________ desks

Answer: 21 desks

Explanation:
Given, there are 3 rows.
Each row contain 7 desks.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of desks in all.
Write 7 in each box to show 7 desks in each of the 3 rows.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of desks in all.
3 x 7 = 21 desks
So, there are  21 desks in all.

Question 5.
Maya visits the movie rental store. On one wall, there are 6 DVDs on each of 5 shelves. On another wall, there are 4 DVDs on each of 4 shelves. How many DVDs are there in all?
___________ DVDs

Answer: 46 DVD’s

Explanation:
Given, there are 2 walls.
On one wall, there are 5 shelves.
Each shelf has 6 DVDs.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of DVDs on one wall.
Write 6 in each box to show 6 DVDs on each of the 5 shelves.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of DVDs on one wall.
5 x 6 = 30 DVDs
So, there are 30 DVD’s on one wall.
On another wall, there are 4 shelves.
Each shelf has 4 DVDs.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of DVDs on another wall.
Write 4 in each box to show 4 DVDs on each of the 4 shelves.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of DVDs on another wall.
4 x 4 = 16 DVDs
So, there are 16 DVD’s on another wall.
Now, find the total no. of DVD’s on both all the walls.
Add. 30 + 16 = 46 DVDs.
So, there are 46 DVD’s in all.

Question 6.
The media center at Josh’s school has a computer area. The first 4 rows have 6 computers each. The fifth row has 4 computers. How many computers are there in all?
___________ computers

Answer: 28 computers

Explanation:
Given, there are 4 rows.
Each row contain 6 computers.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of computers in all.
Write 6 in each box to show 6 computers in each of the 4 rows.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of computers in all.
4 x 6 = 24 computers
So, there are 24 computers in all.
There is another fifth row with 4 computers.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of computers in all.
No. of computers in fifth row = 4 x 1 = 4 computers.
Add the computers in all rows to find how many in all.
24 + 4 = 28
So, there are 28 computers in all.

Model Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 164

Question 1.
There are 5 shelves of video games in a video store. There are 6 video games on each shelf. How many video games are there in all?
Options:
a. 35
b. 30
c. 20
d. 11

Answer: b

Explanation:
Given, there are 5 shelves.
Each shelf contain 6 video games.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of video games in all.
Write 6 in each box to show 6 video games in each of the 5 shelves.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of shelves in all.
5 x 6 = 30 shelves
So, there are 30 shelves in all.

Question 2.
Ken watches a marching band. He sees 2 rows of flute players. Six people are in each row. He sees 8 trombone players. How many flute or trombone players does Ken see?
Options:
a. 2
b. 6
c. 16
d. 20

Answer: d

Explanation:
Given, there are 6 flute players in each row.
There are 2 rows.
Now, use bar model to find the no. of flute players in all.
Write 6 in each box to show 6 flute players in each of the 2 rows.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of flute players in all.
2 x 6 = 12 flute players
Given, there are 8 trombone players.
Now, add flute and trombone players
12 + 8 = 20
So, there are 20 flute or trombone players.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the sum of 438 and 382?
Options:
a. 720
b. 810
c. 820
d. 910

Answer: c

Explanation:
Step 1:
Add ones. Regroup ones as tens and ones.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 13 - i
Step 2:
Add tens. Regroup tens as hundreds and tens.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 13 - ii
Step 3:
Add the hundreds.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 13 - iii

Question 4.
Estimate the sum.
6 2 2
+ 8 4
———
Options:
a. 500
b. 600
c. 700
d. 800

Answer: c

Explanation:
Use compatible numbers.
622 —-> 600
84  —–> 100
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 14 - i

Question 5.
Francine uses 167 silver balloons and 182 gold balloons for her store party. How many silver and gold balloons in all does Francine use?
Options:
a. 15
b. 345
c. 349
d. 359

Answer: c

Explanation:
Given, Silver balloons = 167
Gold balloons = 182
Add Silver and gold balloons to find total in all.
Step 1: Add ones.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 15 - i
Step 2: Add tens. Regroup tens as hundreds and tens.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 15 - ii
Step 3: Add hundreds.
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 15 - iii
So, total no. of silver and gold balloons in all does Francine use = 349

Question 6.
Yoshi is making a picture graph. Each picture of a soccer ball stands for two goals he scored for his team. The row for January has 9 soccer balls. How many goals did Yoshi score during January?
Options:
a. 18
b. 16
c. 11
d. 9

Answer: a

Explanation:
Given, each picture = 2 goals
Row for January = 9 soccer balls
Consider each picture as 9 soccer balls.
Now, find the goals did Yoshi score during January.
9 x 2 = 18
So, 18 goals did Yoshi score during January.

Model with Arrays Page No 169

Write a multiplication sentence for the array.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 19
3 × 7 = 21

Answer: 3 x 7 = 21

Explanation:
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.
There are 3 rows with 7 tiles in each row.
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.
Multiply. 3 x 7 = 21

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 20
2 × 5 = _______

Answer: 10

Explanation:
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.
There are 2 rows with 5 tiles in each row.
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.
Multiply. 2 x 5 = 10

Draw an array to find the product.

Question 3.
4 × 2 = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Make an array by placing the same no. of tiles in each row.
From the given data, make an array with 4 rows of 2 tiles.
Now, draw an array.
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.
There are 4 rows with 2 tiles in each row.
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.
Multiply. 4 x 2 = 8

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 169 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 169 Q5

Question 6.
2 × 8 = _______

Answer: 16

Explanation:
Make an array by placing the same no. of tiles in each row.
From the given data, make an array with 2 rows of 8 tiles.
Now, draw an array.
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.
There are 2 rows with 8 tiles in each row.
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.
Multiply. 2 x 8 = 16

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Lenny is moving tables in the school cafeteria. He places all the tables in a 7 × 4 array. How many tables are in the cafeteria?
_________ tables

Answer: 28 tables

Explanation:
Given array = 7 x 4
Now, make an array with 7 rows of 4 tiles.
Draw an array and find the no. of tables.
Multiply. 7 x 4 = 28
So, there are 28 tables in the cafeteria.

Question 8.
Ms. DiMeo directs the school choir. She has the singers stand in 3 rows. There are 8 singers in each row. How many singers are there in all?
_________ singers

Answer: 24 singers

Explanation:
Given, no. of singers in each row = 8
No. of rows = 3
Now, make an array with 3 rows of 8 singers.
Find the no. of singers by multiplying no. of rows with singers.
Multiply. 3 x 8 = 24 singers.
So, there are 24 singers in all.

Model with Arrays Lesson Check Page No 170

Question 1.
What multiplication sentence does this array show?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 21
Options:
a. 2 × 3 = 6
b. 6 × 3 = 18
c. 3 × 4 = 12
d. 3 × 5 = 15

Answer: d

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the array consists of 3 rows and 5 tiles.
Now, the multiplications sentence is 3 x 5 = 15

Question 2.
What multiplication sentence does this array show?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 22
Options:
a. 3 × 9 = 27
b. 3 × 8 = 24
c. 3 × 7 = 21
d. 4 × 5 = 20

Answer: a

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the array consists of 3 rows and 9 tiles.
Now, the multiplications sentence is 3 x 9 = 27

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Use the table to find who traveled 700 miles farther than Paul during summer vacation.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 23
Options:
a. Andrew
b. Bonnie
c. Susan
d. Tara

Answer: d

Explanation:
From the table, we can say that paul travelled 233 miles.
Now, use break apart strategy to find sums.
Paul –>      233 = 200 + 30 + 3
Andrew –> 380 = 300 + 80+ 0
Bonnie –>  790 = 700 + 90+ 0
Tara –>      933 = 900 + 30+ 3
Susan –>   853 = 800 + 50+ 3
From the above sums, we can say that Tara travelled farther miles than paul.

Question 4.
Use the bar graph to find what hair color most students have.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 24
Options:
a. Brown
b. Black
c. Blond
d. Red

Answer: a

Explanation:
The title shows hair color for students.
The length of bar tells the no. of students had each color.
Now, Find out the which color maximum no. of students have.
We can see that the brown color is the highest.

Question 5.
Spencer ordered 235 cans of tomatoes to make salsa for the festival. What is 235 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 200
b. 230
c. 240
d. 300

Answer: c

Explanation:
Round 235 to nearest ten.
The digit to the right of rounding place is 5.
So, the digit in the rounding place is increased by one.
Write zero to the round of rounding digit.
Now, it becomes 240.

Question 6.
Which bar would be the longest on a bar graph of the data?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 25
Options:
a. Cheese
b. Pepperoni
c. Vegetable
d. Sausage

Answer: a

Explanation:
Make a bar graph.
Step 1:
Write a title at the top to tell what the graph is about. Label the side of the graph to tell about the bars. Label the bottom of the graph to explain what the numbers tell.
Step 2:
Choose numbers for the bottom of the graph so that most of the bars will end on a line. Since the least number is 1 and the greatest number is 5, make the scale 0-5.
Step 3: Draw and shade a bar to show the number for each pizza topping.
From the bar graph, we can say that the cheese bar would be the longest on a bar graph of the data.

Commutative Property of Multiplication Page No 175

Write a multiplication sentence for the model. Then use the Commutative Property of Multiplication to write a related multiplication sentence.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 26
5 × 2 = 10
2 × 5 = 10

Answer: 5 × 2 = 10
2 × 5 = 10

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 5 rows.
There are two tiles in each row.
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 5 x 2 = 10
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 2 x 5 = 10.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 27
______ × _____ = _______
______ × _____ = _______

Answer:
6 x 4 = 24
4 x 6 = 24

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 6 rows.
There are 4 tiles in each row.
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 6 x 4 = 24
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 4 x 6 = 24.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 28
______ × _____ = _______
______ × _____ = _______

Answer:
3 x 4 = 12
4 x 3 = 12

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 3 equal groups.
There are 4 counters in each group.
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 3 x 4 = 12
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 4 x 3 = 12.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 29
______ × _____ = _______
______ × _____ = _______

Answer:
2 x 6 = 12
6 x 2 = 12

Explanation:
From the figure, we can say that there are 2 equal groups.
There are 6 counters in each group.
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 2 x 6 = 12
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 6 x 2 = 12.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 175 Q5

Commutative Property of Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 176

Question 1.
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?
Options:
a. 8 × 4 = 8 × 4
b. 4 × 2 = 2 × 4
c. 2 × 8 = 4 × 4
d. 2 + 4 = 2 × 4

Answer: b

Explanation:
The Commutative Property of Multiplication states that when you change the order
of the factors, the product stays the same. From the given options, 4 x 2 = 2 x 4 is an example of commutative property of multiplication.

Question 2.
What factor makes the number sentence true?
7 × 4 = ■ × 7
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 7
d. 28

Answer: b

Explanation:
The Commutative Property of Multiplication states that when you change the order
of the factors, the product stays the same. From the question, we can see that 7 x 4 = 28;
Then 4 x 7 = 28

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Ms. Williams drove 149 miles on Thursday and 159 miles on Friday. About how many miles did she drive altogether the two days?
Options:
a. about 150 miles
b. about 200 miles
c. about 300 miles
d. about 400 miles

Answer: c

Explanation:

Given, miles driven by Ms. Williams on Thursday = 149
Miles driven by Ms. Williams on Friday = 159
By using compatible numbers, we can find the no. of miles did she drive altogether the two days.
149 —> 150
159 —> 150

GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 16 - i
So, the no. of miles driven altogether is about 300 miles.

Question 4.
Inez has 699 pennies and 198 nickels. Estimate how many more pennies than nickels she has.
Options:
a. about 500
b. about 600
c. about 700
d. about 900

Answer: a

Explanation:

Given, there are 699 pennies and 198 nickels.
Now, estimate to find how many more pennies than nickels she has.
Use compatible numbers to compute it.
699 —> 700
198 —> 200
GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 17 - i
So, Inez has 500 more pennies than nickels.

Question 5.
This year, the parade had 127 floats. That is 34 fewer floats than last year. How many floats were in the parade last year?
Options:
a. 161
b. 151
c. 103
d. 93

Answer: a

Explanation:
Given, no. of floats this year = 127
No. of floats last year are 34 greater than this year.
Now, estimate the no. of floats in the parade last year
Perform Addition operation
Step 1: Add ones. Regroup the ones as tens and ones.

GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 18 - i

Step 2: Add tens.

GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 18 - ii
Step 3: Add hundreds.

GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 18 - iii

The total no. of floats in the parade last year = 161

Question 6.
Jeremy made a tally table to record how his friends voted for their favorite pet. His table shows Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 30 next to Dog. How many friends voted for a dog?
Options:
a. 6
b. 8
c. 10
d. 12

Answer: d

Explanation:
Count the tally marks. It shows 12. So, the no. of friends who voted for dog = 12

Multiply with 1 and 0 Page No 181

Find the product.

Question 1.
1 × 4 = 4

Answer: 4

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any numberand 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 4 = 4

Question 2.
0 × 8 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero
So, 0 x 8 = 0

Question 3.
0 × 4 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 0 x 4 = 0

Question 4.
1 × 6 = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 6 = 6

Question 5.
3 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 3 x 0 = 0

Question 6.
0 × 9 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 0 x 9 = 0

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 181 Q7

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 181 Q8

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 181 Q9

Question 10.
4 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 4 x 0 = 0

Question 11.
7 × 1 = _______

Answer: 7

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 7 x 1 = 7

Question 12.
1 × 5 = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 5 = 5

Question 13.
3 × 1 = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 3 x 1 = 3

Question 14.
0 × 7 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 0 x 7 = 0

Question 15.
1 × 9 = _______

Answer: 9

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 9 = 9

Question 16.
5 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 5 x 0 = 0

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 181 Q17

Question 18.
2 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 2 x 0 = 0

Question 19.
5 × 1 = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 5 x 1 = 5

Question 20.
1 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 1 x 0 = 0

Question 21.
0 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 1 x 0 = 0

Question 22.
1 × 3 = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 3 = 3

Question 23.
9 × 0 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 9 x 0 = 0

Question 24.
1 × 1 = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.
So, 1 x 1 = 1

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 181 Q25

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 181 Q26

Multiply with 1 and 0 Lesson Check Page No 182

Question 1.
There are 0 bicycles in each bicycle rack. If there are 8 bicycle racks, how many bicycles are there in all?
Options:
a. 80
b. 8
c. 1
d. 0

Answer: d

Explanation:
There are 0 bicycles in each bicycle rack.
There are 8 bicycle racks.
No. of bicycles in all = 8 x 0 = 0

Question 2.
What is the product?
1 × 0 = _______
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 10
d. 11

Answer: a

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.
So, 1 x 0 = 0

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Mr. Ellis drove 197 miles on Monday and 168 miles on Tuesday. How many miles did he drive in all?
Options:
a. 29 miles
b. 255 miles
c. 365 miles
d. 400 miles

Answer: c

Explanation:
Given, no. of miles driven on Monday = 197
no. of miles driven on Tuesday = 168
Perform addition to find the no. of miles driven in all

Question 4.
What multiplication sentence does the array show?
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Options:
a. 1 × 6 = 6
b. 3 × 2 = 6
c. 2 × 6 = 12
d. 5 + 1 = 6

Answer: a

Explanation:
Given array shows 1 row with 6 tiles.
So, multiplication sentence can be written as 1 x 6 = 6

Use the bar graph for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Multiply with 1 and 0 img 31

Question 5.
How many cars were washed on Friday and Saturday combined?
Options:
a. 55
b. 80
c. 90
d. 120

Answer: b
Explanation:
From the bar graph, we can see that no. of cars washed on Friday = 25
No. of cars washed on Saturday = 55
Total no. of cars washed on Friday and Saturday = 80

Question 6.
How many more cars were washed on Saturday than on Sunday?
Options:
a. 95
b. 30
c. 25
d. 15

Answer: d

Explanation:
From the bar graph, we can see that cars washed on Saturday = 55
Cars washed on Sunday = 40
55-40 = 15
15 more cars were washed on Saturday than on Sunday.

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 183

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 183 Q1

Question 2.
Nadia has 4 sheets of stickers. There are 8 stickers on each sheet. She wrote this number sentence to represent the total number of stickers.

4 × 8 = 32

What is a related number sentence that also represents the total number of stickers she has?
Options:
a. 8 + 4 =■
b. 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = ■
c. 8 × 8 = ■
d. 8 × 4 = ■

Answer: d

Explanation:
Given, there are are 4 sheets of stickers.
Each sheet has 8 stickers.
Given total no. of stickers represented as = 4 x 8 = 32
By using commutative property of multiplication, related number sentence can be represented as 8 x 4 =32

Question 3.
Lindsay went hiking for two days in Yellowstone National Park. The first jump on the number line shows how many birds she saw the first day. She saw the same number of birds the next day.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 32
Write the multiplication sentence that is shown on the number line.
______ × _______ = _______

Answer: 2 x 8 = 16

Explanation:
Given, the total no. of jumps = 2
From the figure, we can see that there are two jumps which begins at 0 and skip count by 8’s.
Product = No. of jumps x Length of each jump.
Now, multiplication sentence can be written as 2 x 8 = 16

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 184

Question 4.
Paco drew an array to show the number of desks in his classroom. Write a multiplication sentence for the array.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 33
________ desks

Answer: 21 desks

Explanation:
In the given array, there are three rows.
Each row has 7 desks.
Now, multiplication sentence can be written as no. of rows x no. of desks in each row.
Multiply. 3 x 7 = 21 desks

Question 5.
Alondra makes 4 necklaces. She uses 5 beads on each necklace. For numbers 5a–5d, choose Yes or No to tell if the number sentence could be used to find the number of beads Alondra uses.
a. 4 × 5 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: i

Explanation: Given, there are 4 necklaces.
Each necklace uses 5 beads.
Now, number sentence (multiplication) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 4 x 5
So, the answer is yes

Question 5.
b. 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii

Given, there are 4 necklaces.
Each necklace uses 5 beads.
Now, number sentence (addition) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5
So, the answer is no.

Question 5.
c. 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: i

Given, Given, there are 4 necklaces.
Each necklace uses 5 beads.
Now, number sentence (addition) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5
So, the answer is yes.

Question 5.
d. 5 + 4 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: ii

Given, there are 4 necklaces.
Each necklace uses 5 beads.
Now, number sentence (addition) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 4 x 5
Using commutative property of multiplication, it can be written as 5 x 4, but given question is 5 + 4.
So, the answer is no.

Question 6.
John sold 3 baskets of apples at the market. Each basket contained 9 apples. How many apples did John sell? Make a bar model to solve the problem.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 34
_______ apples

Answer:27 apples

Explanation:
Given, there are 3 baskets of apples.
Each basket contains 9 apples.
Draw a bar model with 3 boxes to show 3 baskets.
Write 9 in each box to show 9 apples.
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find No. of apples john sold.
3 x 9 = 27 apples.

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 185

Question 7.
Select the number of sentences that show the Commutative Property of Multiplication. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 3 × 2 = 2 × 3
b. 4 × 9 = 4 × 9
c. 5 × 0 = 0
d. 6 × 1 = 1 × 6
e. 7 × 2 = 14 × 1

Answer: a

Explanation:
The Commutative Property of Multiplication states that when you change the order of the factors, the product stays the same.
So, 3 x 2 = 2 x 3 is the answer.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 185 Q8

Question 9.
Sonya needs 3 equal lengths of wire to make 3 bracelets. The jump on the number line shows the length of one wire in inches. How many inches of wire will Sonya need to make the 3 bracelets?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 35
_________ inches

Answer: 18 inches

Explanation:
Given, Length of one wire = jump on the number line
From the figure, we can see that length of wire = 6 inches
3 equal lengths of wire is required for 3 bracelets.
So, no. of jumps = 3
length of each jump = 6 inches
Multiply. 3 x 6 = 18
So, sonya need 18 inches of wire to make 3 bracelets.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 185 Q10
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 185 Q10.1

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 186

Question 11.
Jorge displayed 28 cans of paint on a shelf in his store.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 36
Select other ways Jorge could arrange the same number of cans. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 2 rows of 14
b. 1 row of 28
c. 6 rows of 5
d. 8 rows of 3
e. 7 rows of 4

Answer: e

Explanation:
Given, There are 28 cans of paint on a shelf in a store.
In the given array, there are 4 rows with 7 cans in each row.
So, there are 4 rows of 7.
By using commutative property of multiplication, it can be arranged in 7 rows of 4.

Question 12.Choose the number that makes the statement true. The product of any number and Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 37 is zero.

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and zero is zero.
So, the answer is 0.

Question 13.
James made this array to show that 3 × 5 = 15.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 38
Part A
James says that 5 × 3 = 15. Is James correct? Draw an array to explain your answer.
a. yes
b. no

Answer: Yes.

Explanation: Draw an array to show 5 rows with 3 tiles in each row.
Then, Multiplication sentence can be written as no. of rows x no. of tiles in each row
5 x 3 = 15

Question 13.
Part B
Which number property supports your answer?
________

Answer: Commutative Property of Multiplication

Explanation:
The Commutative Property of Multiplication supports this answer. Because it states that the product of any two factors in reverse order remains the same.

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 187

Question 14.
Julio has a collection of coins. He puts the coins in 2 equal groups. There are 6 coins in each group. How many coins does Julio have? Use the number line to show your work.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 39
________ coins

Answer: 12 coins

Explanation:
There are 2 equal groups.
There are 6 coins in each group.
Find total no. of coins by using number line.
Begin at 0. Skip count by 6s by drawing jumps on the number line.
So, no. of jumps = 2
Length of each jump = 6
Multiply. 2 x 6 = 12
Total no. of coins Julio have = 12

Question 15.
Landon collects trading cards.
Part A
Yesterday, Landon sorted his trading cards into 4 groups. Each group had 7 cards. Draw a bar model to show Landon’s cards. How many cards does he have?
________ trading cards

Answer: 28 trading cards

Explanation:
No. of groups = 4
Each group has 7 cards.
Draw a bar model to show the cards.
Draw 4 boxes in the bar model.
Write 7 in each box to show 7 cards.
Since, there are equal groups, multiply to find the no. of cards.
Multiply. 4 x 7 = 28 cards.

Question 15.
Part B
Landon buys 3 more packs of trading cards today. Each pack has 8 cards. Write a multiplication sentence to show how many cards Landon buys today. Then find how many cards Landon has now. Show your work.
Type below:
_________

Answer:52 cards

Explanation:
Given, Landon buys 3 more packs of trading cards
Each pack has 8 cards.
Multiplication Sentence = 3 x 8 = 24.
Total no. of cards = 28 + 24 = 52 cards.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 187 Q16

Question 17.
Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of the 8 math problems. He can use 8 × 5 to find the total amount of time he spent on the problems.
For numbers, 17a–17d, choose Yes or No to show which are equal to 8 × 5.
a. 8 + 5
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:
Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.
Given Sentence = 8 x 5
As there are 8 problems with 5 minutes spent on each, the total time can be find out using multiplication sentence.
So, the answer is no.

Question 17.
b. 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.
Given Sentence = 8 x 5 = 40
But given option 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 25.
So, the answer is no

Question 17.
c. 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes
Explanation:
Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.
Given Sentence = 8 x 5 = 40
Given option = 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 = 40
So, the answer is yes

Question 17.
d. 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes
Explanation:
Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.
Given Sentence = 8 x 5 = 40
Given option = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 40
So, the answer is yes.

Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 188

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Page 188 Q18

Question 19.
Jayson is making 5 sock puppets. He glues 2 buttons on each puppet for its eyes. He glues 1 pompom on each puppet for its nose.
Part A
Write the total number of buttons and pompoms he uses. Write a multiplication sentence for each.
Eyes, Noses
_________ buttons _________ pompoms

Answer: Eyes
10 buttons,
5 x 2 = 10

Noses
5 pompoms
5 x 1 = 5

Explanation:
Given, there are 5 sock puppets
Each puppet has 2 buttons for its eyes
Each puppet has 1 pompom for its nose
Total no. of buttons
Multiplication Sentence = 5 x 2 = 10
Total no. of pompoms
Multiplication Sentence = 5 x 1 = 5

Question 19.
Part B
After making 5 puppets, Jayson has 4 buttons and 3 pompoms left. What is the greatest number of puppets he can make with those items if he wants all his puppets to look the same? Draw models and use them to explain.
_________ puppets

Answer: 2 puppets

Explanation:
Given, there are no. of puppets = 5
There are 4 buttons and 3 pompoms.
Each puppet requires 2 buttons and 1 pompom.
So, he can make 2 puppets with the left items.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000

go-math-grade-3-chapter-1-addition-and-subtraction-within-1-000-answer-key

Become a master in maths taking the help of Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1000. Begin your preparation and learn all the fundamental topics in it. Solve all the Problems in Chapter 1 easily from here and understand the concept behind them. Download Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 free of cost and learn the fundamentals easily.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000

You can make the most out of the Grade 3 Go Math Solutions Key Chapter 1 through the quick links available. Simply tap on the topic you want and learn various questions involved in it easily. There are different models in addition and subtraction. We have listed all of them by considering enough examples and explained every problem step by step.

Lesson 1: Number Patterns 

Lesson 2: Round to the Nearest Ten

Lesson 3: Estimate Sums

Lesson 4: Mental Math Strategies for Addition

Lesson 5: Use Properties to Add

Lesson 6: Use the Break Apart Strategy to Add

Lesson 7: Use Place Value to Add

Mid Chapter Check Point

Lesson 8: Estimate Differences

Lesson 9: Mental Math Strategies for Subtraction

Lesson 10: Use Place Value to Subtract

Lesson 11: Combine Place Values to Subtract

Lesson 12: Problem Solving • Model Addition and Subtraction

Review/Test

Number Patterns – Page No. 9

Find the sum. Then use the Commutative Property of Addition to write the related addition sentence.
Question 1:
9 + 2 =  11 

Answer:

What is the commutative property of addition?
To “commute” means to move around or travel.
According to the commutative property of addition, changing the order of the numbers we are adding, does not change the sum.
if you are adding nine and two together, the commutative property of addition says that you will get the same answer whether you are adding
9 + 2 or 2 + 9.
2 + 9 =  11 

Question 2:
4 + 7 = 
    +      =  11

Answer:

If you are adding four and seven together, the commutative property of addition says that you will get the same answer whether you are adding 4 + 7 or 7 + 4.
4 + 7 =  11
7  +  4  =  11

Question 3:
3 + 6 =
     +      =  11

Answer:

According to the commutative property of addition, changing the order of the numbers we are adding, does not change the sum.
There will be no change in the sum whether you add 3 + 6 or 6 + 3.
3 + 6 =  9
 6  +  3  =  9

Question 4:
3 + 10 =
     +      =  11

Answer:

According to the commutative property of addition, changing the order of the numbers we are adding, does not change the sum.
There will be no change in the sum whether you add 3 + 10 or 10 + 3 = 13.
3 + 10 =  13
 10  +  3  =  13

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 9 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 9 Q6

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 9 Q7

Question 8:
0 + 4 =
     +      =  4

Answer:

According to the commutative property of addition, changing the order of the numbers we are adding, does not change the sum.
0 + 4 =  4
 4  +  0  =  4

Question 9:
9 + 6 =
     +      =  15

Answer:

According to the commutative property of addition, changing the order of the numbers we are adding, does not change the sum.
There will be no change in the sum whether you add 9 + 6 or 6 + 9 = 15
9 + 6 =  15
 6  +  9  =  15

Is the sum even or odd? Write even or odd.

Even Numbers:

Any integer that can be divided exactly by 2 is an even number. The last digit is 0, 2, 4, 6 or 8
Example: −24, 0, 6 and 38 are all even numbers

Odd Numbers:

Any integer that cannot be divided exactly by 2 is an odd number. The last digit is 1, 3, 5, 7 or 9
Example: −3, 1, 7 and 35 are all odd numbers
Odd numbers are in between the even numbers.

Question 10:
5 + 2

Answer:

The sum of two odd numbers is an odd number.
5 + 2 = 7.
∴ 7 is an odd number.

Question 11:
6 + 4

Answer:

The sum of two even numbers is always an even number.
6 + 4 = 10.
∴ 10 is an even number.

Question 12:
1 + 0

Answer:
The Sum of any number with zero is always the same number.
1 + 0 = 1.
∴ 1 is an odd number.

Question 13:
5 + 5

Answer:
Any integer that can be divided exactly by 2 is an even number.
5 + 5 = 10.
∴ 10 is an even number.

Question 14:
3 + 8

Answer:

The sum of an even and odd number is an odd number.
3 + 8 = 11.
∴ 11 is an odd number.

Question 15:
7 + 7

Answer:

7 + 7 = 14.
∴ 14 is an even number.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 9 Q16

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 9 Q17

Number Patterns Lesson Check Page No 10

Question 1
Marvella says that the sum of her addends is odd. Which of the following could be Marvella’s addiction problem?

Options:
(a) 5 + 3
(b) 9 + 7
(c) 2 + 8
(d) 5 + 6

Answer:

(a) 5 + 3 = 8 (Even Number)
(b) 9 + 7 = 16 (Even Number)
(c) 2 + 8 = 10 (Even Number)
(d) 5 + 6 = 11 (Odd Number)

Option (d) is Correct.

Question 2
Which number sentence shows the Commutative Property of Addition?
3 + 9 = 12

(a) 12 – 9 = 3
(b) 12 = 8 + 4
(c) 9 + 3 = 12
(d) 12 – 3 = 9

Answer:

3 + 9 = 12 and 9 + 3 = 12 are commutative.
Option (c) is correct.

Spiral Review
Question 3
Amber has 2 quarters, a dime, and 3 pennies. How much money does Amber have?

(a) 53 ¢
(b) 58 ¢
(c) 63 ¢
(d) 68 ¢

Answer:

Amber has
2 quarters = 2 x 25 = 50 ¢
1 dime = 10 ¢
3 pennies = 3 ¢
∴ Money does Amber have = 2 quarters + 1 dime + 3 pennies
= 50 ¢ + 10 ¢ + 3 ¢ = 63 ¢
Option (c) is correct.

Question 4
Josh estimates the height of his desk. Which is the best estimate?

(a) 1 foot
(b) 2 feet
(c) 5 feet
(d) 9 feet

Answer:

So, from the given choices, 2 feet or approximately 24 inches would be the most viable answer because most standard desks have a height around 28 inches to 30 inches. 1 foot is too low, while 5 feet and 9 feet are too high. Therefore, 3 to 4 feet would be the most perfect answer but since we have a limited number of options, the nearest reasonable estimate value would be 2 feet. The original numbers from a problem does not exceed in a reasonable estimate.

Option (b) is correct.

Use the bar graph for 5–6.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Number Patterns Page 10

Question 5
Who read the most books?

(a) Alicia
(b) Bob
(c) Juan
(d) Maria

Answer:

The number of Books Read:
Juan – 6
Bob – 2
Maria – 4
Alicia – 5
Juan Read most books.
Option (c) is correct.

Question 6
Who read 3 more books than Bob?

(a) Alicia
(b) Juan
(c) Maria
(d) no one

Answer:

Alicia read 3 books.
Option (a) is correct.

Lesson 2: Round to the Nearest Ten Page 15

Round to the Nearest Ten or Hundred

Locate and label 739 on the number line.
Round to the nearest hundred.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Round to the Nearest Ten or Hundred Page 15 Answer Key

Question 1

(i) 739 is between __ and __

Answer:

739 is between 700 and 800.

Question 2

739 is closer to       than it is to      .

Answer:

739 is closer to  700 than it is to  800.

Round to the nearest ten and hundred.

Round to the nearest ten

Rounding Numbers to the nearest 10 means finding which 10 they are nearest to. For example, 68 rounded to the nearest 10 is 70.

Rule for rounding to the nearest 10

Look at the number in the one’s place and…

Rule for rounding to the nearest 10

Work through the examples below that show rounding to the nearest 10.

Rounding numbers to the nearest 10

Round to the nearest hundred

Rounding numbers to the nearest 100 means finding which 100 they are nearest to. For example, 680 rounded to the nearest 100 is 700.

Rule for rounding to the nearest 100

Look at the number in the tens’ place and…

Rule for rounding to the nearest 10

Work through the examples below that show rounding to the nearest 100.

Rounding numbers to the nearest 100

Question 3
739 rounded to the nearest hundred is

Answer:

Let’s round 739 to the nearest 100.
The nearest 100’s on both sides of 739 are 700 and 800.
700 is the nearest 100 to 739.
∴ 739 rounded to the nearest hundred is ‘700’

Question 4
363
Round to nearest ten: 
Round to nearest hundred:      

Answer:

(i) Let’s round 363 to the nearest 10.

The nearest 10’s on both sides of 363 are 360 and 370.
360 is the nearest 10 to 363.
∴ 363 rounded to the nearest ten is ‘360’
Round to nearest ten: 360

(ii) Let’s round 363 to the nearest 100.

The nearest 100’s on both sides of 363 are 300 and 400.
400 is the nearest 100 to 363.
∴ 363 rounded to the nearest hundred is ‘400’
Round to nearest hundred: 400

Question 5
829
Round to nearest ten:     
Round to nearest hundred:      

Answer:

(i) Lets round 829 to the nearest 10.
The nearest 10’s on both sides of 829 is 820 and 830.
Round to nearest ten: 830

(ii) Let’s round 829 to the nearest 100
The nearest 100’s on both sides of 829 is 800 and 900.
The number rounded to 829 nearest to 100 is 800.
Round to nearest hundred: 800

Question 6
572
Round to nearest ten:     
Round to nearest hundred:      

Answer:

(i) Lets round 572 to the nearest 10.
The nearest 10’s on both sides of 572 is 560 and 570.
The number rounded to 572 is 570.
Round to nearest ten: 570

(ii) Let’s round 572 to the nearest 100
The nearest 100’s on both sides of 572 is 500 and 600.
The number rounded to 572 nearest to 100
Round to nearest hundred: 600

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 15 Q7

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 15 Q8

Question 9
949
Round to nearest ten: 
Round to nearest hundred:      

Answer:

(i) Lets round 949 to the nearest 10.
The nearest 10’s on both sides of 949 is 940 and 950.
Round to nearest ten: 950

(ii) Let’s round 949 to the nearest 100
The nearest 100’s on both sides of 949 are 900 and 1000.
The number rounded to 949 nearest to 100 is 900.
Round to nearest hundred: 900

Question 10
762
Round to nearest ten: 
Round to nearest hundred:      

Answer:

(i) Lets round 762 to the nearest 10.
The nearest 10’s on both sides of 762 is 760 and 770.
Round to nearest ten:  760

(ii) Let’s round 762 to the nearest 100
The nearest 100’s on both sides of 762 are 700 and 800.
The number rounded to 762 nearest to 100 is 800.
Round to nearest hundred:  800 

Question 11
399
Round to nearest ten: 
Round to nearest hundred:      

Answer:

(i) Lets round 399 to the nearest 10.
The nearest 10’s on both sides of 399 is 390 and 400.
Round to nearest ten: 400

(ii) Let’s round 399 to the nearest 100
The nearest 100’s on both sides of 399 are 300 and 400.
The number rounded to 399 nearest to 100 is 400
Round to nearest hundred: 400

Question 12
402
Round to nearest ten: 
Round to nearest hundred:      

Answer:

(i) Lets round 402 to the nearest 10.
The nearest 10’s on both sides of 402 is 400 and 410.
Round to nearest ten: 400

(ii) Let’s round 402 to the nearest 100
The nearest 100’s on both sides of 402 are 400 and 500.
The number rounded to 402 nearest to 100 is 400.
Round to nearest hundred: 400

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 15 Q13

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 15 Q14

Lesson 2: Round to the Nearest Ten Lesson Check Page No 16

Lesson Check

Question 1
One day, 758 people visited the Monkey House at the zoo. What is 758 rounded to the nearest hundred?

(a) 700
(b) 760
(c) 800
(d) 860

Answer:
Let’s round 758 to the nearest hundred.
The nearest hundred on both sides is 700 and 800.
∴ 758 rounded to the nearest hundred is 800.
So, the answer is option C.

Question 2
Sami ordered 132 dresses for her store. What is 132 rounded to the nearest ten?

(a) 100
(b) 130
(c) 140
(d) 200

Answer:
Let’s round 132 to the nearest 10.
The nearest 10’s on both sides of 132 are 130 and 140.
∴ 132 rounded to the nearest ten is ‘130’
132 rounded to the nearest ten: 130
Option B is the correct answer.

Spiral Review
Question 3
Which describes the number sentence?
6 + 0 = 6

(a) Commutative Property of Addition
(b) Identity Property of Addition
(c) even + odd = odd
(d) odd + odd = odd

Answer:
The Identity Property of Zero, also called the Additive Identity Property, states that if you add 0 to any number, the result will be that number. Likewise, if you subtract 0 from any number, the result will be that number.
6 + 0 = 6
∴ Option B is the correct answer.

Question 4
Which has an even sum?

(a) 7 + 4
(b) 2 + 6
(c) 5 + 4
(d) 3 + 2

Answer:
The sum of even numbers is always even.
(a) 7 + 4 = 11 is odd number
(b) 2 + 6 = 8 is even number
(c) 5 + 4 = 9 is odd number
(d) 3 + 2 = 5 is odd number
So, the answer is option (b)

Question 5
What name describes this shape?

HMH Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 image_1

(a) cone
(b) cube
(c) rectangle
(d) triangle

Answer: Triangle
∴ Option D is the correct answer.

Question 6
What word describes the equal shares of the shape?

Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 image_2

(a) wholes
(b) thirds
(c) halves
(d) fourths

Answer:
The rectangle is divided into 4 equal rectangles.
So, the name for the equal shapes is fourths.
∴ The answer is option D.

Estimate Sums Page No – 21

Compatible Numbers:

Compatible numbers are numbers that are easy to compute mentally and are close to real numbers.

Use rounding or compatible numbers to estimate the sum.

Question 1
198 + 727 =         

Answer:

200 +725 = 925

Explanation:

Step 1:
First round 198 to the nearest hundred.
The number rounded to 198 nearest hundred is 200.
Write zeros for the tens and ones digit.

Step 2:
Write the number closer to 727.
The number closer to 727 is 725.

Step 3:
Now find the sum of the rounded numbers.
200 + 725 = 925

Question 2
87 + 34

Estimate:

         +         =        

Answer: 90 + 30 = 120

Explanation:

Step 1:
First round 87 to the nearest ten.
The number rounded to 87 nearest ten is 90.
Write zeros for the ones digit.

Step 2:
Write the number closer to 34.
The number closer to 34 is 30.

Step 3:
Now find the sum of the rounded numbers.
90 + 30 = 120

Question 3
222 + 203

Estimate:

         +         =        

Answer: 200 +200 = 400

Explanation:

Step 1:
First round 222 to the nearest hundred.
The number rounded to 222 nearest hundred is 200.
Write zeros for the tens and ones digit.

Step 2:
Write the number closer to 203.
The number closer to 203 is 200.

Step 3:
Now find the sum of the rounded numbers.
200 + 200 = 400
The estimated sum of 222 + 203 is 400.

Question 4
52 + 39

Estimate:

         +         =        

Answer: 50 + 40 = 90

Explanation:

Step 1:
First round 52 to the nearest ten.
The number rounded to 52 nearest ten is 50.
Write zeros for the ones digit.

Step 2:
Write the number closer to 39.
The number closer to 39 is 40.

Step 3:
Now find the sum of the rounded numbers.
50 + 40 = 90

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 21 Q5
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 21 Q5.1

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 21 Q6

Question 7
519 + 124

Estimate:

         +         =        

Answer: 500 + 100 = 600

Explanation:

Step 1:
First round 519 to the nearest hundred.
The number rounded to 519 nearest hundred is 500.
Write zeros for the tens and ones digit.

Step 2:
Write the number closer to 124.
The number closer to 124 is 100.

Step 3:
Now find the sum of the rounded numbers.
500 + 100 = 600
The estimated sum is 600.

Question 8
790 + 112

Estimate:

         +         =        

Answer: 800 + 100 = 900

Explanation:

Step 1:
First round 790 to the nearest hundred.
The number rounded to 790 nearest hundred is 800.
Write zeros for the tens and ones digit.

Step 2:
Write the number closer to 112.
The number closer to 112 is 100.

Step 3:
Now find the sum of the rounded numbers.
800 + 100 = 900
The estimated sum of 790 + 112 is 900.

Question 9
547 + 326

Estimate:

         +         =        

Answer: 550 + 325 = 875

Explanation:

Step 1:
First round 547 to the nearest ten.
The number rounded to 547 nearest ten is 550.
Write zeros for the ones digit.

Step 2:
Write the number closer to 326.
The number closer to 326 is 325.

Step 3:
Now find the sum of the rounded numbers.
550 + 325 = 875

Question 10
325 + 458

Estimate:

         +         =        

Answer: 325 + 500 = 825

Explanation:

First round 458 to the nearest hundred.
The number rounded to 458 nearest hundred is 500.
Write zeros for the tens and ones digit.
Now add 325 and 500,
You get, 325 + 500 = 825

Question 11
620 + 107

Estimate:

         +         =        

Answer: 600 + 100 = 700

Explanation:

The number closer to 620 is 600.
And the number closer to 107 is 100.
600 + 100 = 700
Now the estimated sum of 620 + 107 = 700

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 21 Q12

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 21 Q13

Estimate Sums Lesson Check – Page No – 22

Lesson Check
Question 1
The McBrides drove 317 miles on one day and 289 on the next day. What is the best estimate of the number of miles the McBrides drove in all during the two days?

(a) 100
(b) 400
(c) 500
(d) 600

Answer: 600

Explanation:

The McBrides drove 317 miles on one day and 289 on the next day.
First, round 317 to the nearest hundred.
The number rounded to 317 nearest hundred is 300.
Write zeros for the tens and ones digit.
Next round 289 to the nearest hundred.
The number rounded to 289 nearest hundred is 300.
Write zeros for the tens and ones digit.
300 +300 = 600.
Option D is the correct answer.

Question 2
Ryan counted 63 birds in his backyard last week. This week, he counted 71 birds in his backyard. About how many birds did Ryan count in all?

(a) about 70
(b) about 100
(c) about 130
(d) about 200

Answer: about 130

Explanation:

Ryan counted 63 birds in his backyard last week. This week, he counted 71 birds in his backyard.
The number closer to 63 is 60.
The number closer to 71 is 70.
Now add 60 and 70 we get 130.
Therefore Ryan count about 130 birds.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review
Question 3
What name describes this shape?

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Round to the Nearest Ten or Hundred Page 22 What name describes this shape

(a) cone
(b) cube
(c) quadrilateral
(d) square

Answer: cube

A cube is a three-dimensional solid object bounded by six square faces, facets or sides, with three meeting at each vertex. The cube is the only regular hexahedron and is one of the five Platonic solids. It has 6 faces, 12 edges, and 8 vertices.

Question 4
Which has an odd sum?

(a) 9 + 9
(b) 5 + 3
(c) 6 + 7
(d) 2 + 8

Answer: 6 + 7

Explanation:

(a) 9 + 9 = 18 even number
(b) 5 + 3 = 8 even number
(c) 6 + 7 = 13 odd number
(d) 2 + 8 = 10 even number
So, the answer is option C.

Question 5
What is 503 rounded to the nearest hundred?

(a) 500
(b) 510
(c) 600
(d) 610

Answer: 500

The number 503 rounded to the nearest hundred is 500.
So, the correct answer is option A.

Question 6
What is 645 rounded to the nearest ten?

(a) 600
(b) 640
(c) 650
(d) 700

Answer: 650

645 rounded to the nearest ten is 650.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Mental Math Strategies for Addition Page No – 27

Count by tens and ones to find the sum.

Use the number line to show your thinking.

Question 1

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Count by tens and ones to find the sum Question 1

Answer: 29 + 14 = 43

Question 2

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Count by tens and ones to find the sum Question 2

36 + 28 =

Answer: 36 + 28 = 64

Question 3

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Count by tens and ones to find the sum Question 2

45 + 26 =

Answer: 45 + 26 = 71

Question 4

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Count by tens and ones to find the sum Question 2

52 + 34 =

Answer: 52 + 34 = 86

Use mental math to find the sum.

Draw or describe the strategy you use.

Question 5
52 + 19 =

Answer: 52 + 19 = 71

I Used friendly numbers.
Subtract 2 from 52.
52 – 2 = 50
Then add 2 to 19.
19 + 2 = 21
Add 50 and 21
50 + 21 = 71

Question 6
122 + 306 =

Answer: 122 + 306 = 428

I Used compatible numbers
122 = 120 + 2
306 = 300 + 6
120 + 300 = 420
2 + 6 = 8
420 + 8 = 428

Problem Solving

Question 7
Shelley spent 17 minutes washing the dishes. She spent 38 minutes cleaning her room. Explain how you can use mental math to find how long Shelley spent on the two tasks

        minutes

Answer: 20 + 35 = 55 minutes

Explanation:

Shelley spent 17 minutes washing the dishes.
She spent 38 minutes cleaning her room.
First, make friendly numbers.
Add 3 to 17 to make it easy for addition
17 + 3 = 20
Next, subtract 3 from 38.
38 – 3 = 35
Now add both, 35 + 20 = 55
Shelly spent 55 minutes on the two tasks.

Question 8
It took Marty 42 minutes to write a book report. Then he spent 18 minutes correcting his report. Explain how you can use mental math to find how long Marty spent on his book report.

        minutes

Answer: 50 + 10 = 60 minutes

Explanation:

It took Marty 42 minutes to write a book report.
Then he spent 18 minutes correcting his report.
Make a friendly number
Subtract 2 from 42
42 – 2 = 40 minutes
Now add 2 to 18 minutes
18 + 2 = 20 minutes
Now add both, 20 + 40 = 60 minutes
Therefore Marty spent 60 minutes on his book report

Mental Math Strategies for Addition Page No – 28

Lesson Check
Question 1
Sylvia spent 36¢ for a pencil and 55¢ for a notepad. Use mental math to find how much she spent in all.

(a) 80¢
(b) 81¢
(c) 90¢
(d) 91¢

Answer: 91¢

Explanation:

Sylvia spent 36¢ for a pencil and 55¢ for a notepad.
Step 1:
Make a friendly number
Add 36¢ and 55¢
36¢ + 55¢ = 91¢
So, the correct answer is option D.

Question 2
Will spent 24 minutes putting together a model plane. Then he spent 48 minutes painting the model. How long did Will spend working on the model plane?

(a) 62 minutes
(b) 68 minutes
(c) 72 minutes
(d) 81 minutes

Answer: 72 minutes

Explanation:

Will spent 24 minutes putting together a model plane. Then he spent 48 minutes painting the model.
Add 24 and 48
24 + 48 = 72 minutes
Option C is the correct answer.

Spiral Review

Question 3
What name describes this shape?

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 What name describes this shape

(a) hexagon
(b) pentagon
(c) quadrilateral
(d) triangle

Answer: pentagon

Explanation:

From the figure, we can observe that there are 5 sides. A pentagon is a 5-sided Polygon
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 4
What word describes the equal shares of the shape?

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 What word describes the equal shares of the shape

(a) fourths
(b) halves
(c) sixths
(d) thirds

Answer: fourths

Explanation:

The circle is divided into 4 equal parts. The name for the equal shares of circle is fourths.

Question 5
Tammy wrote an addition problem that has an odd sum. Which could be Tammy’s addition problem?

(a) 2 + 6
(b) 3 + 5
(c) 5 + 6
(d) 7 + 7

Answer: 5 + 6

Explanation:

(a) 2 + 6 = 8 even number
(b) 3 + 5 = 8 even number
(c) 5 + 6 = 11 odd number
(d) 7 + 7 = 14 even number
11 is an odd number. So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 6
Greg counted 83 cars and 38 trucks in the mall parking lot. Which is the best estimate of the total number of cars and trucks Greg counted?

(a) 100
(b) 110
(c) 120
(d) 130

Answer: 120

Explanation:

Greg counted 83 cars and 38 trucks in the mall parking lot.
The number closer to 83 is 80.
And the number closer to 38 is 40.
80 + 40 = 120.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Use Properties to Add Page No 33

Use addition properties and strategies to find the sum.

Question 1
Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Use Properties of Add Question 1

Question 2
27 + 68 + 43 =

Answer: 138

Explanation:

Step 1:
Line up the numbers by place value.
27
68
+43

Step 2:
Group the ones to make them easy to add.
Make a 10
27
68
+43

7 + 3 = 10
1 will be carried to tens place.
8 will be in the ones place.

Step 3:
Group the tens to make them easy to add.
27
68
+43
6 + 4 = 10
10 + 3 = 13

27 + 68 + 43 = 138

Question 3
42 + 36 + 18 =

Answer: 96

Explanation:

Step 1:
Line up the numbers by place value.

42
36
+18

8 + 2 = 10
1 will be carried to the tens place
6 will be in the ones place.

Step 2:
Group the ones to make them easy to add.
Make a 10
42
36
+18

40 + 30 + 10 + 10 = 90

Step 3:
Group the tens to make them easy to add.
90 + 6 = 96

Question 4
74 + 35 + 16 + 45 =

Answer: 170

Explanation:

Step 1:
Line up the numbers by place value.
74
35
16
+45

Step 2:
Group the ones to make them easy to add.
Make a 10
74
35
16
+45

6 + 4 = 10
5 + 5 = 10
10 + 10 = 20
2 will be carried to tens place
0 will be in the ones place.

Step 3:
Group the tens to make them easy to add.
70 + 30 + 10 + 40 +20 = 170

Question 5
41 + 26 + 149 =

Answer: 216

Explanation:

Step 1:
Line up the numbers by place value.

149
41
+26

Step 2:
Group the ones to make them easy to add.
Make a 10

149
41
+26

9 + 1 = 10
1 will be carried to tens place.
6 will be in the ones place.

Step 3:
Group the tens to make them easy to add.
140 + 40 + 20 + 10 = 210
210 + 6 = 216

Question 6
52 + 64 + 28 + 44 =

Answer: 188

Explanation:

Step 1:
Line up the numbers by place value.
52
64
28
+44

Step 2:
Group the ones to make them easy to add.
Make a 10

52
64
28
+44

8 + 2 = 10
4 + 4 = 8
1 will be carried to the tens place.
8 will be in the ones place.

Step 3:
Group the tens to make them easy to add.
50 + 60 + 20 + 40 + 10 = 180
180 + 8 = 188

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 33 Q7

Question 8
The pet shelter bought 85 pounds of dog food, 50 pounds of cat food, and 15 pounds of gerbil food. How many pounds of animal food did the pet shelter buy?

        pounds

Answer: 150 pounds

Explanation:

Step 1:
Line up the numbers by place value.

85
50
+15

Step 2:
Group the ones to make them easy to add.
Make a 10

85
50
+15

5 + 5 = 10

Step 3:
Group the tens to make them easy to add.
80 + 50 + 10 + 10 = 150

Use Properties to Add Page No 34

Lesson Check
Question 1
At summer camp there are 52 boys, 47 girls, and 18 adults. How many people are at summer camp?

(a) 97
(b) 107
(c) 117
(d) 127

Answer: 117

Explanation:

At summer camp there are 52 boys, 47 girls, and 18 adults.
57
47
+18

52 + 47 + 18 = 117
Therefore 117 people are at summer camp.
The correct answer is option C.

Question 2
At camp, 32 children are swimming, 25 are fishing, and 28 are canoeing. How many children are swimming, fishing, or canoeing?

(a) 75
(b) 85
(c) 95
(d) 105

Answer: 85

Explanation:

At camp, 32 children are swimming, 25 are fishing, and 28 are canoeing.
32
25
+28

Make a group of 10.

32
25
+28

8 + 2 = 10
1 will be carried to the tens place.
5 will be in the ones place.
30 + 20 + 20 + 10 = 80
80 + 5 = 85
The correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review
Question 3
Four students estimated the width of the door to their classroom. Who made the best estimate?

(a) Ted: 1 foot
(b) Hank: 3 feet
(c) Ann: 10 feet
(d) Maria: 15 feet

Answer: Hank: 3 feet

Question 4
Four students estimated the height of the door to their classroom. Who made the best estimate?

(a) Larry: 1 meter
(b) Garth: 2 meters
(c) Ida: 14 meters
(d) Jill: 20 meters

Answer: Garth: 2 meters

Question 5
Jeff’s dog weighs 76 pounds. What is the dog’s weight rounded to the nearest ten pounds?

(a) 70 pounds
(b) 80 pounds
(c) 90 pounds
(d) 100 pounds

Answer: 80 pounds

Explanation:

Jeff’s dog weighs 76 pounds.
76 rounded to the nearest ten is 80.
The correct answer is option B.

Question 6
Ms. Kirk drove 164 miles in the morning and 219 miles in the afternoon. Which is the best estimate of the total number of miles she drove that day?

(a) 100 miles
(b) 200 miles
(c) 400 miles
(d) 500 miles

Answer: 400 miles

Explanation:

Ms. Kirk drove 164 miles in the morning and 219 miles in the afternoon.
The number closer to 164 is 200.
The number closer to 219 is 200.
Now add the total number of mile
200 + 200 = 400 miles.
The correct answer is option C.

Use the Break Apart Strategy to Add Page No 39

Estimate. Then use the break apart strategy to find the sum.

Question 1

Question 2
518 + 372

Estimate: 900

Sum:
518 = 500 + 10 + 8
+372 = 300 + 70 + 2
890     800 + 80 + 10

Question 3
473 + 123

Estimate: 600

Sum:
473 = 400 + 70 + 3
123 = 100 + 20 + 3
596 = 500 + 90 + 6

Question 4
208 + 569

Estimate: 800

Sum:
208 = 200 + 00 + 8
569 = 500 + 60 + 9
777 = 700 + 70 + 7

Question 5
731 + 207

Estimate: 900

Sum:
731 = 700 + 30 + 1
207 = 200 + 00 + 7
938 = 900 + 30 + 8

Question 6
495 + 254

Estimate: 800

Sum:
495 = 400 + 90 + 5
254 = 200 + 50 + 4
749 = 700 + 40 + 9

Problem Solving
Use the table for 7–8.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Problem Solving

Question 7
Laura is making a building using Set A and Set C. How many blocks can she use in her building?

        blocks

Answer: 410 blocks

Add set A and Set C
165 + 245 = 410 blocks

165 = 100 + 60 +5
245 = 200 + 40 + 5
410 = 300 + 100 + 10
She can use 410 blocks in her building.

Question 8
Clark is making a building using Set B and Set C. How many blocks can he use in his building?

        blocks

Answer: 433 blocks

Add Set B and Set C
188 + 245 =

188 = 100 + 80 + 8
245 = 200 + 40 + 5
433 = 300 + 120 + 13
He can use 433 blocks in his building.

Use the Break Apart Strategy to Add Page No 40

Lesson Check
Question 1
Arthur read two books last week. One book has 216 pages. The other book has 327 pages. Altogether, how many pages are in the two books?

(a) 533
(b) 543
(c) 633
(d) 643

Answer: 543

Explanation:

Add 216 and 327
216 = 200 + 10 + 6
327 = 300 + 20 + 7
543 = 500 + 30 + 13

So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 2
One skeleton in a museum has 189 bones. Another skeleton has 232 bones. How many bones in all are in the two skeletons?

(a) 311
(b) 312
(c) 411
(d) 421

Answer: 421

Explanation:

Add 189 and 232
189 = 100 + 80 + 9
232 = 200 + 30 + 2
421 = 300 + 110 + 11
Thus the answer is option D.

Spiral Review
Question 3
Culver has 1 quarter, 3 dimes, and a penny. How much money does he have?

(a) 41¢
(b) 55¢
(c) 56¢
(d) 86¢

Answer: 56¢

Explanation:

1 quarter = $0.25
1 dime = $0.10
3 dimes = $0.10 × 3 = $0.30
1 penny = $0.01
Add $0.25 + $0.30 + $0.01 = $0.56 = 56 cents
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4
Felicia has 34 quarters, 25 dimes, and 36 pennies. How many coins does Felicia have?

(a) 75
(b) 85
(c) 95
(d) 105

Answer: 95

Explanation:

1 quarter = $0.25
34 quarters = $0.25 × 34 = $8.5
25 dimes = $0.10 × 25 = $2.5
36 pennies = $0.01 × 36 = 0.36
Option C is the correct answer.

Question 5
Jonas wrote 9 + 8 = 17. Which number sentence shows the Commutative Property of Addition?

(a) 9 + 0 = 9
(b) 8 + 9 = 17
(c) 17 – 9 = 8
(d) 17 – 8 = 9

Answer: 8 + 9 = 17

According to the commutative property of addition, changing the order of the numbers we are adding, does not change the sum.
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 6
At Kennedy School there are 37 girls and 36 boys in the third grade. How many students are in the third grade at Kennedy School?

(a) 63
(b) 73
(c) 81
(d) 91

Answer: 73

Explanation:

Given that,
At Kennedy School there are 37 girls and 36 boys in the third grade.
Add number of girls and boys = 37 + 36 = 73
Therefore the correct answer is option B.

Use Place Value to Add Page No 45

Estimate. Then find the sum.

Question 1
Estimate: 600

324 + 285 = 609

324
285
609

Question 2
519  + 347

Estimate: 500 + 300 = 800

Sum: 519 + 347
519
347
866

Question 3
323 + 151

Estimate: 323 + 151 = 325 + 150= 475

Sum:

323
151
474

Question 4
169 + 354

Estimate: 150 + 350 = 500

Sum:

169
354
523

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 45 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 45 Q6

Question 7
275 + 116

Estimate: 275 + 100 = 375

Sum:

275
116
391

Question 8
157 + 141

Estimate: 150 + 150 = 300

Sum:

157
141
298

Question 9
127 + 290

Estimate: 100 + 300 = 400

Sum:

127
290
417

Question 10
258 + 565

Estimate: 250 + 550 = 800

Sum:

258
565
823

Question 11
311 + 298

Estimate: 300 + 300 = 600

Sum:

311
298
609

Question 12
534 + 256

Estimate: 550 + 250 = 800

Sum:

534
256
790

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 45 Q13

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 45 Q14

Lesson Check Page No 46

Question 1
There are 167 students in the third grade. The same number of students is in the fourth grade. How many third graders and fourth graders are there in all?

(a) 224
(b) 234
(c) 324
(d) 334

Answer: 334

Explanation:

Given that there are 167 students in the third grade.
The same number of students is in the fourth grade.
That means there are 167 students in the fourth grade.
To find the total number of students in third grade and fourth grade
You need to add 167 and 167
167 + 167 = 334.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 2
Jamal read a book with 128 pages. Then he read a book with 179 pages. How many pages did Jamal read in all?

(a) 397
(b) 307
(c) 297
(d) 207

Answer: 307

Explanation:

Jamal read a book with 128 pages. Then he read a book with 179 pages.
128 + 179 = 307
So, the answer is option B.

Spiral Review
Question 3
Adam travels 248 miles on Monday. He travels 167 miles on Tuesday. Which is the best estimate for the total number of miles Adam travels?

(a) 200
(b) 300
(c) 400
(d) 500

Answer: 400

Explanation:

Adam travels 248 miles on Monday. He travels 167 miles on Tuesday.
The number closer to 248 is 200
And the number closer to 167 is 200.
200 + 200 = 400
Thus the estimated number of miles Adam travels is 400.

Question 4
Wes made $14, $62, $40, and $36 mowing lawns. How much did he make in all mowing lawns?

(a) $116
(b) $152
(c) $166
(d) $188

Answer: $152

Explanation:

Add
14
62
40
+36
152
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5
There are 24 students in Mrs. Cole’s class and 19 students in Mr. Garmen’s class. How many students in all are in the two classes?

(a) 43
(b) 40
(c) 33
(d) 5

Answer: 43

Add 24 and 19
24 + 19 = 43
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 6
There were 475 children at the baseball game on Sunday. What is 475 rounded to the nearest ten?

(a) 400
(b) 470
(c) 480
(d) 500

Answer: 480

Explanation:

There were 475 children at the baseball game on Sunday.
475 rounded to the nearest ten is 480.
So, the answer is option C.

Mid Chapter Check Point – Vocabulary Page No 47

Choose the best term from the box.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Choose the best term from the box.

Question 1
A ________ is an ordered set of numbers or objects in which the order helps you predict what comes next.

Answer: Pattern is an ordered set of numbers or objects in which the order helps you predict what comes next.

Question 2
The _________ states that when you add zero to any number, the sum is that number.

Answer: Identity property of Addition states that when you add zero to any number, the sum is that number

Concepts and Skills
Is the sum even or odd? Write even or odd.

Question 3
8 + 3

Answer: 8 + 3 = 11 is an odd number.

Question 4
9 + 7

Answer: 9 + 7 = 16 is an even number

Question 5
4 + 6

Answer: 4 + 6 = 10 is an even number

Use rounding or compatible numbers to estimate the sum.

Question 6
56+32

Estimate:

         +         =        

Answer:
The number which is compatible to 56 is 50.
The number compatible to 32 is 25
50
25
75

50 + 25 = 75

Question 7
271+425

Estimate:

         +         =        

Answer:

The number close to 271 is 275
425 will be the same.

275
425
700
425 + 275 = 700

Question 8
328+127

Estimate:

         +         =        

Answer:

The number closer to 328 is 325
The number closer to 127 is 125
325 + 125 = 450

Use mental math to find the sum.

Question 9
46 + 14 =

Answer: 60

Explanation:

Break apart the addends to make them compatible
46 = 40 + 6
14 = 10 + 4
Now add both
40 + 6
10 + 4
50 + 10 = 60
46 + 14 = 60

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 47 Q10

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 47 Q11

Estimate. Then find the sum.

Question 12
356+442
Estimate: 800
Sum: 798

Answer:

356
442
798
The sum of 356 and 442 is 798
The number close to 798 is 800.
Therefore the estimated sum is 800.

Question 13
164+230
Estimate: 400
Sum: 394

Answer:

230
164
394

The sum of 230 and 164 is 394
The number 394 rounded to the nearest hundred is 400.
Thus the estimated sum is 400.

Question 14
545+139
Estimate: 700
Sum: 684

Answer:

545
139
684

The sum of 545 and 139 is 684.
684 rounded to the nearest hundred is 700.
So, the estimated difference is 700.

Question 15
437+184
Estimate: 600
Sum: 621

Answer:

437
184
621

The sum of 437 and 184 is 621
621 rounded to the nearest hundred is 600.
The estimated sum is 600.

Mid Chapter Check Point – Vocabulary Page No 48

Question 16
Nancy planted 77 daisies, 48 roses, and 39 tulips. About how many roses and tulips did she plant?

about         roses and tulips

Answer: 90 roses and tulips

Explanation:

Given that, Nancy planted 77 daisies, 48 roses, and 39 tulips.
To know how many roses and tulips did she plant
We have to add a number of roses and a number of tulips.
48 and 39.
The number closer to 48 is 50.
And the number closer to 39 is 40.
So, the estimated sum is 90.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 48 Q17

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 48 Q18

Question 19
Monday’s art group made 25 paper models. Tuesday’s group made 32 paper models. Wednesday’s group made 15 paper models. How many paper models did the groups make?

        paper models

Answer: 72 paper models

Explanation:

Monday’s art group made 25 paper models.
Tuesday’s group made 32 paper models.
Wednesday’s group made 15 paper models.
Add 25, 32 and 15
25
32
15
72

Estimate Differences Page No 53

Use rounding or compatible numbers to estimate the difference.

Question 1
40 – 13 = 
40 – 10
Estimate: 30

Question 2
762 – 332

Estimate:

         –          =        

Estimate: 500

The number closer to 762 is 800
The number closer to 332 is 300
The difference between 800 and 300 is 500

Question 3
823 – 242

Estimate:

         –          =        

Estimate: 550

The number 823 rounded to the nearest hundred is 800.
The number closer to 242 is 250
800
-250
550

Question 4
98 – 49

Estimate:

         –          =        

Estimate: 50

The number closer to 98 is 100
The round number of 49 is 50.
100
-50
50

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 53 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 53 Q6

Question 7
68 – 31

Estimate:

         –          =        

Estimate: 40
The round number of 68 is 70
The number closer to 31 is 30
70
-30
40

Question 8
476 – 155

Estimate:

         –          =        

Estimate: 325

The number closer to 476 is 475
The number closer to 155 is 150
475
-150
325

Question 9
622 – 307

Estimate:

         –          =        

Estimate: 300

622 nearest to the hundred is 600
307 nearest to the hundred is 300
600
-300
300

Question 10
771 – 531

Estimate:

         +         =        

Estimate: 225

The number closer to 771 is 775
531 nearest to ten is 550
775
550
225

Question 11
299 – 61

Estimate:

         +         =        

Estimate: 240

The number closer to 299 is 300
The number closer to 61 is 60
300
-60
240

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 53 Q12

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 53 Q13

Lesson Check Page No 54

Question 1
Jorge has 708 baseball cards and 394 basketball cards. About how many more baseball cards than basketball cards does Jorge have?

(a) about 200
(b) about 300
(c) about 400
(d) about 500

Answer: about 300

Explanation:

Jorge has 708 baseball cards and 394 basketball cards.
The number closer to 708 is 700.
The number closer to 394 is 400
700
-400
300
So, the correct answer is option A.

Question 2
Danika is making necklaces. She has 512 silver beads and 278 blue beads. About how many more silver than blue beads does Danika have?

(a) about 200
(b) about 300
(c) about 400
(d) about 800

Answer: about 200

Explanation:

Danika is making necklaces. She has 512 silver beads and 278 blue beads.
The number closer to 512 is 500
278 to the nearest hundred is 300
The difference between 500 and 300 is 200.
Therefore Danika has about 200 more silver than blue beads.
So, the correct answer is option A.

Spiral Review
Question 3
A store manager ordered 402 baseball caps and 122 ski caps. Which is the best estimate of the total number of caps the manager ordered?

(a) 300
(b) 500
(c) 600
(d) 700

Answer: 500

Explanation:

A store manager ordered 402 baseball caps and 122 ski caps.
To find the best estimate of the total number of caps the manager ordered
We have to add baseball caps and ski caps.
The number closer to 402 is 400
The number closer to 122 is 100.
400 + 100 = 500
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 4
Autumn collected 129 seashells at the beach. What is 129 rounded to the nearest ten?

(a) 100
(b) 120
(c) 130
(d) 200

Answer: 130

Explanation:

Autumn collected 129 seashells at the beach.
129 rounded to the nearest ten is 130
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 5
Find the sum.

585 + 346

(a) 239
(b) 821
(c) 900
(d) 931

Answer: 931

585
+346
931
The correct answer is option D.

Question 6
Julie made $22, $55, $38, and $25 babysitting. How much did she make in all babysitting?

(a) $102
(b) $115
(c) $140
(d) $165

Answer: $140

Explanation:

Julie made $22, $55, $38, and $25 babysitting.
Put all the numbers in the order
22
55
38
+25
140
So, the correct answer is option C.

Mental Math Strategies for Subtraction Page No – 59

Use mental math to find the difference.
Draw or describe the strategy you use.
Question 1:
74 – 39 = 35

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Mental Math Strategies for Subtraction

Question 2
93 – 28 =

Answer: 65

I use friendly numbers.
Add 2 to the 93.
93 + 2 = 95
Add 2 to 28
28 + 2 = 30
95 – 30 = 65

Question 3
51 – 9 =

Answer: 42
I used friendly numbers to subtract 9 from 51.
Now add 1 to 9
9 + 1 = 10
Now subtract 10 from 51
51 – 10 = 41
Now add 1 to 41
41 + 1 = 42

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 59 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 59 Q5

Question 6
285 – 99 =

Answer:

I used friendly numbers.
The number close to 99 is 100
285 – 100 = 185
Now add 1 to 185
185 + 1 = 186
285 – 99 = 186

Problem Solving

Question 7
Ruby has 78 books. Thirty-one of the books are on shelves. The rest are still packed in boxes. How many of Ruby’s books are still in boxes?

        books

Answer: 47 books

Explanation:

Ruby has 78 books. Thirty-one of the books are on shelves. The rest are still packed in boxes.
To know the remaining books in the boxes.
Subtract 31 from 78.
78 – 31
70 – 30 = 40
8 – 1 = 7
40 + 7 = 47 books
Therefore 47 of Ruby’s books are still in boxes.

Question 8
Kyle has 130 pins in his collection. He has 76 of the pins displayed on his wall. The rest are in a drawer. How many of Kyle’s pins are in a drawer?

        pins

Answer: 54 pins

Explanation:

Kyle has 130 pins in his collection.
He has 76 of the pins displayed on his wall. The rest are in a drawer.
130 – 76 = 54
Thus there are 54 pins in a drawer.

Lesson Check Page No – 60

Question 1
One day, a baker made 54 fruit pies. At the end of the day, only 9 of the pies were NOT sold. How many pies were sold that day?

(a) 43
(b) 45
(c) 63
(d) 65

Answer: 45

Explanation:

Given,
One day, a baker made 54 fruit pies.
At the end of the day, only 9 of the pies were NOT sold.
Number of pies sold that day = x
x + 9 = 54
x = 54 – 9 = 45
x = 45
Therefore the number of pies sold that day = 45
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 2
George’s father bought a 50-pound bag of wild bird seed. At the end of two weeks, 36 pounds of seed were left in the bag. How many pounds of seed had been used?

(a) 14 pounds
(b) 24 pounds
(c) 26 pounds
(d) 86 pounds

Answer: 14 pounds

Explanation:

George’s father bought a 50-pound bag of wild bird seed.
At the end of two weeks, 36 pounds of seed were left in the bag.
Number of pounds used = x
x + 36 = 50
x = 50 – 36
x = 14
Therefore George’s father used 14 pounds.
The correct answer is option A.

Spiral Review
Question 3
For a party, Shaun blew up 36 red balloons, 28 white balloons, and 24 blue balloons. How many balloons did he blow up in all?

(a) 78
(b) 81
(c) 87
(d) 88

Answer: 88

Explanation:

For a party, Shaun blew up 36 red balloons, 28 white balloons, and 24 blue balloons.
Total number of balloons = 36 + 28 + 24
36
28
+24
88
So, the answer is option D.

Question 4
Tiffany has read 115 pages of her book. She has 152 pages left to read. How many pages are in the book?

(a) 37
(b) 267
(c) 277
(d) 367

Answer: 267

Explanation:;

Tiffany has read 115 pages of her book.
She has 152 pages left to read.
Total number of pages = 152 + 115
152
+115
267

Question 5
The flower shop had 568 flowers on Monday. By Tuesday, the shop had 159 flowers left. About how many flowers had been sold?

(a) about 200
(b) about 300
(c) about 400
(d) about 500

Answer: about 400

Explanation:

The flower shop had 568 flowers on Monday.
By Tuesday, the shop had 159 flowers left.
The number closer to 568 is 600.
The number closer to 159 is 200
Subtract 200 from 600.
600 – 200 = 400
The correct answer is option C.

Question 6
There are 383 books in one section of the school library. Of the books, 165 are fiction books. Which is the best estimate of the number of books in that section that are NOT fiction?

(a) about 200
(b) about 300
(c) about 400
(d) about 500

Answer: about 200

Explanation:

There are 383 books in one section of the school library.
Of the books, 165 are fiction books.
383 to the nearest hundred is 400.
165 to the nearest hundred is 200
400 – 200 = 200
So, the correct answer is option A.

Use Place Value to Subtract Page No 65

Estimate. Then find the difference.

Question 1
Estimate: 500

585 – 119

Subtract 119 from 585

585
119
466
585 – 119 = 466

Question 2
738 – 227

Estimate: 500

Difference: 511

Subtract 227 from 738
738
227
511
The estimated difference of 511 is 500.
738 – 227 = 511

Question 3
651 – 376
Estimate: 300
Difference: 275

Subtract 376 from 651
651
376
275
651 – 376 = 275
The estimated difference is 300

Question 4
815 – 281
Estimate: 500 
Difference: 534

Subtract 281 from 815

815
281
534
815 – 281 = 534
The estimated difference is 500

Question 5
487 – 290

Estimate: 200
Difference: 197

487
290
197
487 – 290 = 197
The estimated difference is 200.

Question 6
936 – 329

Estimate: 600
Difference: 607

936
329
607
936 – 329 = 607
The estimated difference is 600.

Question 7
270 – 128

Estimate: 140
Difference: 142

Subtract 128 from 270
270
128
142
270 – 128 = 142
The estimated difference is 140.

Question 8
364 – 177

Estimate: 200
Difference: 187

Subtract 177 from 364
364
177
187
364 – 177 = 187
The estimated difference is 200.

Question 9
627 – 253

Estimate: 400
Difference: 374

Subtract 253 from 627
627
253
374
627 – 253 = 374
The estimated difference is 374

Question 10
862 – 419

Estimate: 450
Difference: 443

Subtract 419 from 862
862
419
443
862 – 419 = 443
The estimated difference is 450.

Question 11
726 – 148

Estimate: 550
Difference: 578

Subtract 148 from 726
726
148
578
726 – 148 = 578
The estimated difference is 550.

Question 12
543 – 358

Estimate: 200
Difference: 185

Subtract 358 from 543
543
358
185
543 – 358 = 185
The estimated difference is 200.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 65 Q13

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 65 Q14

Use Place Value to Subtract Page No 66

Question 1
On Saturday, 453 people go to a school play. On Sunday, 294 people go to the play. How many more people go to the play on Saturday?

(a) 159
(b) 169
(c) 259
(d) 747

Answer: 159

Explanation:

On Saturday, 453 people go to a school play. On Sunday, 294 people go to the play.
To find how many more people go to the play on Saturday
We need to subtract number of people go to the play on Sunday from the number of people go to the play on Saturday
= 453 – 294 = 159
159 more people go to the play on Saturday.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 2
Corey has 510 marbles. He fills one jar with 165 marbles. How many of Corey’s marbles are NOT in the jar?

(a) 675
(b) 455
(c) 350
(d) 345

Answer: 345

Explanation:

Corey has 510 marbles.
He fills one jar with 165 marbles.
Let the number of Corey’s marbles are NOT in the jar be x
x + 165 = 510
x = 510 – 165
x = 345
Therefore 345 marbles are NOT in the jar.
The correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review
Question 3
Pattie brought 64 peppers to sell at the farmers’ market. There were 12 peppers left at the end of the day. How many peppers did Pattie sell?

(a) 50
(b) 52
(c) 62
(d) 78

Answer: 52

Explanation:

Pattie brought 64 peppers to sell at the farmers’ market.
There were 12 peppers left at the end of the day.
To find number of peppers did Pattie sell
Subtract 12 from 64
64 – 12 = 52
The correct answer is option B.

Question 4
An airplane flies 617 miles in the morning. Then it flies 385 miles in the afternoon. About how many more miles does the airplane fly in the morning?

(a) about 100 miles
(b) about 200 miles
(c) about 300 miles
(d) about 900 miles

Answer: about 200 miles

Explanation:

An airplane flies 617 miles in the morning.
Then it flies 385 miles in the afternoon.
Here we have to use the concept of estimated difference.
The number closer to 617 is 600
The number closer to 385 is 400
600 – 400 = 200
About 200 miles airplane fly in the morning.
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 5
What is the unknown number?

(■ + 4) + 59 = 70

(a) 4
(b) 6
(c) 7
(d) 8

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Let ■ be the unknown number
(■ + 4) + 59 = 70
(■ + 4) = 70 – 59
(■ + 4) = 11
(■ = 11 – 4
■ = 7
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 6
Dexter has 128 shells. He needs 283 more shells for his art project. How many shells will Dexter use for his art project?

(a) 155
(b) 165
(c) 401
(d) 411

Answer: 411

Explanation:

Dexter has 128 shells. He needs 283 more shells for his art project.
To know the total number of shells that Dexter used for his art project
you need to add 128 and 283
283 + 128 = 411
So, the correct answer is option D.

Combine Place Values to Subtract Page No – 71

Estimate. Then find the difference.

Question 1
Estimate: 200

476 – 269

476
-269
207
The estimated difference is 200.

Question 2
615 – 342

Estimate: 300
Difference: 273

615
-342
273
The difference between 615 and 342 is 273
The estimated difference is 300.

Question 3
508 – 113

Estimate: 400
Difference: 395

508
-113
395
The difference between 508 and 113 is 395
The estimated difference is 400

Question 4
716 – 229

Estimate: 500
Difference: 487

716
229
487
The number closer to 487 is 500.
The difference is 487.

Question 5
700 – 326

Estimate: 400
Difference: 374

700
326
374
The number closer to 374 is 400.
The difference is 374.

Question 6
325 – 179

Estimate: 100
Difference: 146

325
179
146
The number closer to 146 is 100
The difference is 146.

Question 7
935 – 813

Estimate: 100
Difference: 122

935
813
122
The number closer to 122 is 100.
The difference is 122.

Question 8
358 – 292

Estimate: 50
Difference: 66

358
292
66
The number closer to 66 is 50.
The difference is 66.

Question 9
826 – 617

Estimate: 200
Difference: 209

826
617
209
The number closer to 209 is 200.
The difference is 209.

Question 10
900 – 158

Estimate: 750
Difference: 742

900
158
742
The number closer to 742 is 750.
The difference is 742

Question 11
607 – 568

Estimate: 40
Difference: 39

607
568
39
The number closer to 39 is 40.
The difference is 40.

Question 12
973 – 869

Estimate: 100

Difference: 104

973
869
104
The number closer to 104 is 100.
The difference is 104.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 71 Q13

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 71 Q14

Lesson 11: Combine Place Values to Subtract Page No 72

Question 1
A television program lasts for 120 minutes. Of that time, 36 minutes are taken up by commercials. What is the length of the actual program without the commercials?

(a) 84 minutes
(b) 94 minutes
(c) 104 minutes
(d) 156 minutes

Answer: 84 minutes

Explanation:

A television program lasts for 120 minutes.
Of that time, 36 minutes are taken up by commercials.
To find the length of the actual program without the commercials
Subtract 36 minutes from 120 minutes
120
-36
84
Thus the length of the actual program without the commercials is 84 minutes.
The correct answer is option A.

Question 2
Syd spent 215 minutes at the library. Of that time, he spent 120 minutes on the computer. How much of his time at the library did Sid NOT spend on the computer?

(a) 85 minutes
(b) 95 minutes
(c) 105 minutes
(d) 335 minutes

Answer: 95 minutes

Explanation:

Syd spent 215 minutes at the library.
Of that time, he spent 120 minutes on the computer.
To find How much of his time at the library did Sid NOT spend on the computer
We have to subtract the time he spent on the computer from the total time he spent at the library.
i.e., 215 – 120 = 95 minutes
So, the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review
Question 3
Xavier’s older brother has 568 songs on his music player. To the nearest hundred, about how many songs are on the music player?

(a) 500
(b) 600
(c) 700
(d) 800

Answer: 600

Explanation:

Xavier’s older brother has 568 songs on his music player.
568 to the nearest hundred is 600.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4
The students traveled to the zoo in 3 buses. One bus had 47 students. The second bus had 38 students. The third bus had 43 students. How many students in all were on the three buses?

(a) 108
(b) 118
(c) 128
(d) 138

Answer: 128

Explanation:

The students traveled to the zoo in 3 buses.
One bus had 47 students.
The second bus had 38 students.
The third bus had 43 students.
Total number of students in all three buses = x
x = 47 + 38 + 43
x = 128 students.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 5
Callie has 83 postcards in her collection. Of the postcards, 24 are from Canada. The rest of the postcards are from the United States. How many of the postcards are from the United States?

(a) 58
(b) 59
(c) 61
(d) 69

Answer: 59

Explanation:

Callie has 83 postcards in her collection.
Of the postcards, 24 are from Canada.
The rest of the postcards are from the United States.
Subtract 24 from 83 we get the number of postcards is from the United States.
83 – 24 = 59
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 6
There were 475 seats set up for the school play. At one performance, 189 of the seats were empty. How many seats were filled at that performance?

(a) 286
(b) 296
(c) 314
(d) 396

Answer: 286

Explanation:

There were 475 seats set up for the school play.
At one performance, 189 of the seats were empty.
Let the Number of seats were filled at that performance = x
x + 189 = 475
x = 475 – 189
x = 286
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Problem Solving • Model Addition and Subtraction Page No – 77

Use the bar model to solve the problem.

Question 1
Elena went bowling. Elena’s score in the first game was 127. She scored 16 more points in the second game than in the first game. What was her total score?

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Model Addition and Substraction Problem Solving Question 1

Question 2
Mike’s Music sold 287 CDs on the first day of a 2-day sale. The store sold 96 more CDs on the second day than on the first day. How many CDs in all were sold during the 2-day sale?

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Model Addition and Substraction Problem Solving Question 2

      CDs

Answer: 670 CDs

Explanation:

Mike’s Music sold 287 CDs on the first day of a 2-day sale.
The store sold 96 more CDs on the second day than on the first day.
The means Mike’s music sold CDs on the second day = 287 + 96 = 383.
★ = 283 CDs
Total CDs were sold during the 2-day sale = 383 + 287
♦ = 383 + 287 = 670 CDs

Lesson Check Page No – 78

Question 1
Ms. Hinely picked 46 tomatoes from her garden on Friday. On Saturday, she picked 17 tomatoes. How many tomatoes did she pick in all?

(a) 109
(b) 63
(c) 53
(d) 29

Answer: 63

Explanation:

Ms. Hinely picked 46 tomatoes from her garden on Friday.
On Saturday, she picked 17 tomatoes.
First, find how many tomatoes did she pick in all.
46 + 17 = ★
★ = 63
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 2
Rosa read 57 pages of a book in the morning. She read 13 fewer pages in the afternoon. How many pages did Rosa read in the afternoon?

(a) 44
(b) 60
(c) 70
(d) 83

Answer: 44

Explanation:

Rosa read 57 pages of a book in the morning.
She read 13 fewer pages in the afternoon.
57 – 13 = ♦
♦ = 57 – 13
♦ = 44
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Spiral Review
Question 3
Mike has 57 action figures. Alex has 186 action figures. Which is the best estimate of the number of action figures Mike and Alex have altogether?

(a) 150
(b) 250
(c) 350
(d) 400

Answer: 250

Explanation:

Mike has 57 action figures.
Alex has 186 action figures.
186 – 57 = ★
★ = 186 – 57
★ = 129
Now Add Mike and Alex action figures
♦ = 186 + 57 = 243
The estimated figure of 243 is 250.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4
There are 500 sheets of paper in the pack Hannah bought. She has used 137 sheets already. How many sheets of paper does Hannah have left?

(a) 363
(b) 463
(c) 400
(d) 637

Answer: 363

Explanation:

There are 500 sheets of paper in the pack Hannah bought. She has used 137 sheets already.
To find how many sheets of paper does Hannah have left
We have to subtract the number of sheets used from the total number of sheets.
500 – 137 = ★
★ = 500 – 137
★ = 363
Therefore 343 sheets are left.
The correct answer is option A.

Question 5
There were 378 visitors to the science museum on Friday. There were 409 visitors on Saturday. How many more people visited the museum on Saturday?

(a) 25
(b) 31
(c) 171
(d) 787

Answer: 31

Explanation:

There were 378 visitors to the science museum on Friday.
There were 409 visitors on Saturday.
To find how many more people visited the museum on Saturday.
Subtract the number of visitors on Friday from the number of visitors on Saturday.
409 – 378 = 31
31 people visited more the museum on Saturday.
So the correct answer is option B.

Question 6
Ravi scores 247 points in a video game. How many more points does he need to score a total of 650?

(a) 897
(b) 430
(c) 417
(d) 403

Answer: 403

Explanation:

Ravi scores 247 points in a video game.
Let x be the points he needs to score a total of 650
x + 247 = 650
x = 650 – 247
x = 403
Thus he needs 403 points to make a score of 650.
The correct answer is option D.

Review/Test – Page No 79

Question 1

For numbers 1a–1d, choose Yes or No to tell whether the sum is even.

a. 5 + 8

(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: No

Explanation:

5 + 8 = 13 is an odd number.
So, the answer is no.

Question 1
b. 9 + 3

(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

9 + 3 = 12 is an even number.
So, the answer is yes.

Question 1
c. 6 + 7

(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: No

Explanation:

6 + 7 = 13 is an odd number.
So, the answer is no.

Question 1
d. 9 + 5

(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

9 + 5 = 14 is an even number.
So, the answer is yes.

Question 2
Select the number sentences that show the Commutative Property of Addition. Mark all that apply.

(a) 14 + 8 = 22
(b) 8 + 14 = 14 + 8
(c) 8 + (13 + 1) = (8 + 13) + 1
(d) (5 + 9) + 8 = (9 + 5) + 8

Answer: 8 + 14 = 14 + 8

Explanation:

According to the commutative property of addition, changing the order of the numbers we are adding, does not change the sum.
So, the answer is option B.

Question 3
Select the numbers that round to 300 when rounded to the nearest hundred. Mark all that apply.

(a) 238
(b) 250
(c) 283
(d) 342
(e) 359

Answer: 283

Explanation:
283 rounded to the nearest hundred is 300.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 4
There are 486 books in the classroom library. Complete the chart to show 486 rounded to the nearest 10.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Model Addition and Substraction Problem Solving Question 4

Answer:

Hundreds Tens Ones
400 90 0

486 rounded to the nearest ten is 490.

Review/Test – Page No – 80

Question 5
Write each number sentence in the box below the better estimate of the sum.

393+225=■ 481+215=■

352+328=■ 309+335=■

Write each number sentence in the box below the better estimate of the sum

Answer:

600 700
393+225 = 618
The estimated sum is 600.309+335= 644
The estimated sum is 600.
481+215= 696
The estimated sum is 700.352+328= 680
The estimated sum is 700.

Explanation:

393+225=■
■ = 618
The number closer to 618 is 600

481+215=■
■ = 696
The number closer to 696 is 700

352+328=■
■ = 680
The number closer to 680 is 700.

309+335=■
■ = 644
The number closer to 644 is 600.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 80 Q6

Question 7
The table shows how many books each class read.

Go Math Grade 3 The table shows how many books each class read

For numbers 7a–7d, select True or False for each statement.

a. Ms. Martin’s class read about 100 more books than Mr. Lopez’s class.

(i) True
(ii) False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Number of books that Mr. Lopez’s class read = 273
Number of books that Ms. Martin’s class read = 402
402
– 273
129
So, the statement Ms. Martin’s class read about 100 more books than Mr. Lopez’s class is true.

Question 7
b. The 3 classes read over 900 books altogether.

(i) True
(ii) False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Number of books that Mr. Lopez’s class read = 273
Number of books that Ms. Martin’s class read = 402
Number of books that Mrs. Wang read = 247
273
402
274
949
Therefore the statement the 3 classes read over 900 books altogether is true.

Question 7
c. Mrs. Wang’s class read about 50 fewer books than Mr. Lopez’s class.

(i) True
(ii) False

Answer: False

Explanation:

Number of books that Mrs. Wang read = 247
Number of books that Mr. Lopez’s class read = 273
273
– 247
26
Thus the statement Mrs. Wang’s class read about 50 fewer books than Mr. Lopez’s class is false.

Question 7
d. Ms. Martin’s and Mrs. Wang’s class read about 700 books.

(i) True
(ii) False

Answer: False

Explanation:

Number of books that Ms. Martin’s class read = 402
Number of books that Mrs. Wang read = 247
402
247
649
Therefore the statement Ms. Martin’s and Mrs. Wang’s class read about 700 books is false.

Review/Test – Page No – 81

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 81 Q8

Question 9
Choose the property that makes the statement true.

The Go Math grade 3 Chapter 1 answer key review image_1 Property of addition states that you can group addends in different ways and get the same sum.

Answer: The Associative Property of addition states that you can group addends in different ways and get the same sum.

Use the table for 10–12.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Problem Solving Use the table for 10–12

Question 10
The table shows the number of sweaters sold online in three months. How many sweaters were sold in January and February?

        sweaters

Answer: 700 sweaters

Explanation:

The number of sweets sold in the month of January = 402
The number of sweets sold in the month of February = 298
First, make the friendly numbers to make the addition easy.|
Subtract 2 from 402 = 402 – 2 = 400
Next add 2 to 298 = 298 + 2 = 300
Now add both
400 + 300 = 700
Therefore 700 sweaters were sold in January and February.

Question 11
How many more sweaters were sold in January than March?

        sweaters

Answer: 231 sweaters

Explanation:

The number of sweets sold in the month of January = 402
The number of sweets sold in the month of March = 171
To find how many more sweaters were sold in January than March, we have subtracted the number of sweaters sold in the march from January
402 – 171 = 231
231 more sweaters were sold in January than March.

Question 12

How many more sweaters were sold in February and March than in January?

        sweaters

Answer: 67 sweaters

Explanation:

The number of sweets sold in the month of January = 402
The number of sweets sold in the month of February = 298
The number of sweets sold in the month of March = 171
Total number of sweaters sold in February and March = 298 + 171 = 469
Now subtract 402 from 469
469 – 402 = 67 sweaters
67 more sweaters were sold in February and March than in January.

Review/Test – Page No – 82

Question 13
Help Dana find the sum.

346 + 421 + 152
For numbers 13a–13d, select Yes or No to tell Dana when to regroup.

a. Regroup the ones.

(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: Yes

Question 13
b. Add the regrouped ten.

(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: No

Question 13
c. Regroup the tens.

(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: Yes

Question 13
d. Add the regrouped hundred.

(a) yes
(b) no

Answer: Yes

Question 14
Alexandra has 78 emails in her inbox. She deletes 47 emails. How many emails are left in her inbox? Draw jumps and label the number line to show your thinking.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Alexandra has 78 emails in her inbox. She deletes 47 emails

        emails

Answer: 31 emails

Explanation:

Alexandra has 78 emails in her inbox.
She deletes 47 emails.
Let x be the number of emails left in her inbox
x + 47 = 78
x = 78 – 47
x = 31
Therefore, 31 emails are left in her inbox.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 82 Q15

Review/Test – Page No – 83

Question 16
Luke solves this problem. He says the difference is 214. Explain the mistake Luke made. What is the correct difference?

352−148 =        

Answer: 204

Explanation:

Make friendly numbers to make the subtraction easy.
First subtract 2 from 352 = 350
350
148
202
1 will be borrowed from tens place. So 0 becomes 10.
10 – 8 = 2
4 – 4 = 0
300 – 100 = 200
200 + 2 = 202
Now add 2 to 202 you get 204.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Page 83 Q17

Question 18
There are 318 fiction books in the class library. The number of nonfiction books is 47 less than the number of fiction books.

Part A

About how many nonfiction books are there in the class library? Explain.

About         nonfiction books

Answer: About 270 nonfiction books

Explanation:

Given that,
There are 318 fiction books in the class library.
The number of nonfiction books is 47 less than the number of fiction books.
Number of non fictions books = x
x + 47 = 318
x = 318 – 47
x = 271
The number closer to 271 is 270.
So, there are about 270 nonfiction books.

Question 18
Part B

How many fiction and nonfiction books are there in the class library altogether? Show your work.

        total books

Answer: 589

Explanation:

Number of fiction books = 318
Number of nonfiction books = 271
To find the total number of books we need to add both fiction and nonfiction books
= 318 + 271 = 589
There are 589 books in the class library.

Review/Test – Page No – 84

Question 19
Alia used 67 + 38 = 105 to check her subtraction. Which math problem could she be checking? Mark all that apply.

67−38=■
105−67=■
105+38=■
105−38=■

Answer: 105−67= 38; 105−38=67
She can use option B and Option D to check her subtraction.

Question 20
Alex and Erika collect shells. The tables show the kinds of shells they collected.

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 1 Problem Solving Alex and Erika collect shells. The tables show the kinds of shells they collected.

Part A

Who collected more shells? How many did she collect? About how many more is that? Explain how you solved the problem.

       

Answer: Alex

Alxe’s Shells:
Number of Scallop = 36
Number of Jingle shells = 95
Number of Clam = 115
Now add all the three shells = 36 + 95 + 115 = 246 shells

Erika’s shells:

Number of Scallop = 82
Number of Whelk shells = 28
Number of Clam = 108
Now add all the three shells = 82 + 28 + 108 = 218 shells
Alex collected about 250 shells.

Question 20
Part B

Alex and Erika have the greatest number of what kind of shell? How many shells of that kind do they have? Show your work.

Answer: Clam

The greatest number of shells that Alex and Erika collected are Clam.

Conclusion

In addition to the exercise and homework problems we also provide the solutions for the Extra Practice. So, the students are advised to go through the Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Addition and Subtraction within 1,000 Extra Practice to test your math skills in this chapter. You can also your friends to improve their math skills by sharing this link.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data

go-math-grade-3-chapter-2-represent-and-interpret-data-answer-key

Are you looking everywhere to find Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data? You have come the right way and we have covered different questions on the topic Represent and Interpret Data. Enhance your subject knowledge by taking the help of the 3rd Grade Go Math Chapter 2 Answer Key. Practice HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data and answer the questions from the chapter with confidence. The detailed explanation provided helps you understand the topics easily.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data

We advise you to go through the topics in the Chapter Represent and Interpret Data. You need to work hard right from the beginning in order to have strong fundamentals. Become champ in the subject by referring to our Go Math 3rd Grade Solution Key. Assess your preparation standard by solving the 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data on your own and then verify with the solutions.

Lesson 1: Problem Solving • Organize Data

Lesson 2: Use Picture Graphs

Lesson 3: Make Picture Graphs

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 4: Use Bar Graphs

Lesson 5: Make Bar Graphs

Lesson 6: Solve Problems Using Data

Lesson 7: Use and Make Line Plots

Chapter 2 Review/Test

Organize Data Page No 91

Problem Solving Organize Data

Use the Favorite School Subject tables for 1–4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Organize Data img 1

Question 1.
The students in two third-grade classes recorded their favorite school subject. The data are in the tally table. How many fewer students chose science than chose social studies as their favorite school subject?
Think: Use the data in the tally table to record the data in the frequency table. Then solve the problem.
social studies: 12 students
science: 5 students
12 – 5 = 7
So, 7 fewer students chose science.

Subject Number
Math ____________
Science 5
Language Arts ____________
Reading ____________
Social Studies 12

Answer:

Subject Number
Math 11
Science 5
Language Arts 7
Reading 9
Social Studies 12

Question 2.
What subject did the least number of students choose?
___________

Answer: Science

Explanation:

We can answer the question by using the above tally table. The table shows the least number of students is 5. Thus the answer is Science.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 91 Q3

Question 4.
Suppose 3 students changed their vote from math to science. Describe how the frequency table would change.

Type below:
__________

Answer: There would be an equal number of students who chose math and who chose science

Explanation:

If we look at the graph there are 11 students who voted for Math and 5 students who voted for Science
If 3 students changed their vote from math to science then the new graph will be

11- 3= 8
i.e., Actual No. of Science Students + New Students who changed from Math to Science
= 5 + 3
= 8

Organize Data Lesson Check Page No 92

Question 1.
The tally table shows the cards in Kyle’s sports card collection.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Organize Data img 2
How many hockey and football cards does Kyle have combined?
Options:
a. 5
b. 8
c. 12
d. 13

Answer: 13

Explanation:

Given,
Kyle has 5 hockey cards and 8 football cards
To know total no. of hockey and football cards does Kyle have combined
We have to add 5 + 8 = 13
Therefore the total no. of cards that Kyle have combined is 13

Spiral Review

Question 2.
There are 472 people in the concert hall. What is 472 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 400
b. 470
c. 500
d. 600

Answer: 500

If the digit to the right is more or greater than 5, then the digit in the rounding place will be increased to 1.
472 is greater than 450
So, 472 rounded to the nearest hundred is 500
So the answer is option c.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 92 Q3

Question 4.
Judy has 573 baseball cards in her collection. Todd has 489 baseball cards in his collection. How many fewer cards does Todd have than Judy?
Options:
a. 84
b. 94
c. 116
d. 184

Answer: 84

Explanation:

Given,
Judy has 573 baseball cards in her collection
Todd has 489 baseball cards in his collection
To find how many fewer cards does Todd have than Judy
We have to find the difference between Judy and Todd baseball cards
= 573 – 489 = 84

Question 5.
Ms. Westin drove 542 miles last week and 378 miles this week on business. How many miles in all did she drive on business during the two weeks?
Options:
a. 810 miles
b. 820 miles
c. 910 miles
d. 920 miles

Answer: 920 miles

Explanation:

We observe that Ms. Westin drove 542 miles last week and 378 miles this week on business
Total number of miles in all did she drive on business during the two weeks is?
542 + 378 = 920 miles
Thus the answer to the above question is option d.

Use Picture Graphs Page No 97

Use the Math Test Scores picture graph for 1–7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Picture Graph img 3

Question 1.
How many students scored 100? How can you find the answer?

Answer: To find the number of students who scored 100, count each star as 4 students. So, 20 students scored 100.

Question 2.
What does Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Picture Graph img 4 stand for?
________ students

Answer: It represents 2 students.

Explanation:

The full star stands for 4 students
That means the half star is equal to two stars.

Question 3.
How many students in all scored 100 or 95?
________ students

Answer: 32 Students

Explanation:

No. of students who scored 100 = 5 stars
Each star = 4 students
i.e., 5 × 4 = 20 students
No. of students who scored 95 = 3
Each star = 4 students
That means 3 × 4 = 12
Total No. of students in all scored 100 or 95
12 + 20 = 32
Thus the answer is 32 students

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 97 Q4

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 97 Q5

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Suppose the students who scored 85 and 90 on the math test take the test again and score 95. How many stars would you have to add to the picture graph next to 95?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 4 Stars and half of a star

Explanation:

Students who scored 90 = 3 and a half star
Students who score 85 = 1 star
That means students scored 90 than 85 = 4 and a half star
Thus 4 and a half star stars would you have to add to the picture graph next to 95

Question 7.
If 2 more students took the math test and both made a score of 80, what would the picture graph look like?
Type below:
__________

Answer: There would be another row below 85. There would be half of a star next to 80.

Explanation:

There would be 5 lines and the 5th line will contain a half star

Use Picture Graphs Lesson Check Page No 98

Question 1.
Karen asked her friends to name their favorite type of dog.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Picture Graph img 5
How many people chose poodles?
Options:
a. 10
b. 6
c. 4
d. 3

Answer: 6

Explanation:

If we look at the graph, there are three bones for poodles.
Each bone represents 2 people, which means 3 bones represent 6 people.
2 + 2 + 2 = 6 people chose poodles

Question 2.
Henry made a picture graph to show what topping people like on their pizza. This is his key.
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Picture Graph img 6 = 6 people.
What does Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Picture Graph img 7 stand for?
Options:
a. 2 people
b. 6 people
c. 9 people
d. 12 people

Answer: 12 people

Explanation:

By seeing the picture graph we can say that
Each pizza = 6 people
Then 2 pizzas = 6 + 6
= 12 people
S, the correct answer is option D

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 98 Q3
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 98 Q3.1

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 98 Q4

Question 5.
What is 871 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 900
b. 880
c. 870
d. 800

Answer: 870

Explanation:

If the digit is less than 5 then the number will be decreased by 1
So, the number 871 rounded to the nearest ten is 870

Question 6.
What is 473 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 400
b. 470
c. 500
d. 570

Answer: 500

Explanation:

473 is greater than 450 so it must be increased
473 rounded to the nearest hundred is 500
So, the correct answer is option (C)

Make Picture Graphs Page No 103

Ben asked his classmates about their favorite kind of TV show. He recorded their responses in a frequency table. Use the data in the table to make a picture graph.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Picture Graph img 8
Follow the steps to make a picture graph.
Step 1 Write the title at the top of the graph.
Step 2 Look at the numbers in the table. Tell how many students each picture represents for the key.
Step 3 Draw the correct number of pictures for each type of show.
Use your picture graph for 1–5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Picture Graph img 9

Question 1.
What title did you give the graph?
Type below:
_________

Answer: Favorite TV Show

Question 2.
What key did you use?
________

Answer: Each ■ = 3 students

Question 3.
How many pictures did you use to represent sports?
_______ pictures

Answer: 2 pictures

Problem Solving

Question 4.
How many pictures would you draw if 12 students chose game shows as their favorite kind of TV show?
________ pictures

Answer: 4 pictures

Question 5.
What key would you use if 10 students chose cartoons?
■ = ______ students

Answer: ■ = 2 students

Explanation:

If 10 student chose cartoons, we can use a key that is a factor of 10
■■■■■ = 10
and each ■ = 2 students

Make Picture Graphs Lesson Check Page No 104

Question 1.
Sandy made a picture graph to show the sports her classmates like o play. How many fewer students chose baseball than chose soccer?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Picture Graph img 10
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Students chose Soccer = 9 and a half ball
Students chose Baseball = 6 balls
Given each ball = 2 students
So, students chose soccer = 2+2+2+2+2+2+2+2+2+1
=19 students
Students chose baseball = 2+2+2+2+2+2
= 12 students
students chose baseball than chose soccer = 19 – 12
= 7 students

Question 2.
Tommy is making a picture graph to show his friends’ favorite kind of music. He plans to use one musical note to represent 2 people. How many notes will he use to represent that 4 people chose country music?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Given, Tommy is making a picture graph to show his friends’ favorite kind of music
One musical note = 2 people
For 4 people =?
2 + 2 people = 2 musical notes

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the sum.
4 9 0
+ 2 3 4
———
Options:
a. 256
b. 624
c. 664
d. 724

Answer: 724

Addition of 490 and 234 = 724

Question 4.
Sophie wrote odd numbers on her paper. Which number was NOT a number that Sophie wrote?
Options:
a. 5
b. 11
c. 13
d. 20

Answer: 20

Explanation:

Examples of odd numbers are 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15….
20 is an even number
So, the number was NOT a number that Sophie wrote is 20
Thus the correct answer is 20

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 104 Q5
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 104 Q5.1

Question 6.
Estimate the difference.
4 2 2
– 2 8 4
——–
Options:
a. 100
b. 180
c. 200
d. 700

Answer: 100

Explanation:

The subtraction of 422 and 284 is 138
138 is less than 150, so the estimated difference of 422 and 284 is 100.
Thus the correct answer is option (A)

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 105

Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 11

Question 1.
A __________ uses numbers to record data.
_________

Answer: Frequency table

Question 2.
A __________ uses small pictures or symbols to show and compare information.
_________

Answer: Picture Graph

Concepts and Skills

Use the Favorite Season table for 3-6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 12

Question 3.
Which season got the most votes?
_________

Answer: Summer

From the above table, we can say that the highest number of votes is for Summer i.e., 28

Question 4.
Which season got 3 fewer votes than winter?
_________

Answer: Spring

Explanation:

Number of votes for Winter = 22
Number of votes for Spring = 19
22 – 19 = 3
So, Spring season got 3 fewer votes than winter

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 105 Q5

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 105 Q6

Use the Our Pets picture graph for 7-9.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 13

Question 7.
How many students have cats as pets?
________ students

Answer: 10 students

Explanation:

Number of paws for cats = 5
Each paw = 2 students
2+2+2+2+2 = 10 students

Question 8.
Five more students have dogs than which other pet?
__________

Answer: Bird

Explanation:

Number of paws for dogs = 6 and a half paw
Each paw = 2 students
2+2+2+2+2+2+1 = 13 students
Number of paws for bird = 4
2+2+2+2 = 8 students
13 – 8 = 5 students
Thus the answer is bird

Question 9.
How many pets in all do students have?
_________ students

Answer: 37 students

Explanation:

Number of paws for dogs = 6 and a half paw = 2+2+2+2+2+2+1 = 13 students
Number of paws for bird = 4 = 2+2+2+2 = 8 students
Number of paws for cats = 5 = 2+2+2+2+2 = 10 students
Number of paws for fish = 3 = 2+2+2 = 6 students
Total pets in all do students have = 13+8+10+6
= 37 students

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Lesson Check Page No 106

Use the Favorite Summer Activity picture graph for 10-14.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 14

Question 10.
Some students in Brooke’s school chose their favorite summer activity. The results are in the picture graph at the right. How many students chose camping?
________ students

Answer: 50 students

Explanation:

Total students chose camping = 5
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15 = 10 students
10+10+10+10+10 = 50

Question 11.
How many more students chose swimming than canoeing?
_______ students

Answer: 30 students

Explanation:

Total students chose swimming = 6 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15 = 10 students
= 10+10+10+10+10+10 = 60 students
Total students chose canoeing = 3 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15
= 10+10+10 = 30 students
Total students chose swimming than canoeing = 60 – 30
= 30 students

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 106 Q12

Question 13.
How many pictures would you draw for biking if each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15 = 5 students?
_______

Answer: 7 pictures

Explanation:

You would draw 7 pictures
If you look at the graph there are 35 students who chose biking
So, to represent 35 students when each picture represents 5 students, we will need 7 pictures
i.e., 5+5+5+5+5+5+5 = 35 students

Question 14.
How many more students choose swimming and camping combined than biking and canoeing?
_________ students

Answer: 45 students

Explanation:

First of all, we need to find how many students chose swimming and camping combined
Total students chose swimming = 6 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15 = 10 students
= 10+10+10+10+10+10 = 60 students
Total students chose camping = 5
10+10+10+10+10 = 50 students
60+50 = 110 students
Next, we need to find how many students chose biking and canoeing
Total students chose canoeing = 3 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 15
= 10+10+10 = 30 students
Total students chose biking = 3 and a half picture
10+10+10+5 = 35
Add both, and we get
30+35 = 65 students
Then, we need to subtract
110 – 65 = 45 students
Therefore the students choose swimming and camping combined than biking and canoeing = 45 students

Use Bar Graphs Page No 111

Use the After-Dinner Activities bar graph for 1–6.

The third-grade students at Case Elementary School were asked what they spent the most time doing last week after dinner. The results are shown in the bar graph at the right.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Bar Graphs img 16

Question 1.
How many students spent the most time watching TV after dinner?
3 students

Answer: 3 students

Explanation:

From the above bar graph, we can see the activities of the students after dinner
Students spent the most time watching TV after dinner is between 2 and 4 i.e., 3 students

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 111 Q2

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 111 Q3
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 111 Q3.1

Question 4.
How many fewer students read than did homework?
__________ students

Answer: 6 fewer students

Explanation:

Students who spent the most time reading after dinner = 6
Students who spent the most time doing homework after dinner = 12
To find the students read than did homework = 12 – 6
= 6 students

Question 5.
How many more students read than watched TV?
________ students

Answer: 3 more students

Explanation:

Students who spent the most time reading after dinner = 6
Students who spent the most time watching TV after dinner = 3
To find the students read than watched TV = 6 – 3
= 3 students

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Suppose 3 students changed their answers to reading instead of doing homework. Where would the bar for reading end?
It would end at _________

Answer: Halfway between 8 and 10

Grade 3 Go Math Answer key Chapter 2 bar graph solution image_1

Explanation:

According to the graph, Students who spent the most time reading after dinner = 6
If 3 more students changed their answers to reading instead of doing homework, the total students would be 9 i.e., 6 + 3

Use Bar Graphs Lesson Check Page No 112

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use Bar Graphs img 17
The bar graph shows the number of sandwiches sold at Lisa’s sandwich cart yesterday. How many tuna sandwiches were sold?
Options:
a. 12
b. 16
c. 18
d. 20

Answer: 18

Explanation:

According to the bar graph, tuna sandwiches sold at Lisa’s sandwich cart are between 16 to 20
The no. of tuna sandwiches were sold at Lisa’s sandwich cart = 18
So, the correct answer is option (C)

Spiral Review

Question 2.
What is 582 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 500
b. 580
c. 590
d. 600

Answer: 580

Explanation:

If the digit is less than 5 then the digit will be increased by 1.
582, 8 is rounded here.
2 < 5 so 582 rounded to the nearest ten is 580

Question 3.
Savannah read 178 minutes last week. What is 178 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 400
b. 280
c. 200
d. 180

Answer: 200

Explanation:

Savannah read 178 minutes last week
178 is greater than 150, so the number 178 rounded to the nearest hundred is 200

Question 4.
Estimate the difference.
3 7 1
– 9 9
——-
Options:
a. 500
b. 400
c. 300
d. 200

Answer: 300

Explanation:

The difference between 371 and 99 is 272
272 is near to 300. Because 272 is greater than 250.
So, the estimated difference between 371 and 99 is 300

Question 5.
Estimate the difference.
6 2 5
– 2 4 8
———
Options:
a. 800
b. 500
c. 400
d. 300

Answer: 400

Explanation:

The difference between 625 and 248 is 377
377 rounded to the nearest hundred is 400
Therefore the estimated difference between 625 and 248 is 400.

Make Bar Graphs Page No 117

Ben asked some friends to name their favorite breakfast food. He recorded their choices in the frequency table at the right.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Bar Graphs img 18

Question 1.
Complete the bar graph by using Ben’s data.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Bar Graphs img 19

Answer:

Pancakes = 12 votes
Oatmeal = 4

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Solution Key Bar Graph image_1

Use your bar graph for 2–5.

Question 2.
Which food did most people choose as their favorite breakfast food?
__________

Answer: Cereal

Explanation:

From the above bar graph, we can say that most of people chose Cereals as their favorite food.
Number of votes for cereals = 14

Question 3.
How many people chose waffles as their favorite breakfast food?
_________ people

Answer: 8 people

Explanation:

The bar graph shows that the number of people who chose Waffles as their favorite breakfast food is 8.

Question 4.
How did you know how high to draw the bar for pancakes?
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Since 12 people chose pancakes, I made the top of the bar end at the line for 12

Question 5.
Suppose 6 people chose oatmeal as their favorite breakfast food. How would you change the bar graph?
Type below:
___________

Answer: I would make the bar for oatmeal end halfway between 4 and 8.

Solution key for Go math Grade 3 Chapter 2 bar graph img_2

Make Bar Graphs Lesson Check Page No 118

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Make Bar Graphs img 20

Question 1.
Gary asked his friends to name their favorite pizza topping. He recorded the results in a bar graph. How many people chose pepperoni?
Options:
a. 6
b. 5
c. 4
d. 1

Answer: 6

Explanation:

The bar graph shows that the number of people who chose pepperoni is 6
So, the correct answer is option (a)

Question 2.
Suppose 3 more friends chose mushrooms. Where would the bar for mushrooms end?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: 4

Explanation:

We notice that the vertical bar for mushrooms ends at 1
1 person chose mushrooms
If 3 more friends chose mushrooms, the bar would end at 4
Then the answer is 1 + 3 = 4

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 118 Q3

Question 4.
Matt added 14 + 0. What is the correct sum?
Options:
a. 140
b. 14
c. 1
d. 0

Answer: 14

Explanation:

Any number added by 0 is itself. So the sum of 14 + 0 = 14
The correct answer is Option B

Question 5.
There are 682 runners registered for an upcoming race. What is 682 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 600
b. 680
c. 700
d. 780

Answer: 700

Explanation:

If the digit to the right is more or equal to 5, then the digit in the rounding place increases by one
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
So, 682 rounded to the nearest hundred 700

The correct answer is option C

Question 6.
There are 187 new students this year at Maple Elementary. What is 187 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 100
b. 180
c. 190
d. 200

Answer: 190

Explanation:

If the digit to the right is more or equal to 5, then the digit in the rounding place increases by one
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
So, the number 187 rounded to the nearest ten is 190
Thus the correct answer is Option C

Solve Problems Using Data Page No 123

Use the Favorite Hot Lunch bar graph for 1–3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Solve Problems Using Data img 21

Question 1.
How many more students chose pizza than chose grilled cheese?
Think: Subtract the number of students who chose grilled cheese, 2, from the number of students who chose pizza, 11.
11 – 2 = 9

Answer: 9 more students

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 123 Q2

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 123 Q3

Use the Ways to Get to School bar graph for 4–7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Solve Problems Using Data img 22
Question 4.
How many more students walk than ride in a car to get to school?
________ more students

Answer: 3 more students

Explanation:

No. of students walk to get to school = 7
No. of students ride in a car to get to school = 4
Now, subtract the no. of students walk from no. of students ride in a car
We get, 7 – 4 = 3

Question 5.
How many students walk and ride a bike combined?
________ students

Answer: 10 students

Explanation:

Number of students walk to get to school = 7
Number of students ride a bike to get to school = 3
To know how many students walk and ride a bike combined
We have to add Number of students walk and ride a bike
= 7 + 3 = 10

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 123 Q6

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 123 Q7

Solve Problems Using Data Lesson Check Page No 124

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Solve Problems Using Data img 23

Question 1.
How many fewer votes were for bench repair than for food drive?
Options:
a. 9
b. 10
c. 16
d. 11

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Number of votes for food drive = 13
Number of votes for bench repair = 3
To find votes were for bench repair than for food drive
We need to subtract Number of votes for bench repair from Number of votes for food drive
i.e., 13 – 3 = 10

Question 2.
How many votes were there in all?
Options:
a. 14
b. 4
c. 32
d. 34

Answer: 32

Explanation:

Number of votes for food drive = 13
Number of votes for bench repair = 3
Number of votes for Wall Mural = 10
Number of votes for Park Pick up = 6
Total no. of votes = 13 + 10 + 3 + 6 = 32

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the difference.
6 5 0
– 1 8 9
——–
Options:
a. 461
b. 479
c. 539
d. 571

Answer: 461

Explanation:

Here we have to subtract 650 from 189
650 – 189 = 461

Question 4.
Greyson has 75 basketball cards. What is 75 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 60
b. 70
c. 80
d. 90

Answer: 80

Explanation:

If the digit to the right is more or equal than 5, then the digit in the rounding place increases by one
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
So, 75 rounded to the nearest ten is 80

Question 5.
Sue spent $18 on a shirt, $39 on a jacket, and $12 on a hat. How much did she spend in all?
Options:
a. $79
b. $69
c. $57
d. $51

Answer: $69

Explanation:

Given
Sue spent $18 on a shirt
Sue spent $39 on a jacket and $12 on a hat
Total amount she spent in all = 18 + 39 + 12
= $69
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 6.
There are 219 adults and 174 children at the ballet. How many people are at the ballet in all?
Options:
a. 45
b. 293
c. 383
d. 393

Answer: 393

Explanation:

Given that there are 219 adults and 174 children in a ballet
To know how many people are at the ballet
We have to add no. of adults with no. of children
That means 219 + 174 = 393
Thus the correct answer is Option D

Use and Make Line Plots Page No 129

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use and Make Line Plots img 24

Question 1.
How many shirts sold for $12?
4 shirts

Answer: 4 shirts

Explanation:

From the above table, we can say that the no. of shirts sold for $12 is 4

Question 2.
At which price were the most shirts sold?
$ ________

Answer: $13

Explanation:

The table shows that the most number of shirts sold for $13

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 129 Q3

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 129 Q4
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 129 Q4.1

Problem Solving

Use the line plot above for 5–6.

Question 5.
Were more shirts sold for less than $13 or more than $13? Explain.
________

Answer: more than $13; 6 > 5

Explanation:

No. of shirts sold for less than $13 = 5
No. of shirts sold for more than $13 = 6
More shirts are sold for more than $13

Question 6.
Is there any price for which there are no data? Explain.
$ ________

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

There are no Xs above $15, there were no shirts sold for $15

Use and Make Line Plots Lesson Check Page No 130

Question 1.
Pedro made a line plot to show the heights of the plants in his garden. How many plants are less than 3 inches tall?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 10
d. 16

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Number of plants of 1 inch = 6
Number of plants of 2 inches = 4
So, the number of plants less than 3 inches tall = 6 + 4
= 10 plants
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Use and Make Line Plots img 25

Question 2.
Find the sum.
6 4 2
+ 2 5 9
———
Options:
a. 383
b. 801
c. 891
d. 901

Answer: 901

Explanation:

Sum of 642 and 259 is 901
Thus the correct answer is option D

Question 3.
Find the difference.
4 6 0
– 3 0 9
———
Options:
a. 61
b. 151
c. 161
d. 169

Answer: 151

Explanation:

To get the answer we have to subtract 309 from 460
460 – 309 = 151
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 4.
There were 262 hamburgers cooked for the school fair. What is 262 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
a. 200
b. 260
c. 270
d. 300

Answer: 300

Explanation:

If the digit to the right is more or equal than 5, then the digit in the rounding place increases by one
Change all the digits to the right of the rounding place to zero.
262 rounded to the nearest hundred is 300

Question 5.
Makenzie has 517 stickers in her collection. What is 517 rounded to the nearest ten?
Options:
a. 500
b. 510
c. 520
d. 600

Answer: 520

Explanation:

Makenzie has 517 stickers in her collection
If the digit to the right is more or equal than 5, then the digit in the rounding place increases by one
517 rounded to the nearest ten is 520

Review/Test Page No 131

Question 1.
Mia made a tally table to record the different types of birds she saw at the bird feeder in the garden.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 26
For numbers 1a–1c, select True or False for each statement.
a. Mia saw twice as many sparrows as blackbirds.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Use the tally provided in the above table
No. of Sparrows = 12
No. of Blackbird = 6
By this, we can say that the sparrows are twice as blackbirds
So, the answer is true

Question 1.
b. Mia saw 8 finches.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

The above tally table shows that the number of finches = 8
So, the answer is true

Question 1.
c. Mia saw 4 fewer jays than blackbirds.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

No. of Blackbirds = 6
No. of Jays = 4
To know whether the question is true or false
We have to subtract 4 from 6
6 – 4 = 2
So, the answer is false

Question 2.
Jake asked 25 students in his class how close they live to school. The frequency table shows the results.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 27
Part A
Complete the table and explain how you found the answer.

Answer: 7 boys

Explanation:

Total Number of students = 25
Now we have to add the number of students from the table
4 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 = 18 students
Next, subtract 18 from the total number of students, 25, to find x
25 – 18 = 7
Therefore, the missing number x is 7

Question 2.
Part B
How many more students live about 2 miles or less from school than students who live about 3 miles from school? Show your work.
________ students

Answer: 13 students

Explanation:

Number of students who live about 1 mile = 4 boys + 5 girls = 9 students
Students who live about 2  miles = 4 students
Students who live about 3 miles = 3 boys + 2 girls = 5 students
Next, we have to add total students who live about 2 miles or less = 9 + 4 = 13 students

Review/Test Page No 132

Use the picture graph for 3–6.

Students at Barnes School are performing in a play. The picture graph shows the number of tickets each class has sold so far.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 28

Question 3.
How many tickets were sold altogether? Explain how you found the total.
________ tickets

Answer: 100 tickets

Explanation:

Number of tickets sold in Ms. Brown’s Class = 9 ✓
Each tick = 5 tickets
5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5 = 45 tickets
Number of tickets sold in Mrs. Gold’s Class = 5 ✓
5+5+5+5+5 = 25 tickets
Number of ticks sold in Mr. Castro’s Class = 6 ✓
Each tick = 5 tickets
5+5+5+5+5+5 = 30
Now, we have to add the total number of tickets sold = 45 + 25 + 30 = 100 tickets

Question 4.
Choose the name from each box that makes the sentence true.
Five fewer tickets were sold by Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 29 class than Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 30 class.
Type below:
________

Answer: Mrs. Gold’s Class than Mr. Castro’s Class

Explanation:

Number of tickets sold in Mrs. Gold’s Class = 5 ✓
5+5+5+5+5 = 25 tickets
Number of ticks sold in Mr. Castro’s Class = 6 ✓
Each tick = 5 tickets
5+5+5+5+5+5 = 30
Subtract Number of tickets sold in Mrs. Gold’s from Mr. Castro’s Class
We get 30 – 25 = 5 tickets

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 132 Q5

Question 6.
What if Mrs. Gold’s class sold 20 more tickets? Draw a picture to show how the graph would change.
Type below:
_________

Answer: 20 tickets mean 5 + 5 + 5 + 5, or 4 ✓

Chapter 2 Answer Key for Go Math Grade 3 Review solution image_1

So we would add 4 more ticks to Mrs. Gold’s Class

Review/Test Page No 133

Use the frequency table for 7–8.

Question 7.
The Pet Shop keeps track of the number of fish it has for sale. The frequency table shows how many fish are in three tanks.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 31
Part A
Use the data in the table to complete the picture graph.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 32
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Given each circle= 2 fishes
Tank 1:
Tank 1 contains 16 fishes
That means 2+2+2+2+2+2+2+2 = 8 circle
Tank 2:
Tank 2 contains 9 fishes
= 2+2+2+2+1 = 4 and a half circle
Tank 3:
Tank 3 contains 12 fishes = 2+2+2+2+2+2 = 6 circle

Solution key for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Review solution image_2

Question 7.
Part B
How many pictures did you draw for Tank 2? Explain.
Type below:
________

Answer: 4 and a half circle

Explanation:

Tank 2 contains 9 fishes
Each circulet= 2 fishes
2+2+2+2+1
Therefore the answer is 4 and a half circle

Question 8.
Each tank can hold up to 20 fish. How many more fish can the Pet Shop put in the three tanks?
Options:
a. 60 fish
b. 23 fish
c. 20 fish
d. 33 fish

Answer: 23 fishes

Explanation:

Given that each tank can hold up to 20 fishes
Total number of tanks = 3
20+20+20 = 60 fishes
From the above table, we observe that
Tank 1 contains 16 fishes
Tank 2 contains 9 fishes
Tank 3 contains 12 fishes
Total number of fishes that all tanks contain = 12+16+9 = 37 fishes
Now, we have to subtract the number of fishes that all tanks contain from the number of fishes pet shop put in the three tanks
= 60 – 37 = 23 fishes

Review/Test Page No 134

Use the bar graph for 9–12.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 33

Question 9.
Three more students play the piano than which other instrument?
__________

Answer: Flute

Explanation:

The above bar graph shows the number of students who play musical instruments
From the graph, we observe that the number of students who play the flute is 6
And the number of students who play the piano is 9
Subtract Number of students play flute from piano
We get,
9 – 6 = 3
Thus the answer is Flute

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 134 Q10
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 134 Q10.1

Question 11.
For numbers 11a–11d, select True or False for each statement.
a. Ten more students play guitar than play flute.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

No. of students who play guitar = 10
No. of students who play flute = 6
The statement is not correct
So, the answer is false

Question 11.
b. Nine students play piano.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

The bar graph given in above shows that the number of students who play piano is 9. So, the answer is true.

Question 11.
c. Six fewer students play flute and piano combined than play drums and guitar combined.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

No. of students who play guitar = 10
No. of students who play drums = 10
No. of students who play flute = 6
No. of students who play piano = 9
Now, add the number of students who play flute and piano = 6+9 = 15
Next, add the No. of students who play drums and guitar = 10+10 = 20
The difference between them is 5, not 6
So, the answer is false

Question 11.
d. Nine more students play piano and guitar combined than play drums.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

No. of students who play piano = 9
No. of students who play guitar = 10
Total = 10+9 = 19 students
No. of students who play drums = 10
Subtract No. of students who play drums from total number of students who play piano and guitar combined
That means 19 – 10 = 9
Therefore the  answer is true

Question 12.
There are more students who play the trumpet than play the flute, but fewer students who play the guitar. Explain how you would change the bar graph to show the number of students who play the trumpet.
Type below:
________

Answer:

There are 6 students who play the flute and 10 students who play guitar
The no. of students who play trumpet must be between 6 and 10 i.e., 7, 8, or 9 students.

Key for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Review solution image_5

In the above example, we show the number of students who play the trumpet is 8

Review/Test Page No 135

Use the frequency table for 13–14.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 34

Question 13.
Part A
Use the data in the table to complete the bar graph.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 35

Answer:

Chapter 2 Key for Go Math Grade 3 Review image_3

Question 13.
Part B
How do you know how long to make the bars on your graph? How did you show 15 votes for broccoli? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

By reading Karen’s frequency table we can see the number of votes for each favorite vegetable.
15 lies between 10 and 20. So, the bar should be drawn all the way to the midpoint between 10 and 20.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Page 135 Q14

Review/Test Page No 136

Use the line plot for 15–16.

The line plot shows the number of goals the players on Scot’s team scored.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 36

Question 15.
For numbers 15a–15d, select True or False for each statement.
a. Three players scored 2 goals.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

One player scored 2 goals, one player scored 4 goals and one player scored 3 goals
So, the answer is true

Question 15.
b. Six players scored fewer than 2 goals.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

From the figure, we can say that 4 players scored 1 goal and 2 players scored 0
4+2 =6
So, the answer is true

Question 15 (request help)
c. There are 8 players on the team.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

We need to count all X = 11

Question 15
d. Five players scored more than 1 goal.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

More than 1 goal means 2, 3, or 4 goals
We observe that 3 players scored 2 goals, 1 player scored 3 goals, and 1 player scored 4 goals
Now we have to add the players who scored more than 1 goal
3+1+1 = 5
Therefore 5 players scored more than 1 goal

Question 16.
What if two more people played and each scored 3 goals? Describe what the line plot would look like.
Type below:
__________

Answer: We have to add two more X on line plot 3

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Solution Key Review solution Image_4

Use the line plot for 17–18.

Robin collected shells during her vacation. She measured the length of each shell to the nearest inch and recorded the data in a line plot.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Review/Test img 37

Question 17.
How many shells were 6 inches long or longer?
_________ shells

Answer: 11 shells

Explanation:

5 shells were 6 inches long
2 shells were 7 inches long
1 shell was 8 inches long
3 shells were 9 inches long
Total = 5+2+1+3 = shells
Thus the answer is 11 shells

Question 18.
How many more shells did Robin collect that were 5 inches long than 8 inches long?
________ shells

Answer: 2 shells

Explanation:

Robin collects 3 shells which were 5 inches long and 1 shell was 8 inches long.
To know how many shells did Robin collect that were 5 inches long than 8 inches long
We have to subtract the number of shells was 8 inches long from the number of shells were 5 inches long
i.e., 3 – 1 = 2 shells

In this chapter, you can the bar graphs, picture graphs, and line plots. These are graphs that are the most interesting and easiest part of this chapter. A brief explanation of the topics is discussed in the Solution Key of Grade 3 Go Math Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data.

Here we have provided the exercise questions along with the answers to help in practicing the chapter. You can find the different and simple methods of solving the problems in Go Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 2 Extra Practice. Hence make use of all the links and score well in the exams. If you any queries you can leave comments in the comment section below and we will respond as early as possible.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units

go-math-grade-4-chapter-12-relative-sizes-of-measurement-units-answer-key

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Pdf download links are provided here for free od cost.  Do refer to them during the preparation time and learn the concepts easily. All the students who are hunting for the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units can download them here. So, take the help of these available pdf links and download Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 pdf to understand & learn the concepts of Relative Sizes of Measurement Units in a simplistic manner.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units

Go through the below-provided links and get the Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Answer Key for better preparation and score good marks in the exams. The provided solutions to all the questions asked from Relative Sizes of Measurement Units concepts will help you in real-time calculations also. Hence, utilize these lesson-wise links and solve each and every concept related questions covered in this chapter.

Lesson 1:

Lesson 2:

Common Core

Lesson 3:

Common Core

Lesson 4:

Common Core

Lesson 5:

Common Core

Mid Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6:

Common Core

Lesson 7:

Common Core

Lesson 8:

Common Core

Lesson 9: Problem Solving • Elapsed Time

Common Core

Chapter 12: Page No. 699

Chapter 12: Page No. 700

Lesson 10:

Lesson 11: Algebra • Patterns in Measurement Units

Common Core

Chapter 12: Review/Test

Common Core – New – Page No. 645

Measurement Benchmarks

Use benchmarks to choose the customary unit you would use to measure each.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 1

Question 1.
height of a computer
foot

Question 2.
weight of a table
________

Answer: Pound

The customary unit to measure the weight of the table is Pound.

Question 3.
length of a semi-truck
________

Answer: Yard

The unit to measure the length of a semi-truck is the yard.

Question 4.
the amount of liquid a bathtub holds
________

Answer: Gallon

The customary unit to measure the amount of liquid a bathtub holds is Gallon.

Use benchmarks to choose the metric unit you would use to measure each.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 2

Question 5.
mass of a grasshopper
________

Answer: Gram

The metric unit to measure the mass of a grasshopper is the gram.

Question 6.
the amount of liquid a water bottle holds
________

Answer: Liter

The metric unit to measure the amount of liquid a water bottle holds is Liter.

Question 7.
length of a soccer field
________

Answer: Meter

The metric unit to measure the length of a soccer field is meter.

Question 8.
length of a pencil
________

Answer: Centimeter

The metric unit to measure the length of a pencil is Centimeter.

Circle the better estimate.

Question 9.
mass of a chicken egg
a. 50 grams
b. 50 kilograms

Answer: 50 grams

The better estimate to measure the mass of a chicken egg is 50 grams.

Question 10.
length of a car
a. 12 miles
b. 12 feet

Answer: 12 feet

The better estimate to measure the length of a car is 12 feet.

Question 11.
amount of liquid a drinking glass holds
a. 8 ounces
b. 8 quarts

Answer: 8 ounces

The better estimate to measure the amount of liquid a drinking glass holds is 8 ounces.

Complete the sentence. Write more or less.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 645 Q12

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 645 Q13

Problem Solving

Question 14.
What is the better estimate for the mass of a textbook, 1 gram or 1 kilogram?
1 ________

Answer: 1 kilogram

The weight of a book will be more than a gram. So, the better estimate for the mass of a textbook is 1 kilogram.

Question 15.
What is the better estimate for the height of a desk, 1 meter or 1 kilometer?
1 ________

Answer: 1 meter

The kilometer is not suitable to measure the height of the desk. So, the better estimate for the height of a desk is 1 meter.

Common Core – New – Page No. 646

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which is the best estimate for the weight of a stapler?
Options:
a. 4 ounces
b. 4 pounds
c. 4 inches
d. 4 feet

Answer: 4 ounces

The best estimate for the weight of a stapler is 4 ounces
So, the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
Which is the best estimate for the length of a car?
Options:
a. 4 kilometers
b. 4 tons
c. 4 kilograms
d. 4 meters

Answer: 4 meters

The unit to measure the length of the car is meters.
Thus the answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bart practices his trumpet 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours each day. How many hours will he practice in 6 days?
Options:
a. 8 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours
b. 7 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours
c. 7 hours
d. 6 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours

Answer: 7 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours

Explanation:

Bart practices his trumpet 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours each day.
The normal fraction for 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{5}{4}\)
In order to calculate the number of hours for 6 days, we need to multiply the fraction by 6.
6 × \(\frac{5}{4}\) = \(\frac{30}{4}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{30}{4}\) is 7 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours
So, the correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Millie collected 100 stamps from different countries. Thirty-two of the stamps are from countries in Africa. What is \(\frac{32}{100}\) written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 32
b. 3.2
c. 0.32
d. 0.032

Answer: 0.32

The decimal for the fraction is \(\frac{32}{100}\) = 0.32
Thus the answer is option C.

Question 5.
Diedre drew a quadrilateral with 4 right angles and 4 sides of the same length. What kind of polygon did Diedre draw?
Options:
a. square
b. trapezoid
c. hexagon
d. pentagon

Answer: square

Explanation:

A square has got 4 sides of equal length and 4 right angles (right angle = 90 degrees).
So, the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
How many degrees are in an angle that turns through \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a circle?
Options:
a. 60°
b. 90°
c. 120°
d. 180°

Answer: 180°

Explanation:

\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 360°
360°/2 = 180°
So, the correct answer is option D.

Page No. 649

Question 1.
Compare the size of a yard to the size of a foot.
Use a model to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 3
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 4
1 yard is ____ times as long as ____ foot.
____              ____

Answer: 1 yard is three times as long as one feet.

Complete.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 649 Q2

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 649 Q3

Question 4.
7 yards = ____ feet

Answer: 21 feets

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feets
7 yards = 3 × 7 = 21 feets
Therefore 7 yards = 21 feets

Question 5.
4 yards = ____ feet

Answer: 12 feets

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feet
4 yards = 4 × 3 feets = 12 feets
4 yards = 12 feets

Question 6.
10 yards = ____ feet

Answer: 30 feets

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feets
10 yards = 10 × 3 feets = 30 feets
10 yards = 30 feets

Question 7.
7 feet = ____ inches

Answer: 84 inches

Explanation:

1 feet = 12 inches
7 feets = 7 × 12 = 84 inches

Use Symbols Algebra Compare using <, >, or =.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 649 Q8

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 649 Q9

Question 10.
6 feet ____ 60 inches

Answer: 6 feet > 60 inches

Explanation:

1 feet = 12 inches
6 feets = 6 × 12 inches = 72 inches
72 inches is greater than 60 inches
So, 6 feet > 60 inches

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 649 Q11

Question 12.
Select the measures that are equal. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 4 feet
b. 12 yards
c. 36 feet
d. 480 inches
e. 15 feet
f. 432 inches

Answer: B = C = F

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feet
12 yards = 12 × 3 = 36 feet
So, B = C

1 feet = 12 inches
36 feet = 12 × 36 inches = 432 inches
C = F
Therefore B = C = F

Page No. 650

Question 13.
Jasmine and Luke used fraction strips to compare the size of a foot to the size of an inch using fractions. They drew models to show their answers. Whose answer makes sense? Whose answer is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.
Jasmine’s Work
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 5
1 inch is \(\frac{1}{12}\) of a foot.
Luke’s Work
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 6
1 inch is \(\frac{1}{3}\) of a foot.
_______ ‘s answer makes sense

Answer: Jasmine’s answer makes sense

Question 13.
a. Apply For the answer that is nonsense, write an answer that makes sense.
Type below:
________

Answer: Luke’s answer is nonsense and Jasmine’s answer makes sense.
Because 1 foot = 12 inches. The fraction of 1 inch = \(\frac{1}{3}\) of a foot.

Question 13.
b. Look back at Luke’s model. Which two units could you compare using his model? Explain.
Type below:
________

Answer: Luke’s model will be suitable to compare the size of a foot to the size of a yard using fractions.

1 feet = 12 inches
3 feet = 36 inches
36 inches = 1 yard
So, 1 yard = \(\frac{12}{36}\)
1 yard = \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet

Common Core – New – Page No. 651

Customary Units of Length

Complete.

Question 1.
3 feet = 36 inches
Think: 1 foot = 12 inches,
so 3 feet = 3 × 12 inches or 36 inches

Question 2.
2 yards = ____ feet

Answer: 6

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feet
2 yards = 2 × 3 = 6 feets

Question 3.
8 feet = ____ inches

Answer: 96 inches

Explanation:

1 foot = 12 inches
8 feet = 12 × 8 = 96 inches
So, 8 feet = 96 inches

Question 4.
7 yards = ____ feet

Answer:21 feets

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feet
7 yards = 7 × 3 feet = 21 feets
So, 7 yards = 21 feets

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 651 Q5

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 651 Q6

Question 7.
10 feet = ____ inches

Answer: 120 inches

Explanation:

1 foot = 12 inches
10 feet = 10 × 12 inches
10 feet = 120 inches

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
3 yards ____ 10 feet

Answer: 3 yards < 10 feet

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feet
3 yards = 3 × 3 feet = 9 feet
9 feet is less than 10 feet
So, 3 yards < 10 feet

Question 9.
5 feet ____ 60 inches

Answer: 5 feet = 60 inches

Explanation:

1 foot = 12 inches
5 feet = 5 × 12 inches = 60 inches
So, 5 feet = 60 inches

Question 10.
8 yards ____ 20 feet

Answer: 8 yards > 20 feet

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feet
8 yards = 8 × 3 feet = 24 feet
24 feet is greater than 20 feet
So, 8 yards > 20 feet

Question 11.
3 feet ____ 10 inches

Answer: 3 feet > 10 inches

Explanation:

1 foot = 12 inches
3 feet = 3 × 12 inches = 36 inches
36 inches is greater than 10 inches
So, 3 feet > 10 inches

Question 12.
3 yards ____ 21 feet

Answer: 3 yards < 21 feet

Explanation:

1 yard = 3 feet
3 yards = 3 × 3 feet = 9 feet
9 feet is less than 21 feet
So, 3 yards < 21 feet

Question 13.
6 feet ____ 72 inches

Answer: 6 feet = 72 inches

Explanation:

1 foot = 12 inches
6 feet = 6 × 12 inches = 72 inches
6 feet = 72 inches

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 651 Q14

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 651 Q15

Common Core – New – Page No. 652

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Marta has 14 feet of wire to use to make necklaces. She needs to know the length in inches so she can determine how many necklaces to make. How many inches of wire does Marta have?
Options:
a. 42 inches
b. 84 inches
c. 168 inches
d. 504 inches

Answer: 168 inches

Explanation:

Marta has 14 feet of wire to use to make necklaces.
1 feet = 12 inches
14 feet = 14 × 12 inches
14 feet = 168 inches
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Jarod bought 8 yards of ribbon. He needs 200 inches to use to make curtains. How many inches of ribbon does he have?
Options:
a. 8 inches
b. 80 inches
c. 96 inches
d. 288 inches

Answer: 288 inches

Explanation:

Jarod bought 8 yards of ribbon. He needs 200 inches to use to make curtains.
1 yard = 36 inches
8 yards = 288 inches
Thus he has 288 inches of ribbon.
So, the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which describes the turn shown below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 7
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn counterclockwise
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn counterclockwise

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn counterclockwise

By seeing the above figure we can say that the circle turn \(\frac{1}{4}\) in a counterclockwise direction.

Question 4.
Which decimal represents the shaded part of the model below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 8
Options:
a. 0.03
b. 0.3
c. 0.33
d. 0.7

Answer: 0.3

Explanation:

The square is divided into 10 parts. Among them, 3 parts are shaded.
The fraction of the shaded part is \(\frac{3}{10}\)
The decimal that represents the above figure is 0.3
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Three sisters shared $3.60 equally. How much did each sister get?
Options:
a. $1.00
b. $1.20
c. $1.80
d. $10.80

Answer: $1.20

Explanation:

Three sisters shared $3.60 equally.
The amount that each sister get = x
x × 3 = $3.60
x = $3.60/3 = $1.20
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Which is the best estimate for the width of your index finger?
Options:
a. 1 millimeter
b. 1 gram
c. 1 centimeter
d. 1 liter

Answer: 1 centimeter

The unit to measure the width of your index finger is 1 centimeter
The answer is option C.

Page No. 655

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 9
Question 1.
4 tons = ______ pounds

Answer: 8000 pounds

Explanation:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
4 tons = 4 × 2000 pounds = 8000 pounds
4 tons = 8000 pounds

Complete.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 655 Q2

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 655 Q3

Question 4.
7 pounds = ______ ounces

Answer: 112 ounces

1 pound = 16 ounces
7 pounds = 7 × 16 ounces
7 pounds = 112 ounces

Question 5.
6 tons = ______ pounds

Answer:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
6 tons = 6 × 2000 pounds
6 tons = 12,000 pounds

Use Symbols Algebra Compare using >, <, or =.

Question 6.
1 pound ______ 15 pounds

Answer: 1 pound < 15 pounds
1 is greater than 15.
So, 1 pound < 15 pounds

Question 7.
2 tons ______ 2 pounds

Answer: 2 tons > 2 pounds
1 ton is greater than 1 pound.
So, 2 tons > 2 pounds

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 655 Q8

Question 9.
If you could draw a number line that shows the relationship between tons and pounds, what would it look like? Explain.

Answer:
Since 1 ton = 2000 pounds, the number line would show tick marks for every whole number from 0 to 2000. Each tick mark from 0 to 2000 would represent 1 pound. The tick mark in 2000 would represent 1 ton.

Question 10.
Write the symbol that compares the weights correctly.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 10
160 ounces ______ 10 pounds

Answer: 160 ounces = 10 pounds
1 pound = 16 ounces
16 pounds = 10 × 16 ounces = 160 ounces
160 ounces = 10 pounds

Question 10.
600 pounds ______ 1 ton

Answer: 600 pounds < 1 ton
1 ton = 2000 pounds
600 pounds is less than 2000 pounds
600 pounds < 1 ton

Page No. 656

Question 11.
Alexis bought \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound of grapes. How many ounces of grapes did she buy?
Dan drew the number line below to solve the problem. He says his model shows that there are 5 ounces in \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound. What is his error?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 11
Look at the way Dan solved the problem.
Draw a correct number line and solve the problem.
Find and describe his error.
So, Alexis bought ______ ounces of grapes.
Type below:
________

1 pound = 16 ounces
\(\frac{1}{2}\) pound = 8 ounces
The error of Dan is he must draw the mark till 8 but he drew till 5 ounces.

Question 11.
Look back at the number line you drew. How many ounces are in \(\frac{1}{4}\) pound? Explain.
Type below:
________

Answer: There are 4 ounces in \(\frac{1}{4}\) pound.

Common Core – New – Page No. 657

Customary Units of Weight

Complete.

Question 1.
5 pounds = 80 ounces
Think: 1 pound = 16 ounces, so
5 pounds = 5 × 16 ounces, or 80 ounces

Question 2.
7 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 14,000 pounds

Explanation:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
7 tons = 7 × 2000 pounds = 14000 pounds
7 tons = 14000 pounds

Question 3.
2 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 32 ounces

Explanation:

1 pound = 16 ounces
2 pounds = 2 × 16 ounces = 32 ounces
2 pounds = 32 ounces

Question 4.
3 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 6,000 pounds

Explanation:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
3 tons = 3 × 2000 pounds = 6000 pounds
3 tons = 6000 pounds

Question 5.
10 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 160 ounces

Explanation:

1 pound = 16 ounces
10 pounds = 10 × 16 ounces = 160 ounces
10 pounds = 160 ounces

Question 6.
5 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 10,000 pounds

Explanation:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
5 tons = 5 × 2000 pounds = 10000 pounds
5 tons = 10000 pounds

Question 7.
7 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 112 ounces

Explanation:

1 pound = 16 ounces
7 pounds = 7 × 16 ounces = 112 ounces
7 pounds = 112 ounces

Compare using <, >, or =.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 657 Q8

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 657 Q9

Question 10.
3 pounds _____ 50 ounces

Answer: 3 pounds < 50 ounces

Explanation:

1 pound = 16 ounces
3 pounds = 3 × 16 ounces = 48 ounces
3 pounds = 48 ounces
3 pounds < 50 ounces

Question 11.
5 tons _____ 1,000 pounds

Answer: 5 tons > 1,000 pounds

Explanation:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
5 tons = 5 × 2000 pounds = 10000 pounds
10000 pounds is greater than 1000 pounds
5 tons > 1,000 pounds

Question 12.
16 pounds _____ 256 ounces

Answer: 16 pounds = 256 ounces

Explanation:

1 pound = 16 ounces
16 pounds = 16 × 16 ounces = 256 ounces
16 pounds = 256 ounces

Question 13.
8 tons _____ 16,000 pounds

Answer: 8 tons = 16,000 pounds

Explanation:

1 ton = 2000 pounds
8 tons = 8 × 2000 pounds = 16,000 pounds
8 tons = 16,000 pounds

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 657 Q14

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 657 Q15

Common Core – New – Page No. 658

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ann bought 2 pounds of cheese to make lasagna. The recipe gives the amount of cheese needed in ounces. How many ounces of cheese did she buy?
Options:
a. 20 ounces
b. 32 ounces
c. 40 ounces
d. 64 ounces

Answer: 32 ounces

Explanation:

Ann bought 2 pounds of cheese to make lasagna.
1 pound = 16 ounces
2 pounds = 2 × 16 ounces = 32 ounces
So, the answer is option B.

Question 2.
A school bus weighs 7 tons. The weight limit for a bridge is given in pounds. What is the weight of the bus in pounds?
Options:
a. 700 pounds
b. 1,400 pounds
c. 7,000 pounds
d. 14,000 pounds

Answer: 14,000 pounds

Explanation:

A school bus weighs 7 tons. The weight limit for a bridge is given in pounds.
1 ton = 2000 pounds
7 tons = 7 × 2000 pounds
7 tons = 14000 pounds
So, the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the measure of m∠EHG?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 12
Options:
a. 60°
b. 100°
c. 120°
d. 130°

Answer: 120°

Explanation:

m∠EHG = m∠EHF + m∠FHG
m∠EHG = 90° + 30° = 120°
m∠EHG = 120°
The correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
How many lines of symmetry does the square below have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 13
Options:
a. 0
b. 2
c. 4
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

A square contains 4 right angles.
So, the answer is option C.

Question 5.
To make dough, Reba needs 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour. How much flour does she need to make 5 batches of dough?
Options:
a. 14 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
b. 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
c. 11 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
d. 10 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Answer: 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Explanation:

To make dough, Reba needs 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour.
5 × 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
She need 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour to make dough.
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Judi’s father is 6 feet tall. The minimum height to ride a rollercoaster is given in inches. How many inches tall is Judi’s father?
Options:
a. 60 inches
b. 66 inches
c. 72 inches
d. 216 inches

Answer: 72 inches

Explanation:

Judi’s father is 6 feet tall. The minimum height to ride a rollercoaster is given in inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
6 feet = 6 × 12 inches = 72 inches
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Page No. 661

Question 1.
Compare the size of a quart to the size of a pint.
Use a model to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 14
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 15
1 quart is ____ times as much as _____ pint.

Answer: 1 quart is 2 times as much as 1 pint.

Complete.

Question 2.
2 pints = _____ cups

Answer: 4 cups

Explanation:

1 pint = 2 cups
2 pints = 2 × 2 cups = 4 cups
2 pints = 4 cups

Question 3.
3 gallons = _____ quarts

Answer: 12 quarts

Explanation:

1 gallon = 4 quarts
3 gallons = 3 × 4 quarts = 12 quarts
3 gallons = 12 quarts

Question 4.
6 quarts = _____ cups

Answer: 24 cups

Explanation:

1 quart = 4 cups
6 quarts = 6 × 4 cups = 24 cups
6 quarts = 24 cups

Use a model or Tools to complete.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 661 Q5

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 661 Q6

Use Symbols Algebra Compare using >, <, or =.

Question 7.
2 gallons _____ 32 cups

Answer: 2 gallons = 32 cups

Explanation:

1 gallon = 16 cups
2 gallons = 2 × 16 cups = 32 cups
2 gallons = 32 cups

Question 8.
4 pints _____ 6 cups

Answer: 4 pints > 6 cups

Explanation:

1 pint = 2 cups
4 pints = 4 × 2 cups = 8 cups
So, 4 pints > 6 cups

Question 9.
5 quarts _____ 11 pints

Answer: 5 quarts < 11 pints

Explanation:

1 quart = 2 pints
5 quarts = 5 × 2 pints = 10 pints
10 is less than 11 pints
So, 5 quarts < 11 pints

Question 10.
A soccer team has 25 players. The team’s thermos holds 4 gallons of water. If the thermos is full, is there enough water for each player to have 2 cups? Explain. Make a table to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 16
________

Answer: Enough water

Gallons Cups
1 16
2 32
3 48
4 64

Page No. 662

Question 11.
Verify the Reasoning of Others Whose statement makes sense? Whose statement is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 17
_______ ’s statement makes sense.

Answer: Angela’s Statement is true. A gallon is 8 times as much as a pint, so 1 pint is 1/8 of a gallon.
Zach’s statement is nonsense. There are 8 pints in a gallon, not 4, so a pint cannot be 1/4 of a gallon.

Question 12.
Peter’s glasses each hold 8 fluid ounces. How many glasses of juice can Peter pour from a bottle that holds 2 quarts?
_____ glasses

Answer: 8 glasses

Explanation:

Peter’s glasses each hold 8 fluid ounces.
There is 32oz per quart. 8 goes into 32 a total of four times. So since there are two quarts, Peter can pour 8 glasses.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 662 Q13

Common Core – New – Page No. 663

Customary Units of Liquid Volume

Complete.

Question 1.
6 gallons = 24 quarts
Think: 1 gallon = 4 quarts,
so 6 gallons = 6 × 4 quarts, or 24 quarts

Question 2.
12 quarts = _____ pints

Answer: 24 pints

Explanation:

1 quart = 2 pints
12 quarts = 12 × 2 pints
12 pints = 24 pints

Question 3.
6 cups = _____ fluid ounces

Answer: 48 fluid ounces

Explanation:

1 cup = 8 fluid ounces
6 cups = 6 × 8 fluid ounces = 48 fluid ounces
So, 6 cups = 48 fluid ounces

Question 4.
9 pints = _____ cups

Answer: 18 cups

Explanation:

1 pint = 2 cups
9 pints = 9 × 2 cups = 18 cups
9 pints = 18 cups

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 663 Q5

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 663 Q6

Question 7.
3 gallons = _____ cups

Answer: 48 cups

Explanation:

1 gallon = 16 cups
3 gallons = 3 × 16 cups = 48 cups
Therefore 3 gallons = 48 cups

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
6 pints _____ 60 fluid ounces

Answer: 6 pints > 60 fluid ounces

Explanation:

1 pint = 16 fluid ounces
6 pints = 6 × 16 fluid ounces = 96 fluid ounces
96 fluid ounces is greater than 60 fluid ounces
So, 6 pints > 60 fluid ounces

Question 9.
3 gallons _____ 30 quarts

Answer: 3 gallons < 30 quarts

Explanation:

1 gallon = 4 quarts
3 gallons = 3 × 4 quarts = 12 quarts
12 is less than 30
So, 3 gallons < 30 quarts

Question 10.
5 quarts _____ 20 cups

Answer: 5 quarts = 20 cups

Explanation:

1 quart = 4 cups
5 quarts = 5 × 4 cups = 20 cups
5 quarts = 20 cups

Question 11.
6 cups _____ 12 pints

Answer: 6 cups < 12 pints

Explanation:

1 cup = \(\frac{1}{2}\) pint
6 cups = 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) pint = 3 pints
3 is less than 12.
So, 6 cups < 12 pints

Question 12.
8 quarts _____ 16 pints

Answer: 8 quarts = 16 pints

Explanation:

1 quart = 2 pints
8 quarts = 8 × 2 pints = 16 pints
8 quarts = 16 pints

Question 13.
6 gallons _____ 96 pints

Answer: 6 gallons < 96 pints

Explanation:

1 gallon = 8 pints
6 gallons = 6 × 8 pints = 48 pints
48 is less than 96 pints
So, 6 gallons < 96 pints

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 663 Q14

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 663 Q15
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 663 Q15.1

Common Core – New – Page No. 664

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Joshua drinks 8 cups of water a day. The recommended daily amount is given in fluid ounces. How many fluid ounces of water does he drink each day?
Options:
a. 16 fluid ounces
b. 32 fluid ounces
c. 64 fluid ounces
d. 128 fluid ounces

Answer: 64 fluid ounces

Explanation:

1 cup = 8 fluid ounces
8 cups = 8 × 8 fluid ounces = 64 fluid ounces
8 cups = 64 fluid ounces
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
A cafeteria used 5 gallons of milk in preparing lunch. How many 1-quart containers of milk did the cafeteria use?
Options:
a. 10
b. 20
c. 40
d. 80

Answer: 20

Explanation:

A cafeteria used 5 gallons of milk in preparing lunch.
1 gallon = 4 quarts
5 gallons = 5 × 4 quarts = 20 quarts
5 gallons = 20 quarts
So, the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Roy uses \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of batter for each muffin. Which list shows the amounts of batter he will use depending on the number of muffins he makes?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{5}, \frac{1}{6}, \frac{1}{7}, \frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{4}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{4}{4}, \frac{5}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{3}{12}, \frac{4}{16}, \frac{5}{20}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{4}{16}, \frac{6}{24}, \frac{8}{32}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{4}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{4}{4}, \frac{5}{4}\)

Explanation:

Given that, Roy uses \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of batter for each muffin.
The amounts of batter he will use depending on the number of muffins he makes is \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{4}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{4}{4}, \frac{5}{4}\)
The correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Beth has \(\frac{7}{100}\) of a dollar. Which shows the amount of money Beth has?
Options:
a. $7.00
b. $0.70
c. $0.07
d. $0.007

Answer: $0.07

Explanation:

Beth has \(\frac{7}{100}\) of a dollar.
The decimal of \(\frac{7}{100}\) = 0.07
The amount of money Beth has is $0.07
So, the answer is option C.

Question 5.
Name the figure that Enrico drew below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 18
Options:
a. a ray
b. a line
c. a line segment
d. an octagon

Answer: a ray

Explanation:

A part of a line with a start point but no endpoint is called a ray.
The above figure has no endpoint.
So, the answer is option A.

Question 6.
A hippopotamus weighs 4 tons. Feeding instructions are given for weights in pounds. How many pounds does the hippopotamus weigh?
Options:
a. 4,000 pounds
b. 6,000 pounds
c. 8,000 pounds
d. 12,000 pounds

Answer: 8,000 pounds

Explanation:

A hippopotamus weighs 4 tons. Feeding instructions are given for weights in pounds.
We know that 1 ton = 2000 pounds
4 tons = 4 × 2000 pounds = 8000 pounds
Thus the answer is option C.

Page No. 667

Question 1.
A food critic collected data on the lengths of time customers waited for their food. Order the data from least to greatest time. Make a tally table and a line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 19
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 20
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 21
Type below:
________

Answer:

Tally Table:

Time Customers waited for Food
Time (in hour) Tally
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ||
\(\frac{1}{4}\) |||
\(\frac{3}{4}\) |
1 |

Line plot:

Go Math Solution Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 solution image_2

Use your line plot for 2 and 3.

Question 2.
On how many customers did the food critic collect data?
________

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Number of customers waited for half an hour = 2
Number of customers waited for an hour = 1
Number of customers waited for \(\frac{3}{4}\) of an hour = 1
Number of customers waited for \(\frac{1}{4}\) of an hour = 3
Total number of customers = 2 + 1 + 1 + 3 = 7
The food critic collects data from 7 customers.

Question 3.
What is the difference between the longest time and the shortest time that customers waited?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\)

The longest time is 1 hour
And the shortest time is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
1 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 4.
Use Models The data show the lengths of the ribbons Mia used to wrap packages. Make a tally table and a line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 22
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 23
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 24
Type below:
________

Answer:

Ribbon used to Wrap Packages
Length (in yards) Tally
\(\frac{1}{6}\) |
\(\frac{2}{6}\) |||
\(\frac{5}{6}\) |
\(\frac{6}{6}\) |
\(\frac{3}{6}\) ||

Line plot:

Go math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 12 solution image_3

Question 5.
What is the difference in length between the longest ribbon and the shortest ribbon Mia used?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) yard

Answer: \(\frac{5}{6}\) yard

Explanation:

The longest ribbon is \(\frac{6}{6}\) yard
The shortest ribbon is \(\frac{1}{6}\) yard
To find the difference of both the ribbons we have to subtract the shortest ribbon from the longest ribbon
\(\frac{6}{6}\) – \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Page No. 668

Question 6.
The line plot shows the distances the students in Mr. Boren’s class ran at the track in miles. Altogether, did the students run more or less than 5 miles?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 25
a. What are you asked to find?
Type below:
________

Answer: If the students ran more or less than 5 miles together.

Question 6.
b. What information do you need to use?
Type below:
________

Answer: I need the information about the distance each student ran.

Question 6.
c. How will the line plot help you solve the problem?
Type below:
________

Answer: With the help of the line plot I can know how far each student ran.

Question 6.
d. What operation will you use to solve the problem?
Type below:
________

Answer: I use addition to solve the problem.

Question 6.
e. Show the steps to solve the problem.
Type below:
________

Answer: \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{3}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\) + \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{22}{5}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{22}{5}\) is 4 \(\frac{2}{5}\).

Question 6.
Complete the sentences.
The students ran a total of ____ miles.
The distance is ____ than 5 miles. Altogether the students ran ____ than 5 miles.
Type below:
________

Answer: the students ran a total of 4 \(\frac{2}{5}\) miles.
The distance is less than 5 miles. Altogether the students ran less than 5 miles.

Question 7.
Lena collects antique spoons. The line plot shows the lengths of the spoons in her collection. If she lines up all of her spoons in order of size, what is the size of the middle spoon? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 26
\(\frac{□}{□}\) feet spoon

Answer: \(\frac{4}{4}\) feet
I ordered the data from the least to the greatest value and found the middle value.

Question 8.
A hiking group recorded the distances they hiked. Complete the line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 27
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 28
Type below:
________

Answer:

Go Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 solution image_6

Common Core – New – Page No. 669

Line Plots

Question 1.
Some students compared the time they spend riding the school bus. Complete the tally table and line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 29
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 30

Time Spent on School Bus
Time (in hour) Tally
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ||
\(\frac{2}{6}\) |
\(\frac{3}{6}\) ||||
\(\frac{4}{6}\) |

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 solution image_1

Use your line plot for 2 and 3.

Question 2.
How many students compared times?
______ students

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Number of students spent \(\frac{1}{6}\) of an hour on school bus = 2
Number of students spent \(\frac{2}{6}\) of an hour on school bus = 1
Number of students spent \(\frac{3}{6}\) of an hour on school bus = 4
Number of students spent \(\frac{4}{6}\) of an hour on school bus = 1
Total number of students = 2 + 1 + 4 + 1 = 8 students

Question 3.
What is the difference between the longest time and shortest time students spent riding the bus?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) hour

Answer: \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Explanation:

Longest time is \(\frac{4}{6}\) and shortest time is \(\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{4}{6}\) – \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)
Thus the difference between the longest time and shortest time students spent riding the bus is \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Problem Solving

For 4–5, make a tally table on a separate sheet of paper.
Make a line plot in the space below the problem.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 31
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 32

Answer:

HMH Go Math Key Grade 4 Chapter 12 solution image_4

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 33
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 34

Answer:

Go Math 4th Grade Answer Key for chapter 12 solution image_5

Common Core – New – Page No. 670

Lesson Check

Use the line plot for 1 and 2.

Question 1.
How many students were reading during study time?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 35
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:

By seeing the above line plot we can say that the number of students reading during study time is 8.
So, the correct answer is option D.

Question 2.
What is the difference between the longest time and the shortest time spent reading?
Options:
a. \(\frac{4}{8}\) hour
b. \(\frac{3}{8}\) hour
c. \(\frac{2}{8}\) hour
d. \(\frac{1}{8}\) hour

Answer: \(\frac{3}{8}\) hour

Explanation:

The line plot shows that the shortest time is \(\frac{1}{8}\) hour and the longest time is \(\frac{4}{8}\) hour.
The difference of between the longest time and shortest time spent reading is \(\frac{4}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\) hour
So, the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bridget is allowed to play online games for \(\frac{75}{100}\) of an hour each day. Which shows that fraction as a decimal?
Options:
a. 75.0
b. 7.50
c. 0.75
d. 0.075

Answer: 0.75

Explanation:

The decimal form of the fraction \(\frac{75}{100}\) is 0.75.
So, the answer is option C.

Question 4.
Bobby’s collection of sports cards has \(\frac{3}{10}\) baseball cards and \(\frac{39}{100}\) football cards. The rest are soccer cards. What fraction of Bobby’s sports cards are baseball or football cards?
Options:
a. \(\frac{9}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{42}{100}\)
c. \(\frac{52}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{69}{100}\)

Answer: \(\frac{69}{100}\)

Explanation:

The way the question is written, there are other possibilities, but it seems to me the simplest possibility is that Bobby has 100 sports cards. If 3/10 are baseball, that’s 30. He has 39 football cards. So for baseball and football together it’s 69 cards.
So, the fraction is of Bobby’s sports cards are baseball or football cards is \(\frac{69}{100}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Jeremy gives his horse 12 gallons of water each day. How many 1-quart pails of water is that?
Options:
a. 24
b. 48
c. 72
d. 96

Answer: 48

Explanation:

Jeremy gives his horse 12 gallons of water each day.
For 1 quart he needs 12 × 4 = 48 gallons of water
So, the answer is option B.

Question 6.
An iguana at a pet store is 5 feet long. Measurements for iguana cages are given in inches. How many inches long is the iguana?
Options:
a. 45 inches
b. 50 inches
c. 60 inches
d. 72 inches

Answer: 60 inches

Explanation:

An iguana at a pet store is 5 feet long. Measurements for iguana cages are given in inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
5 feet = 5 × 12 inches = 60 inches
Thus the answer is option C.

Page No. 671

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 36

Question 1.
A _______ is a customary unit used to measure weight.
_______

Answer: Pound

Question 2.
The cup and the _____ are both customary units for measuring liquid volume.
_______

Answer: Pint

Complete the sentence. Write more or less.

Question 3.
A cat weighs _______ than one ounce
____

Answer: more

Explanation:
Pound, unit of avoirdupois weight, equal to 16 ounces
The weigh of the cat is measured in pounds. So, the cat weighs more than one ounce

Question 4.
Serena’s shoe is ______ than one yard long.
____

Answer: Less

The length of the shoe is less when compared to the yard.
So, Serena’s shoe is less than one yard long.

Complete.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 671 Q5

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 671 Q6

Question 7.
4 cups = ____ pints

Answer: 2 pints

Explanation:

1 pint = 2 cups
4 cups = 4 × 1/2 pint = 2 pints
Thus 4 cups = 2 pints

Question 8.
Mrs. Byrne’s class went raspberry picking. The data show the weights of the cartons of raspberries the students picked. Make a tally table and a line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 37
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 38
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 39
Type below:
_________

Line plot:

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 12 Answer Key image_6

Tally Marks:

Cartons of Raspberries picked
Weight (in pounds) Tally
\(\frac{1}{4}\) |||
\(\frac{2}{4}\) ||
\(\frac{3}{4}\) |||
\(\frac{4}{4}\) |

Use your line plot for 9 and 10.

Question 9.
What is the difference in weight between the heaviest carton and the lightest carton of raspberries?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) pound

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound

Explanation:

The heaviest carton of raspberries is \(\frac{4}{4}\)
The lightest carton of raspberries is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
The difference in weight between the heaviest carton and the lightest carton of raspberries = \(\frac{4}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds.

Question 10.
How many pounds of raspberries did Mrs. Byrne’s class pick in all?
______ pounds

Answer: 5 pounds

Explanation:

Add total weight of carton of raspberries picked
= \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{4}{4}\) = 5
Therefore Mrs. Byrne’s class picked 5 pounds of raspberries in all.

Page No. 672

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 672 Q11

Question 14.
The watering can that Carlos uses in his vegetable garden holds 5 of a certain unit of liquid volume. When full, how much water is in the watering can?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 40
5 ______ of water

Answer: 5 gallons of water
The unit to measure the liquid volume is the gallon. So, the watering can holds 5 gallons of water.

Page No. 675

Complete.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 41

Question 1.
2 meters = _____ centimeters

Answer: 200 centimeters

Explanation:

Convert meters into centimeters
1 meter = 100 centimeters
2 meters = 2 × 100 centimeters = 200 centimeters

Question 2.
3 centimeters = _____ millimeters

Answer: 30 millimeters

Explanation:

Convert the centimeters into millimeters
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
3 centimeters = 3 × 10 millimeters = 30 millimeters
3 centimeters = 30 millimeters

Question 3.
5 decimeters = _____ centimeters

Answer: 50 centimeters

Explanation:

1 decimeter = 10 centimeters
5 decimeters = 5 × 10 centimeters = 50 centimeters
5 decimeters = 50 centimeters

Use Symbols Algebra Compare using <, >, or =.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 675 Q4

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 675 Q5

Question 6.
6 decimeters _____ 65 centimeters

Answer: 6 decimeters < 65 centimeters

Explanation:

1 decimeter = 10 centimeters
6 decimeters = 6 × 10 centimeters = 60 centimeters
60 is less than 65 centimeters
6 decimeters < 65 centimeters

Question 7.
7 meters _____ 700 millimeters

Answer: 7 meters > 700 millimeters

Explanation:

1 meter = 1000 millimeters
7 meters = 7 × 1000 millimeters = 7000 millimeters
7000 is greater than 700
So, 7 meters > 700 millimeters

Describe the length in meters. Write your answer as a fraction and as a decimal.

Question 8.
65 centimeters = ______ or ______ meter
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{65}{100}\) or 0.65 meter

Explanation:

The fraction for 65 centimeters is \(\frac{65}{100}\) and the decimal form of the fraction is 0.65 meter

Question 9.
47 centimeters = ______ or ______ meter
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{47}{100}\) or 0.47 meter

Explanation:

The fraction for 47 centimeters is \(\frac{47}{100}\) and the decimal is 0.47 meter.

Question 10.
9 decimeters = ______ or ______ meter
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{9}{10}\) or 0.9 meter

Explanation:

The fraction for 9 decimeters is \(\frac{9}{10}\) and the decimal for the fraction is 0.9 meter.

Question 11.
2 decimeters = ______ or ______ meter
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{2}{10}\) or 0.2 meter

Explanation:

The fraction for 2 decimeters is \(\frac{2}{10}\) and the decimal for the fraction is 0.2 meter.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 675 Q12

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 675 Q13

Page No. 676

Question 14.
Julianne’s desk is 75 centimeters long. She says her desk is 7.5 meters long. Describe her error.
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{75}{100}\) or 0.75 meter

The fraction form of 75 centimeters is \(\frac{75}{100}\). The decimation for the fraction is 0.75 meter

Question 15.
Write the equivalent measurements in each column.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 42
Type below:
_________

Answer:

5 meters 55 centimeters 50 millimeters
5000 millimeters 55/100 meter 500/1000 meter
500 centimeters 0.55 meter 0.500 meter
50 decimeters 550 millimeters 50 centimeters

Question 16.
Aruna was writing a report on pecan trees. She made the table of information to the right. Write a problem that can be solved by using the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 43
Type below:
_________

Answer: The height of the tree is 21m to 30m. How many centimeters is the height of the tree?

Question 16.
Describe how you could change the problem by changing a unit in the problem. Then solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Convert meters into centimeters.
Given that the height of the height is 21 to 30m
1 meter = 100 centimeters
21 meters = 2100 centimeters, 30 meters = 3000 centimeters
So, the height of the tree in centimeters is 2100 to 3000 centimeters.

Common Core – New – Page No. 677

Metric Units of Length

Complete.

Question 1.
4 meters = 400 centimeters
Think: 1 meter = 100 centimeters,
so 4 meters = 4 × 100 centimeters, or 400 centimeters

Question 2.
8 centimeters = ______ millimeters

Answer: 80 millimeters

Explanation:

1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
8 centimeters = 8 × 10 millimeters = 80 millimeters
8 centimeters = 80 millimeters

Question 3.
5 meters = ______ decimeters

Answer: 50 decimeters

Explanation:

We have to convert meters into decimeters
1 meter = 10 decimeters
5 meters = 5 × 10 decimeters = 50 decimeters
5 meters = 50 decimeters

Question 4.
9 meters = ______ millimeters

Answer: 9000 millimeters

Explanation:

You need to convert meters into millimeters
1 meter = 1000 millimeters
9 meters = 9 × 1000 millimeters = 9000 millimeters
9 meters = 9000 millimeters

Question 5.
7 meters = ______ centimeters

Answer: 700 centimeters

Explanation:

Convert meters into centimeters
1 meter = 100 centimeters
7 meters = 7 × 100 centimeters = 700 centimeters
7 meters = 700 centimeters

Compare using <, >, or =.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 677 Q6

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 677 Q7

Question 8.
4 meters ______ 450 centimeters

Answer: 4 meters < 450 centimeters

Explanation:

1 meter = 100 centimeters
4 meters = 400 centimeters
400 centimeters < 450 centimeters
So, 4 meters < 450 centimeters

Question 9.
90 centimeters ______ 9 millimeters

Answer: 90 centimeters > 9 millimeters

Explanation:

1 millimeter = 1/10 centimeters
9 millimeters = 1/90 centimeters
So, 90 centimeters > 9 millimeters

Describe the length in meters. Write your answer as a fraction and as a decimal.

Question 10.
43 centimeters =
Type below:
________

Answer: \(\frac{43}{100}\), 0.43

Explanation:

The fraction of 43 centimeters is \(\frac{43}{100}\). the decimal form of \(\frac{43}{100}\) is 0.43

Question 11.
6 decimeters =
Type below:
________

Answer: \(\frac{6}{10}\), 0.6

Explanation:

The fraction form of 6 decimeters is \(\frac{6}{10}\) and the decimal for the fraction is 0.6

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 677 Q12

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 677 Q13

Problem Solving

Question 14.
A flagpole is 4 meters tall. How many centimeters tall is the flagpole?
_____ centimeters

Answer: 400 centimeters

Explanation:

A flagpole is 4 meters tall.
Now we have to convert the meters into centimeters.
We know that
1 meter = 100 centimeters
4 meters = 4 × 100 centimeters = 400 centimeters
Thus the height of the flagpole is 400 centimeters

Question 15.
A new building is 25 meters tall. How many decimeters tall is the building?
_____ decimeters

Answer: 250 decimeters

Explanation:

A new building is 25 meters tall.
We know that 1 meter = 10 decimeters
25 meters = 25 × 10 decimeters = 250 decimeters
The height of the building is 250 decimeters.

Common Core – New – Page No. 678

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A pencil is 15 centimeters long. How many millimeters long is that pencil?
Options:
a. 1.5 millimeters
b. 15 millimeters
c. 150 millimeters
d. 1,500 millimeters

Answer: 150 millimeters

Explanation:

A pencil is 15 centimeters long
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
15 centimeters = 15 × 10 millimeters = 150 millimeters
15 centimeters = 150 millimeters
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
John’s father is 2 meters tall. How many centimeters tall is John’s father?
Options:
a. 2,000 centimeters
b. 200 centimeters
c. 20 centimeters
d. 2 centimeters

Answer: 200 centimeters

Explanation:

John’s father is 2 meters tall.
Convert meters to centimeters.
1 meter = 100 centimeters
2 meters = 2 × 100 centimeters = 200 centimeters
The correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bruce reads for \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour each night. How long will he read in 4 nights?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{16}\)hours
b. \(\frac{7}{4}\) hours
c. \(\frac{9}{4}\) hours
d. \(\frac{12}{4}\) hours

Answer: \(\frac{12}{4}\) hours

Explanation:

Bruce reads for \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour each night.
Multiply latex]\frac{3}{4}[/latex] hour with 4 = latex]\frac{3}{4}[/latex] × 4 = \(\frac{12}{4}\) hours
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Mark jogged 0.6 mile. Caroline jogged 0.49 mile. Which inequality correctly compares the distances they jogged?
Options:
a. 0.6 = 0.49
b. 0.6 > 0.49
c. 0.6 < 0.49
d. 0.6 + 0.49 = 1.09

Answer: 0.6 > 0.49

Explanation:

Mark jogged 0.6 mile. Caroline jogged 0.49 mile.
0.49 miles is less than 0.6 miles
So, the correct answer is option B.

Use the line plot for 5 and 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 44

Question 5.
How many lawns were mowed?
Options:
a. 8
b. 9
c. 10
d. 11

Answer: 11

Explanation:

The line plot shows that the total number lawns = 11
The correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
What is the difference between the greatest amount and the least amount of gasoline used to mow lawns?
Options:
a. \(\frac{6}{8}\) gallon
b. \(\frac{5}{8}\) gallon
c. \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon
d. \(\frac{3}{8}\) gallon

Answer: \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon

Explanation:

The greatest amount of gasoline used to mow lawns = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
The least amount of gasoline used to mow lawns = \(\frac{1}{8}\)
\(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon
The correct answer is option C.

Page No. 680

Question 1.
There are 3 liters of water in a pitcher. How many milliliters of water are in the pitcher?
There are _____ milliliters in 1 liter. Since I am changing from a larger unit to a smaller unit, I can _____ 3 by 1,000 to find the number of milliliters in 3 liters.
So, there are _____ milliliters of water in the pitcher.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 45

Answer: There are 1000 milliliters in 1 liter. Since I am changing from a larger unit to a smaller unit, I can multiply 3 by 1,000 to find the number of milliliters in 3 liters.
So, there are 3000 milliliters of water in the pitcher.

Complete.

Question 2.
4 liters = _____ milliliters

Answer: 4000 milliliters

Explanation:

1 liter = 1000 milliliters
4 liters = 4 × 1000 milliliters = 4000 milliliters
4 liters = 4000 milliliters

Question 3.
6 kilograms = _____ grams

Answer: 6000 grams

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
6 kilograms = 6 × 1000 grams = 6000 grams
6 kilograms = 6000 grams

Complete.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 680 Q4

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 680 Q5

Use Symbols Algebra Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 6.
1 kilogram _____ 900 grams

Answer: 1 kilogram < 900 grams

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
1000 grams is less than 900 grams
1 kilogram < 900 grams

Question 7.
2 liters _____ 2,000 milliliters

Answer: 2 liters = 2,000 milliliters

Explanation:

1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2 × 1000 milliliters = 2000 liters
2 liters = 2,000 milliliters

Look for a Pattern Algebra Complete.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 46
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Liters Milliters
1 1,000
2 2 × 1,000 = 2,000
3 3 × 1,000 = 3,000
4 4 × 1,000 = 4,000
5 5 × 1,000 = 5,000
6 6 × 1,000 = 6,000
7 7 × 1,000 = 7,000
8 8 × 1,000 = 8,000
9 9 × 1,000 = 9,000
10 10 × 1,000 = 10,000

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 47
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Kilograms Grams
1 1,000
2 2 × 1,000 = 2,000
3 3 × 1,000 = 3,000
4 4 × 1,000 = 4,000
5 5 × 1,000 = 5,000
6 6 × 1,000 = 6,000
7 7 × 1,000 = 7,000
8 8 × 1,000 = 8,000
9 9 × 1,000 = 9,000
10 10 × 1,000 = 10,000

Page No. 681

Question 10.
Frank wants to fill a fish tank with 8 liters of water. How many milliliters is that?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 48
_____ milliliters

Answer: 8000 milliliters

Explanation:

Frank wants to fill a fish tank with 8 liters of water.
Convert liters into milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
8 liters = 8 × 1000 milliliters = 8000 milliliters

Question 11.
Kim has 3 water bottles. She fills each bottle with 1 liter of water. How many milliliters of water does she have?
_____ milliliters

Answer: 3000 milliliters

Explanation:

Kim has 3 water bottles. She fills each bottle with 1 liter of water.
Convert liters into milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
3 liters = 3 × 1000 milliliters = 3,000 milliliters
She has 3000 milliliters of water.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 681 Q12

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 681 Q13

Question 14.
A 500-gram bag of granola costs $4, and a 2-kilogram bag of granola costs $15. What is the least expensive way to buy 2,000 grams of granola? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
A 500-gram bag of granola costs $4, and a 2-kilogram bag of granola costs $15.
500-gram bag of granola costs $4
2000 grams = 4 × $4 = $16
2-kilogram bag of granola costs $15.
The Least expensive way to buy 2,000 grams of granola is $15.

Question 15.
Verify the Reasoning of Others The world’s largest apple had a mass of 1,849 grams. Sue said the mass was greater than 2 kilograms. Does Sue’s statement make sense? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

The world’s largest apple had a mass of 1,849 grams.
Sue said the mass was greater than 2 kilograms.
Their statement of Sue doesn’t make sense because 1,849 grams is less than 2 kilograms.

Page No. 682

Question 16.
Lori bought 600 grams of cayenne pepper and 2 kilograms of black pepper. How many grams of pepper did she buy in all?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 49
a. What are you asked to find?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I am asked to find How many grams of pepper did Lori buy in all.

Question 16.
b. What information will you use?
Type below:
_________

Answer: Number of grams of black pepper and cayenne pepper.

Question 16.
c. Tell how you might solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer: I will solve by adding the weight of both the peppers.

Question 16.
d. Show how you solved the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer: I solved the problem by converting the kilograms into grams and then add the weight of both the peppers.

Question 16.
e. Complete the sentences.
Lori bought ______ grams of cayenne pepper.
She bought ______ grams of black pepper.
______ + ______ = ______ grams
So, Lori bought ______ grams of pepper in all.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Lori bought 600 grams of cayenne pepper.
She bought 2000 grams of black pepper.
600 + 2000 = 2600
So, Lori bought 2600 grams of the pepper in all.

Question 17.
Jill has two rocks. One has a mass of 20 grams and the other has a mass of 20 kilograms. Which rock has the greater mass? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Jill has two rocks. One has a mass of 20 grams and the other has a mass of 20 kilograms.
To find the greater mass of both the rocks. We have to compare the mass of two rocks.
20 grams is less than 20 kilograms.
The rock of 20 kilograms is having the greater mass.

Question 18.
For numbers 18a–18c, choose Yes or No to tell whether the measurements are equivalent.
a. 5,000 grams and 5 kilograms
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
5 kilograms = 5 × 1000 grams = 5000 grams
So, the above statement is true.

Question 18.
b. 300 milliliters and 3 liters
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

1 liter = 1000 milliliters
3 liters = 3000 milliliters
So, the above statement is false.

Question 18.
c. 8 grams and 8,000 kilograms
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
8 kilograms = 8 × 1000 grams = 8000 grams
So, the above statement is true.

Common Core – New – Page No. 683

Metric Units of Mass and Liquid Volume

Complete.

Question 1.
5 liters = 5,000 milliliters
Think: 1 liter 5 1,000 milliliters,
so 5 liters 5 5 × 1,000 milliliters, or 5,000 milliliters

Question 2.
3 kilograms = _____ grams

Answer: 3000 grams

Explanation:

Convert kilograms into grams
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
3 kilograms = 3 × 1000 grams = 3000 grams
3 kilograms = 3000 grams

Question 3.
8 liters = _____ milliliters

Answer: 8000 milliliters

Explanation:

Convert liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
8 liters = 8 × 1000 milliliters = 8000 milliliters
8 liters = 8000 milliliters

Question 4.
7 kilograms = _____ grams

Answer: 7000 grams

Explanation:

Convert kilograms into grams
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
7 kilograms = 7 × 1000 grams = 7000 grams
7 kilograms = 7000 grams

Question 5.
9 liters = _____ milliliters

Answer: 9000 milliliters

Explanation:

Convert liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
9 liters = 9 × 1000 milliliters = 9000 milliliters
9 liters = 9000 milliliters

Question 6.
2 liters = _____ milliliters

Answer: 2000 milliliters

Explanation:

Convert liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2 × 1000 milliliters = 2000 milliliters
2 liters = 2000 milliliters

Question 7.
6 kilograms = _____ grams

Answer: 6000 grams

Explanation:

Convert kilograms into grams
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
6 kilograms = 6 × 1000 grams = 6000 grams
6 kilograms = 6000 grams

Compare using <, >, or =.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 683 Q8

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 683 Q9

Question 10.
1 kilogram _____ 1,000 grams

Answer: 1 kilogram = 1,000 grams

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
The symbol the above statement is 1 kilogram = 1,000 grams

Question 11.
5 liters _____ 520 milliliters

Answer: 5 liters > 520 milliliters

Explanation:

Convert liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
5 liters = 5 × 1000 milliliters = 5000 milliliters
5000 milliliters is greater than 520 milliliters
5 liters > 520 milliliters

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Kenny buys four 1-liter bottles of water. How many milliliters of water does Kenny buy?
_____ milliliters

Answer: 4000 milliliters

Explanation:

Kenny buys four 1-liter bottles of water.
4 × 1-liter = 4 liters
Kenny buys 4-liter bottles
Now convert liters into milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
4 liters = 4 × 1000 milliliters = 4000 milliliters
Kenny bought 4000 milliliters of water.

Question 13.
Mrs. Jones bought three 2-kilogram packages of flour. How many grams of flour did she buy?
_____ grams

Answer: 6000 grams

Explanation:

Mrs. Jones bought three 2-kilogram packages of flour.
That means she buys 6 kilograms of flour.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
6 kilograms = 6 × 1000 grams = 6000 grams
Mrs. Jones bought 6000 grams of flour.

Question 14.
Colleen bought 8 kilograms of apples and 2.5 kilograms of pears. How many more grams of apples than pears did she buy?
_____ grams

Answer: 5500 grams

Explanation:

Colleen bought 8 kilograms of apples and 2.5 kilograms of pears.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
8 kilograms = 8 × 1000 grams = 8000 grams
2.5 kilograms = 2.5 × 1000 grams = 2500 grams
8000 grams – 2500 grams = 5500 grams
That means Collen bought 5500 grams of apples than pears.

Question 15.
Dave uses 500 milliliters of juice for a punch recipe. He mixes it with 2 liters of ginger ale. How many milliliters of punch does he make?
_____ milliliters

Answer: 2500 milliliters

Explanation:

Dave uses 500 milliliters of juice for a punch recipe. He mixes it with 2 liters of ginger ale.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2 × 1000 milliliters = 2000 milliliters
Add 2000 milliliters from 500 milliliters
2000 milliliters + 500 milliliters = 2500 milliliters
Dave made 2500 milliliters of punch.

Common Core – New – Page No. 684

Lesson Check

Question 1.
During his hike, Milt drank 1 liter of water and 1 liter of sports drink. How many milliliters of liquid did he drink in all?
Options:
a. 20 milliliters
b. 200 milliliters
c. 2,000 milliliters
d. 20,000 milliliters

Answer: 2,000 milliliters

Explanation:

Given,
During his hike, Milt drank 1 liter of water and 1 liter of sports drink.
we have to convert liters into milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2 × 1000 milliliters = 2000 milliliters.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Larinda cooked a 4-kilogram roast. The roast left over after the meal weighed 3 kilograms. How many grams of roast were eaten during that meal?
Options:
a. 7,000 grams
b. 1,000 grams
c. 700 grams
d. 100 grams

Answer: 1,000 grams

Explanation:

Given that,
Larinda cooked a 4-kilogram roast.
The roast leftover after the meal weighed 3 kilograms.
4 kilogram – 3 kilogram = 1kilogram
Convert kilograms into grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
So, the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Use a protractor to find the angle measure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 50
Options:
a. 15°
b. 35°
c. 135°
d. 145°

Answer: 145°

Explanation:

By using the protractor we can measure the unknown angle for the above figure.
The angle for the above figure is 145°
The correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Which of the following shows parallel lines?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 51
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 52
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 53
d.Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 54

Answer: Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 53

Non-intersecting lines are known as parallel lines. From the above figures, we can that option c has nonintersecting lines.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Carly bought 3 pounds of birdseed. How many ounces of birdseed did she buy?
Options:
a. 30 ounces
b. 36 ounces
c. 42 ounces
d. 48 ounces

Answer: 48 ounces

Explanation:

Carly bought 3 pounds of birdseed.
Convert the pounds into ounces.
1 pound = 16 ounces
3 pounds = 3 × 16 ounces = 48 ounces.
Thus Carly bought 48 ounces of birdseed.
The correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
A door is 8 decimeters wide. How wide is the door in centimeters?
Options:
a. 8 centimeters
b. 80 centimeters
c. 800 centimeters
d. 8,000 centimeters

Answer: 80 centimeters

Explanation:

A door is 8 decimeters wide.
1 decimeter = 10 centimeters
8 decimeters = 8 × 10 centimeters = 80 centimeters
The door is 80 centimeters wide.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Page No. 687

Question 1.
Compare the length of a year to the length of a month.
Use a model to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 55
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 56
1 year is _____ times as long as _____ month.
Type below:
_______

Answer: 1 year is 12 times as long as 1 month.

Complete.

Question 2.
2 minutes = _____ seconds

Answer: 120 seconds

Explanation:

Convert minutes to seconds.
1 minute = 60 seconds
2 minutes = 2 × 60 seconds = 120 seconds
2 minutes = 120 seconds

Question 3.
4 years = _____ months

Answer: 48 months

Explanation:

Convert year to months
1 year = 12 months
4 years = 4 × 12 months = 48 months
So, 4 years = 48 months

Complete.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 687 Q4

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 687 Q5

Use Symbols Algebra Compare using >, <, or =.

Question 6.
3 years _____ 35 months

Answer: 3 years > 35 months

Explanation:

First of all, you need to convert years to minutes
1 year = 12 months
3 years = 3 × 12 months = 36 months
36 months is greater than 35 months
Thus 3 years > 35 months

Question 7.
2 days _____ 40 hours

Answer: 2 days > 40 hours

Explanation:

Convert days to hours
1 day = 24 hours
2 days = 2 × 24 hours = 48 hours
48 is greater than 40.
So, 2 days > 40 hours

Question 8.
Damien has lived in the apartment building for 5 years. Ken has lived there for 250 weeks. Who has lived in the building longer? Explain. Make a table to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 57
_____

Answer:

Given that, Damien has lived in the apartment building for 5 years. Ken has lived there for 250 weeks.

Year Weeks
1 52
2 104
3 156
4 208
5 260

Damien has lived in the building longer.

Question 9.
How many hours are in a week? Explain.
_____ hours

Answer: 168 hours

Explanation:

Convert week to hours
1 day = 24 hours
1 week = 7 days
7 days = 7 × 24 hours = 168 hours
Therefore there are 168 hours in a week.

Page No. 688

Question 10.
Communicate Explain how you know that 9 minutes is less than 600 seconds.
Type below:
________

Answer:

First, convert minutes to seconds
We know that,
1 minute = 60 seconds
9 minutes = 9 × 60 seconds = 540 seconds.
540 is less than 600 seconds.
Therefore 9 minutes is less than 600 seconds.

Question 11.
Draw lines to match equivalent time intervals. Some intervals might not have a match.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 58
Type below:
________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Relative-Sizes-of-Measurement-Units-img-58

One day is the length of time it takes Earth to make one complete rotation. One year is the time it takes Earth to revolve around the sun. To make the calendar match Earth’s orbit time, there are leap years. Leap years add one extra day to the year. A leap day, February 29, is added to the calendar every four years.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 59
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 60

Question 12.
How many days are there in 4 years, if the fourth year is a leap year? Explain. Make a table to help.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 61
_____ days

Answer:

Year Days
1 365
2 730
3 1095
4 1460
5 1825

Question 13.
Parker was born on February 29, 2008. The second time he is able to celebrate on his actual birthday is in 2016. How many days old will Parker be on February 29, 2016?
_____ days

Answer: 2922 days

Explanation:

Parker was born on February 29, 2008.
The second time he is able to celebrate on his actual birthday is in 2016.
Parker was 8 years old.
There are 2 leap years out of 8 years. There are 366 days in a leap year = 366 × 2 = 732
And multiply 6 years with 365 = 365 × 6 = 2190
2190+ 732 = 2920 days.
Parker will be 2920 days old on February 29, 2016.

Common Core – New – Page No. 689

Units of Time

Complete.

Question 1.
6 minutes = 360 seconds
Think: 1 minute = 60 seconds,
so 6 minutes = 6 × 60 seconds, or 360 seconds

Question 2.
5 weeks = ____ days

Answer: 35 days

Explanation:

1 week = 7 days
5 weeks = 5 × 7 days = 35 days
5 weeks = 35 days

Question 3.
3 years = ____ weeks

Answer: 156 weeks

Explanation:

Convert years to weeks.
1 year = 52 weeks
3 years = 3 × 52 weeks = 156 weeks
3 years = 156 weeks.

Question 4.
9 hours = ____ minutes

Answer: 540 minutes

Explanation:

Convert hours into minutes.
1 hour = 60 minutes
9 hours = 9 × 60 minutes = 540 minutes
9 hours = 540 minutes

Question 5.
9 minutes = ____ seconds

Answer: 540 seconds

Explanation:

Convert minutes to seconds.
1 minute = 60 seconds
9 minutes = 9 × 60 seconds = 540 seconds
9 minutes = 540 seconds

Question 6.
5 years = ____ months

Answer: 60 months

Explanation:

Convert years to months
1 year = 12 months
5 years = 5 × 12 months = 60 months
5 years = 60 months

Question 7.
7 days = ____ hours

Answer: 168 hours

Explanation:

Convert days to hours.
1 day = 24 hours
7 days = 7 × 24 hours = 168 hours
7 days = 168 hours

Compare using <, >, or =.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 689 Q8

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 689 Q9

Question 10.
2 days ____ 48 hours

Answer: 2 days = 48 hours

Explanation:

Convert days to hours
1 day = 24 hours
2 days = 2 × 24 hours = 48 hours
So, 2 days = 48 hours

Question 11.
6 years ____ 300 weeks

Answer: 6 years > 300 weeks

Explanation:

Convert years to weeks.
1 year = 52 weeks
6 years = 6 × 52 weeks = 312 weeks
312 weeks is greater than 300 weeks.
So, 6 years > 300 weeks.

Question 12.
4 hours ____ 400 minutes

Answer: 4 hours < 400 minutes

Explanation:

Convert hours to minutes
1 hour = 60 minutes
4 hours = 4 × 60 minutes = 240 minutes
240 minutes is less than 400 minutes
4 hours < 400 minutes

Question 13.
5 minutes ____ 300 seconds

Answer: 5 minutes = 300 seconds

Explanation:

Convert minutes to seconds.
1 minute = 60 seconds
5 minutes = 5 × 60 seconds = 300 seconds
5 minutes = 300 seconds

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 689 Q14

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 689 Q15

Common Core – New – Page No. 690

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Glen rode his bike for 2 hours. For how many minutes did Glen ride his bike?
Options:
a. 60 minutes
b. 100 minutes
c. 120 minutes
d. 150 minutes

Answer: 120 minutes

Explanation:

Glen rode his bike for 2 hours.
Convert hours to minutes.
1 hour = 60 minutes
2 hours = 2 × 60 minutes = 120 minutes.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Tina says that vacation starts in exactly 4 weeks. In how many days does vacation start?
Options:
a. 28 days
b. 35 days
c. 42 days
d. 48 days

Answer: 28 days

Explanation:

Tina says that vacation starts in exactly 4 weeks.
Convert weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
4 weeks = 4 × 7 days = 28 days
So, the correct answer is option A.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Kayla bought \(\frac{9}{4}\) pounds of apples. What is that weight as a mixed number?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds
b. 1 \(\frac{4}{9}\) pounds
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds
d. 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds

Explanation:

Kayla bought \(\frac{9}{4}\) pounds of apples.
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{9}{4}\) is 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Judy, Jeff, and Jim each earned $5.40 raking leaves. How much did they earn in all?
Options:
a. $1.60
b. $10.80
c. $15.20
d. $16.20

Answer: $16.20

Explanation:

Judy, Jeff, and Jim each earned $5.40 raking leaves.
= 3 × $5.40 = $16.20
They earned $16.20 in all.
The correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Melinda rode her bike \(\frac{54}{100}\) mile to the library. Then she rode \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile to the store. How far did Melinda ride her bike in all?
Options:
a. 0.14 mile
b. 0.58 mile
c. 0.94 mile
d. 1.04 miles

Answer: 0.94 mile

Explanation:

Melinda rode her bike \(\frac{54}{100}\) mile to the library.
Then she rode \(\frac{4}{10}\)mile to the store.
The decimal form of \(\frac{54}{100}\) is 0.54 mile
The decimal form of \(\frac{4}{10}\) is 0.40 mile
0.54 + 0.40 = 0.94 mile
Thus the answer is option C.

Question 6.
One day, the students drank 60 quarts of milk at lunch. How many pints of milk did the students drink?
Options:
a. 30 pints
b. 120 pints
c. 240 pints
d. 480 pints

Answer: 120 pints

Explanation:

One day, the students drank 60 quarts of milk at lunch.
1 quart = 2 pints
60 quarts = 60 × 2 pints = 120 pints
The correct answer is option B.

Page No. 693

Question 1.
Evelyn has dance class every Saturday. It lasts 1 hour and 15 minutes and is over at 12:45 p.m. At what time does Evelyn’s dance class begin?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 62
First, write the problem you need to solve.
Type below:
________

Answer: I need to find when Evelyn’s dance class begins.

Question 1.
Next, draw a time line to show the end time and the elapsed time.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 63
Type below:
________

Answer:

Question 1.
Finally, find the start time.
Evelyn’s dance class begins at _________ .
______ A.M.

Answer: 11:30 A.M.

Explanation:

Evelyn has dance class every Saturday. It lasts 1 hour and 15 minutes and is over at 12:45 p.m.
12 hr 45 minutes
-1 hr 15 minutes
11 hr 30 minutes

Thus Evelyn dance class starts at 11:30 A.M.

Question 2.
What if Evelyn’s dance class started at 11:00 a.m. and lasted 1 hour and 25 minutes? At what time would her class end? Describe how this problem is different from Problem 1.
Type below:
________

Answer: 12:25 P.M.

Explanation:

If Evelyn’s dance class started at 11:00 a.m. and lasted 1 hour and 25 minutes.
Then the class ends at 12:25 P.M.
11 hours 0 minutes
+1 hour 25 minutes
12 hour 25 minutes

Question 3.
Beth got on the bus at 8:06 a.m. Thirty-five minutes later, she arrived at school. At what time did Beth arrive at school?
______ a.m.

Answer: 8:41 A.M.

Explanation:

Beth got on the bus at 8:06 a.m.
Thirty-five minutes later, she arrived at school.
8 hour 06 minutes
+ 0 hour 35 minutes
8 hour 41 minutes

Beth arrived to school at 8:41 A.M.

Question 4.
Lyle went fishing for 1 hour and 30 minutes until he ran out of bait at 6:40 p.m. At what time did Lyle start fishing?
______ p.m.

Answer: 5:10 P.M.

Explanation:

Lyle went fishing for 1 hour and 30 minutes until he ran out of bait at 6:40 p.m.
Subtract 1 hour and 30 minutes from 6:40 p.m.
6 hour 40 minutes
-1 hour 30 minutes
5 hour 10 minutes

Lyle starts fishing at 5:10 P.M.

Page No. 694

Question 5.
Mike and Jed went skiing at 10:30 a.m. They skied for 1 hour and 55 minutes before stopping for lunch. At what time did Mike and Jed stop for lunch?
______ p.m

Answer: 12:25 P.M.

Explanation:

Mike and Jed went skiing at 10:30 a.m.
They skied for 1 hour and 55 minutes before stopping for lunch.
Add 1 hour and 55 minutes to 10:30 a.m
10 hour 30 minutes
+1 hour 55 minutes
12 hour 25 minutes
= 12:25 P.M.
Mike and Jed stop for lunch at 12:25 P.M.

Question 6.
Mike can run a mile in 12 minutes. He starts his run at 11:30 am. and runs 4 miles. What time does Mike finish his run?
_____ : _____  _____

Answer: 12:18 P.M

Explanation:

Mike can run a mile in 12 minutes. He starts his run at 11:30 am. and runs 4 miles.
1 mile = 12 minutes
4 miles = 4 × 12 minutes = 48 minutes
Add 48 minutes to 11:30 A.M.
11 hour 30 minutes
0 hour 48 minutes
12 hour 18 minutes

Mike finish his run at 12:18 P.M.

Question 7.
Communicate Explain how you can use a diagram to determine the start time when the end time is 9:00 a.m. and the elapsed time is 26 minutes. What is the start time?
______ a.m.

Answer: 8:34 A.M.

Explanation:

End time = 9:00 A.M.
Elapsed time = 26 minutes
Subtract 26 minutes from 9 hours.
9 hour 00 minutes
-0 hour 26 minutes
8 hour 34 minutes
So, the start time is 8:34 A.M.

Question 8.
Bethany finished her math homework at 4:20 p.m. She did 25 multiplication problems in all. If each problem took her 3 minutes to do, at what time did Bethany start her math homework?
______ p.m.

Answer: 3:05 P.M.

Explanation:

Bethany finished her math homework at 4:20 p.m. She did 25 multiplication problems in all.
If she took 3 minutes to solve each problem then multiply 25 with 3
25 × 3 = 75 minutes = 1 hour 15 minutes
Subtract 1 hour 15 minutes from 4:20 P.M.
4 hour 20 minutes
-1 hour 15 minutes
3 hour 05 minutes

Therefore Bethany started her math homework at 3:05 P.M.

Question 9.
Vincent began his weekly chores on Saturday morning at 11:20 a.m. He finished 1 hour and 10 minutes later. Draw a time line to show the end time.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 64
Vincent finished his chores at _______ p.m.
______ p.m.

Answer: 12:30 P.M.

Explanation:

Vincent began his weekly chores on Saturday morning at 11:20 a.m. He finished 1 hour and 10 minutes later.
Add 1 hour 10 minutes to 11:20 A.M.
11 hour 20 minutes
+1 hour 10 minutes
12 hour 30 minutes
Thus the Endtime is 12:30 P.M.

Common Core – New – Page No. 695

Problem Solving Elapsed Time

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Molly started her piano lesson at 3:45 P.M. The lesson lasted 20 minutes. What time did the piano lesson end?
Think: What do I need to find?
How can I draw a diagram to help?
4:05 P.M.

Question 2.
Brendan spent 24 minutes playing a computer game. He stopped playing at 3:55 P.M and went outside to ride his bike. What time did he start playing the computer game?
______ P.M.

Answer: 3:31 P.M

Explanation:

Brendan spent 24 minutes playing a computer game.
He stopped playing at 3:55 P.M and went outside to ride his bike.
You need to subtract 24 minutes from 3:55 P.M. = 3:31 P.M.

Question 3.
Aimee’s karate class lasts 1 hour and 15 minutes and is over at 5:00 P.M. What time does Aimee’s karate class start?
______ P.M.

Answer: 3:45 P.M

Explanation:

Aimee’s karate class lasts 1 hour and 15 minutes and is over at 5:00 P.M.
You need to subtract 1 hour 15 minutes from 5:00 P.M = 5:00 – 1:15 = 3:45 P.M.
Aimee’s karate class started at 3:45 P.M.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 695 Q4

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 695 Q5

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 695 Q5.1

Common Core – New – Page No. 696

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Bobbie went snowboarding with friends at 10:10 A.M. They snowboarded for 1 hour and 43 minutes and then stopped to eat lunch. What time did they stop for lunch?
Options:
a. 8:27 A.M.
b. 10:53 A.M.
c. 11:53 A.M.
d. 12:53 A.M.

Answer: 11:53 A.M.

Explanation:

Bobbie went snowboarding with friends at 10:10 A.M.
They snowboarded for 1 hour and 43 minutes and then stopped to eat lunch.
Add 1 hour and 43 minutes to 10:10 A.M. = 11:53 A.M.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
The Cain family drove for 1 hour and 15 minutes and arrived at their camping spot at 3:44 P.M. What time did the Cain family start driving?
Options:
a. 4:59 P.M.
b. 2:44 P.M.
c. 2:39 P.M.
d. 2:29 P.M.

Answer: 2:29 P.M.

Explanation:

The Cain family drove for 1 hour and 15 minutes and arrived at their camping spot at 3:44 P.M.
Subtract 1 hour and 15 minutes from 3:44 P.M
3:44 P.M. – 1:15 = 2:29 P.M.
The correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A praying mantis can grow up to 15 centimeters long. How long is this in millimeters?
Options:
a. 15 millimeters
b. 150 millimeters
c. 1,500 millimeters
d. 15,000 millimeters

Answer: 150 millimeters

Explanation:

A praying mantis can grow up to 15 centimeters long.
Convert centimeters to millimeters
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
15 centimeters = 15 × 10 millimeters = 150 millimeters
The correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Thom’s minestrone soup recipe makes 3 liters of soup. How many milliliters of soup is this?
Options:
a. 30 milliliters
b. 300 milliliters
c. 3,000 milliliters
d. 30,000 milliliters

Answer: 3,000 milliliters

Explanation:

Thom’s minestrone soup recipe makes 3 liters of soup.
Convert liters to milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
3 liters = 3 × 1000 milliliters = 3,000 milliliters
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Stewart walks \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile each day. Which is a multiple of \(\frac{2}{3}\) ?
Options:
a. \(\frac{4}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{8}{10}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Explanation:

Stewart walks \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile each day.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)
The correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Angelica colored in 0.60 of the squares on her grid. Which of the following expresses 0.60 as tenths in fraction form?
Options:
a. \(\frac{60}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{60}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{6}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Answer: \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Explanation:

Angelica colored in 0.60 of the squares on her grid.
The fraction of 0.60 is \(\frac{6}{10}\)
The correct answer is option D.

Page No. 699

Question 1.
A truck is carrying 2 tons 500 pounds of steel. How many pounds of steel is the truck carrying?
Think of 2 tons 500 pounds as 2 tons + 500 pounds.
Write tons as pounds.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 65
So, the truck is carrying _____ pounds of steel.
______ pounds

Answer: 4,500 pounds

Explanation:

A truck is carrying 2 tons 500 pounds of steel.
Before you add convert tons to pounds.
1 ton = 2000 pounds
2 tons = 2 × 2000 pounds = 4000 pounds
4000 pounds
+500 pounds
4500 pounds
So, the truck is carrying 4500 pounds of steel.

Rewrite each measure in the given unit.

Question 2.
1 yard 2 feet
______ feet

Answer: 5 feet

Explanation:

Convert yard to feet
1 yard = 3 feet
3 feet + 2 feet = 5 feet

Question 3.
3 pints 1 cup
______ cups

Answer: 7 cups

Explanation:

1 pint = 2 cups
3 pints = 3 × 2 cups = 6 cups
6 cups + 1 cup = 7 cups

Question 4.
3 weeks 1 day
______ days

Answer: 22 days

Explanation:

Convert weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
3 weeks = 21 days
21 days + 1 day = 22 days.

Add or subtract.

Question 5.
2 lb 4 oz
+ 1 lb 6 oz
————–
_____ lb _____ oz

Answer: 3 lb 10 oz

Explanation:

Add 2 lb 4 oz and 1 lb 6 oz

2 lb 4 oz
+ 1 lb 6 oz
3 lb 10 oz

Question 6.
3 gal 2 qt
− 1 gal 3 qt
————–
_____ gal _____ qt

Answer: 1 gal 3 qt

Explanation:

Subtract 1 gal 3 qt from 3 gal 2 qt
Convert gallon to a quart and then borrow to 2 quarts = 6 quarts

3 gal 2 qt
− 1 gal 3 qt
1 gal 3 qt

Question 7.
5 hr 20 min
− 3 hr 15 min
—————–
_____ hr _____ min

Answer: 2 hr 5 min

Explanation:

Subtract 3 hr 15 min from 5 hr 20 min

5 hr 20 min
− 3 hr 15 min
2 hr 5 min

Rewrite each measure in the given unit.

Question 8.
1 hour 15 minutes
_____ minutes

Answer: 75 minutes

Explanation:

Convert hours to minutes.
1 hour = 60 minutes
60 minutes + 15 minutes = 75 minutes

Question 9.
4 quarts 2 pints
_____ pints

Answer: 10 pints

Explanation:

Convert quart to pints
1 quart = 2 pints
4 quarts = 8 pints
8 pints + 2 pints = 10 pints

Question 10.
10 feet 10 inches
_____ inches

Answer: 130 inches

Explanation:

Convert feet to inches
1 feet = 12 inches
10 feet = 10 × 12 inches = 120 inches
120 inches + 10 inches = 130 inches

Add or subtract.

Question 11.
2 tons 300 lb
– 1 ton 300 lb
—————–
_____ ton(s) _____ lb

Answer: 1ton

Explanation:

Subtract 1 ton 300 lb from 2 tons 300 lb

2 tons 300 lb
– 1 ton 300 lb
1ton 0 lb

Question 12.
10 gal 8 c
+ 8 gal 9 c
—————–
_____ gal _____ c

Answer: 19 gal 1 c

Explanation:

Add 10 gal 8 c and 8 gal 9 c
Convert cups to gallon
17 cups = 1 gal 1 cup

10 gal 8 c
+ 8 gal 9 c
18 gal 17 c = 19 gal 1 c

Question 13.
7 lb 6 oz
− 2 lb 12 oz
—————–
_____ lb _____ oz

Answer: 4 lb 10 oz

Explanation:

Subtract 2 lb 12 oz from 7 lb 6 oz
1 lb = 16 oz
Borrow 16 oz to ones place.
7 lb 6 oz

6 lb 22 oz
− 2 lb 12 oz
4 lb 10 oz

Question 14.
Apply Ahmed fills 6 pitchers with juice. Each pitcher contains 2 quarts 1 pint. How many pints of juice does he have in all?
_____ pints of juice

Answer: 30 pints of juice

Explanation:

Apply Ahmed fills 6 pitchers with juice. Each pitcher contains 2 quarts 1 pint.
Convert quarts to pints.
1 quart = 2 pint
2 quarts = 2 × 2 pint = 4 pints
2 quarts 1 pint = 4 pints + 1 pint = 5 pints
5 pints × 6 pitchers = 30 pints of juice.

Question 15.
Sense or Nonsense? Sam and Dave each solve the problem at the right. Sam says the sum is 4 feet 18 inches. Dave says the sum is 5 feet 6 inches. Whose answer makes sense? Whose answer is nonsense? Explain.
2 ft 10 in.
+ 2 ft 8 in.
—————-
Type below:
_________

Answer: The answer of Dave and Sam makes sense. Because 4 feet 18 inches and 5 feet 6 inches are the same.
Convert feet to inches
1 feet = 12 inches
4 feet 18 inches = 5 feet 6 inches.

Question 16.
Jackson has a rope 1 foot 8 inches long. He cuts it into 4 equal pieces. How many inches long is each piece?
______ inches

Answer: 5 inches

Explanation:

Jackson has a rope 1 foot 8 inches long. He cuts it into 4 equal pieces.
Convert feet to inches
1 feet = 12 inches
12 inches + 8 inches = 20 inches
20 ÷ 4 = 5 inches.
Therefore there are 5 inches in each piece.

Page No. 700

Question 17.
Theo is practicing for a 5-kilometer race. He runs 5 kilometers every day and records his time. His normal time is 25 minutes 15 seconds. Yesterday it took him only 23 minutes 49 seconds. How much faster was his time yesterday than his normal time?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 66
a. What are you asked to find?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I am asked to find how much faster was his time yesterday than his normal time.

Question 17.
b. What information do you know?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I know the information about his normal time and the time he took to run yesterday.

Question 17.
c. How will you solve the problem?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I will solve this problem by subtracting the time taken by him yesterday from normal time.
25 minutes 15 seconds
-23 minutes 49 seconds

Question 17.
d. Solve the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

25 minutes 15 seconds
-23 minutes 49 seconds
1 minute 26 seconds     

Question 17.
e. Fill in the sentence.
Yesterday, Theo ran 5 kilometers in a time that was ______ faster than his normal time.
_____ min _____ sec

Answer: 1 min 26 sec

Question 18.
Don has 5 pieces of pipe. Each piece is 3 feet 6 inches long. If Don joins the pieces end to end to make one long pipe, how long will the new pipe be?
_____ ft _____ in

Answer: 17 ft 6 in.

Explanation:

Don has 5 pieces of pipe. Each piece is 3 feet 6 inches long.
5 pieces = 5 × 3 feet 6 inches
= 15 feet 30 inches
1 feet = 12 inches
30 inches = 2 feet 6 inches
15 feet 30 inches = 17 feet 6 inches
The new pipe will be 17 feet 6 inches long.

Question 19.
Ana mixes 2 quarts 1 pint of apple juice and 1 quart 3 cups of cranberry juice. Will her mixture be able to fit in a 1 gallon pitcher? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer: Yes

Ana mixes 2 quarts 1 pint of apple juice and 1 quart 3 cups of cranberry juice.
We should convert it into gallons.
Before that convert pint to cups.
1 pint = 2 cups
2 quarts 1 pint = 2 quarts 2 cups

2 quarts 2 cups
1 quart 3 cups
3 quart 5 cups

1 quart = 4 cups
5 cups = 1 quart 1 cup
3 quart 5 cups = 4 quart 1 cup
Now we can convert 4 quarts 1 cup into gallons.
1 gallon = 4 quarts
1 gallon 1 cup.

Common Core – New – Page No. 701

Mixed Measures

Complete.

Question 1.
8 pounds 4 ounces = 132 ounces
Think: 8 pounds = 8 × 16 ounces, or 128 ounces.
128 ounces + 4 ounces = 132 ounces

Question 2.
5 weeks 3 days = _____ days

Answer: 38 days

Explanation:

Convert weeks to days
1 week = 7 days
5 weeks = 5 × 7 days = 35 days
35 days + 3 days = 38 days

Question 3.
4 minutes 45 seconds = _____ seconds

Answer: 285 seconds

Explanation:

Convert minutes to seconds
1 minute = 60 seconds
4 minutes = 4 × 60 seconds = 240 seconds
240 seconds + 45 seconds = 285 seconds

Question 4.
4 hours 30 minutes = _____ minutes

Answer: 270 minutes

Explanation:

Convert hours to minutes
1 hour = 60 minutes
4 hours = 4 × 60 minutes = 240 minutes
240 minutes + 30 minutes = 270 minutes

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 701 Q5

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 701 Q6

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 701 Q7

Add or subtract.

Question 8.
9 gal 1 qt
+ 6 gal 1 qt
—————
______ gal ______ qt

Answer: 15 gal 2 qt

Explanation:

9 gal + 6 gal = 15 gal
1 qt + 1 qt = 2qt

9 gal 1 qt
+ 6 gal 1 qt
15 gal 2 qt

Question 9.
12 lb 5 oz
– 7 lb 10 oz
—————
______ lb ______ oz

Answer: 4 lb 11 oz

Explanation:

21 oz – 10 oz = 11 oz
11 lb – 7 lb = 4 lb

12 lb 5 oz
– 7 lb 10 oz
4 lb 11 oz

Question 10.
8 hr 3 min
+ 4 hr 12 min
—————
______ hr ______ min

Answer: 12 hr 15 min

Explanation:

8 hr + 4 hr = 12 hr
3 min + 12 min = 15 min

8 hr 3 min
+ 4 hr 12 min
12 hr 15 min

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Michael’s basketball team practiced for 2 hours 40 minutes yesterday and 3 hours 15 minutes today. How much longer did the team practice today than yesterday?
______ minutes

Answer: 35 minutes

Explanation:

Michael’s basketball team practiced for 2 hours 40 minutes yesterday and 3 hours 15 minutes today.
3 hours 15 minutes
– 2 hours 40 minutes
0 hours 35 minutes

Question 12.
Rhonda had a piece of ribbon that was 5 feet 3 inches long. She removed a 5-inch piece to use in her art project. What is the length of the piece of ribbon now?
______ feet ______ inches

Answer: 4 feet 10 inches

Explanation:

Rhonda had a piece of ribbon that was 5 feet 3 inches long. She removed a 5-inch piece to use in her art project.
5 feet 3 inches
– 0 feet 5-inch

1 feet = 12 inches
12 inches – 5 inches = 7 inches
5 feet 3 inches
– 0 feet 5-inch
4 feet 10 inches

Common Core – New – Page No. 702

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Marsha bought 1 pound 11 ounces of roast beef and 2 pounds 5 ounces of corned beef. How much more corned beef did she buy than roast beef?
Options:
a. 16 ounces
b. 10 ounces
c. 7 ounces
d. 6 ounces

Answer: 10 ounces

Explanation:

Marsha bought 1 pound 11 ounces of roast beef and 2 pounds 5 ounces of corned beef.
Subtract 1 pound 11 ounces of roast beef from 2 pounds 5 ounces of corned beef.
2 pounds 5 ounces
1 pound 11 ounces
0 pound 10 ounces
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Theodore says there are 2 weeks 5 days left in the year. How many days are left in the year?
Options:
a. 14 days
b. 15 days
c. 19 days
d. 25 days

Answer: 19 days

Explanation:

Theodore says there are 2 weeks 5 days left in the year.
Convert weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
2 weeks = 14 days
14 days + 5 days = 19 days.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
On one grid, 0.5 of the squares are shaded. On another grid, 0.05 of the squares are shaded. Which statement is true?
Options:
a. 0.05 > 0.5
b. 0.05 = 0.5
c. 0.05 < 0.5
d. 0.05 + 0.5 = 1.0

Answer: 0.05 < 0.5

Explanation:

Given,
On one grid, 0.5 of the squares are shaded.
On another grid, 0.05 of the squares are shaded.
0.5 is greater than 0.05
So, the answer is option C.

Question 4.
Classify the triangle shown below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 67
Options:
a. right
b. acute
c. equilateral
d. obtuse

Answer: right

Explanation:

The above figure is the right angle triangle.
So, the correct answer is option A.

Question 5.
Sahil’s brother is 3 years old. How many weeks old is his brother?
Options:
a. 30 weeks
b. 36 weeks
c. 90 weeks
d. 156 weeks

Answer: 156 weeks

Explanation:

Sahil’s brother is 3 years old.
Convert years to weeks.
1 year = 52 weeks
3 years = 3 × 52 = 156 weeks.
Therefore the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
Sierra’s swimming lessons last 1 hour 20 minutes. She finished her lesson at 10:50 A.M. At what time did her lesson start?
Options:
a. 9:30 A.M.
b. 9:50 A.M.
c. 10:30 A.M.
d. 12:10 A.M.

Answer: 9:30 A.M.

Explanation:

Sierra’s swimming lessons last 1 hour 20 minutes. She finished her lesson at 10:50 A.M.
10 hour 50 minutes
– 1 hour 20 minutes
9 hours 30 minutes
9:30 A.M.
So, the correct answer is option A.

Page No. 705

Question 1.
The table shows a pattern for two units of time. Label the columns of the table with the units of time.
Think: What unit of time is 24 times as great as another unit?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 68
Type below:
________

Answer: Days, Hours
The conversion of the day to hours is
1 day = 24 hours.

Day Hours
1 24
2 48
3 72
4 96

Each table shows a pattern for two customary units. Label the columns of the table.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 69
Type below:
________

Answer: Pint, Cups
1 pint = 2 Cups
So, the label for the above table is:

Pint Cups
1 2
2 4
3 6
4 8
5 10

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 70
Type below:
________

Answer: Pound, Ounces
Conversion of pounds to ounces is 1 pound = 16 ounces

Pound Ounces
1 16
2 32
3 48
4 64
5 80

Each table shows a pattern for two customary units. Label the columns of the table.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 71
Type below:
________

Answer: Yard, Inches
1 yard = 36 inches

Yard Inches
1 36
2 72
3 108
4 144
5 180

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 72
Type below:
________

Answer: Feet, Inches
1 Feet = 12 inches

Feet Inches
1 12
2 24
3 36
4 48
5 60

Each table shows a pattern for two metric units of length. Label the columns of the table.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 73
Type below:
________

Answer: Decimeter, Centimeter, and Centimeter, Millimeter

1 decimeter = 10 centimeters
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters

Label for Decimeter and Centimeter:

Decimeter Centimeter
1 10
2 20
3 30
4 40
5 50

Label for Centimeter and Millimeter:

Centimeter Millimeter
1 10
2 20
3 30
4 40
5 50

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 74
Type below:
________

Answer: Meter, Centimeter

1 meter = 100 centimeters,

Label for Meter and Centimeter is:

Meter Centimeter
1 100
2 200
3 300
4 400
5 500

Question 8.
List the number pairs for the table in Exercise 6. Describe the relationship between the numbers in each pair.

Answer: There are 8 pairs for the table.
The relationship for the first pair is Day, Hour.
The relationship for the second pair is Pound, Ounces.
The relationship for the third pair is Yard, Inches.
The relationship for the fourth pair is Feet, inches.
The relationship for the fifth pair is Decimeter, Centimeter.
The relationship for the sixth pair is Centimeter, Millimeter.
The relationship for the seventh pair is Meter, Centimeter.

Page No. 706

Question 9.
What’s the Error? Maria wrote Weeks as the label for the first column of the table and Years as the label for the second column. Describe her error.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 75
Type below:
________

Answer: The error of Maria is she didn’t write the name for the pair of table.

Year Weeks
1 52
2 104
3 156
4 208
5 260

Question 10.
Verify the Reasoning of Others The table shows a pattern for two metric units. Lou labels the columns Meters and Millimeters. Zayna labels them Liters and Milliliters. Whose answer makes sense? Whose answer is nonsense? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 76
Type below:
________

Answer: Both Lou and Zayna labels are correct but they didn’t name the pair of units.

Meters Millimeters
1 1000
2 2000
3 3000
4 4000
5 5000
Liters Milliliters
1 1000
2 2000
3 3000
4 4000
5 5000

Question 11.
Look at the following number pairs: 1 and 365, 2 and 730, 3 and 1,095. The number pairs describe the relationship between which two units of time? Explain.
____ ____

Answer:

Year  Days
1 12
2 24
3 36

Question 12.
The tables show patterns for some units of measurement. Write the correct labels in each table.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 77
Type below:
________

Answer:

The suitable units the first table is

Feet Inches
1 12
2 24
3 36
4 48

The suitable units the second table is

Day Hours
1 24
2 48
3 72
4 96

The suitable units the third table is

Gallon Quarts
1 4
2 8
3 12
4 16

Common Core – New – Page No. 707

Patterns in Measurement Units

Each table shows a pattern for two customary units of time or volume. Label the columns of the table.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 78

Question 2.

__________ __________
1 12
2 24
3 36
4 48
5 60

Answer:

Years Months
1 12
2 24
3 36
4 48
5 60

Question 3.

__________ __________
1 2
2 4
3 6
4 8
5 10

Answer:

Pints Cups
1 2
2 4
3 6
4 8
5 10

Question 4.

__________ __________
1 7
2 14
3 21
4 28
5 35

Answer:

Weeks Days
1 7
2 14
3 21
4 28
5 35

Problem Solving

Use the table for 5 and 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - New img 79

Question 5.
Marguerite made the table to compare two metric measures of length. Name a pair of units Marguerite could be comparing.
1 _________
= 10 _________

Answer: The pair of units for the above table is Centimeters, Millimeters.

Question 6.
Name another pair of metric units of length that have the same relationship.
1 _________
= 10 _________

Answer: Another pair of metric units of length are Meters, Decimeters.

Common Core – New – Page No. 708

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Joanne made a table to relate two units of measure. The number pairs in her table are 1 and 16, 2 and 32, 3 and 48, 4 and 64. Which are the best labels for
Joanne’s table?
Options:
a. Cups, Fluid Ounces
b. Gallons, Quarts
c. Pounds, Ounces
d. Yards, Inches

Answer: Pounds, Ounces

Explanation:

Joanne made a table to relate two units of measure. The number pairs in her table are 1 and 16, 2 and 32, 3 and 48, 4 and 64.
The label for Joanna’s table is pounds and ounces.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Cade made a table to relate two units of time. The number pairs in his table are 1 and 24, 2 and 48, 3 and 72, 4 and 96. Which are the best labels for Cade’s table?
Options:
a. Days, Hours
b. Days, Weeks
c. Years, Months
d. Years, Weeks

Answer: Days, Hours

Explanation:

Cade made a table to relate two units of time. The number pairs in his table are 1 and 24, 2 and 48, 3 and 72, 4 and 96.
The label for Joanna’s table is Days and Hours.
The correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Anita has 2 quarters, 1 nickel, and 4 pennies. Write Anita’s total amount as a fraction of a dollar
Options:
a. \(\frac{39}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{54}{100}\)
c. \(\frac{59}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{84}{100}\)

Answer: \(\frac{59}{100}\)

Question 4.
The minute hand of a clock moves from 12 to 6. Which describes the turn the minute hand makes?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn
c. \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn
d. 1 full turn

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn

Explanation:

The minute hand of a clock moves from 12 to 6.
If the minute hand move from 12 to 6 then the fraction of the turn is \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Roderick has a dog that has a mass of 9 kilograms. What is the mass of the dog in grams?
Options:
a. 9 grams
b. 900 grams
c. 9,000 grams
d. 90,000 grams

Answer: 9,000 grams

Explanation:

Roderick has a dog that has a mass of 9 kilograms.
Convert kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
9 kilograms = 9 × 1000 grams = 9000 grams
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Kari mixed 3 gallons 2 quarts of lemon lime drink with 2 gallons 3 quarts of pink lemonade to make punch. How much more lemon-lime drink did Kari use than pink lemonade?
Options:
a. 3 quarts
b. 4 quarts
c. 1 gallon 1 quart
d. 1 gallon 2 quarts

Answer: 3 quarts

Explanation:

Kari mixed 3 gallons 2 quarts of lemon-lime drink with 2 gallons 3 quarts of pink lemonade to make punch.
Kari used 3 quarts of pink lemonade more to make punch.
The correct answer is option A.

Common Core – New – Page No. 709

Question 1.
Mrs. Miller wants to estimate the width of the steps in front of her house. Select the best benchmark for her to use.
Options:
a. her fingertip
b. the thickness of a dime
c. the width of a license plate
d. how far she can walk in 20 minutes

Answer: the thickness of a dime

Question 2.
Franco played computer chess for 3 hours. Lian played computer chess for 150 minutes. Compare the times spent playing computer chess. Complete the sentence.
_____ played for _____ minutes longer than _____.

Answer: Franco played for 30 minutes longer than Lian.

Question 3.
Select the measures that are equal. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 6 feet
b. 15 yards
c. 45 feet
d. 600 inches
e. 12 feet
f. 540 inches

Answer: B, F; C, F

The measure of 15 yards = 45 feet = 540 inches

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 709 Q4

Page No. 710

Question 5.
Josh practices gymnastics each day after school. The data shows the length of time Josh practiced gymnastics for 2 weeks.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 80
Part A
Make a tally table and line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 81
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Time Practicing Gymnastics
Time (in hours) Tally
\(\frac{1}{2}\) |
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ||
\(\frac{3}{4}\) |||
1 ||||

Line Plot:

Go Math 4th Grade Chapter 12 Key Review test solution image_2

Question 5.
Part B
Explain how you used the tally table to label the numbers and plot the Xs.
Type below:
_________

Answer: By using the tally marks table I have plotted the X’s on the line plot. Based on the tally of each fraction I have plotted X on the point.

Question 5.
Part C
What is the difference between the longest time and shortest time Josh spent practicing gymnastics?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) hour

Answer:

The longest time is 1
The shortest time is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
1 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Thus the difference between the longest time and shortest time Josh spent practicing gymnastics is \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 6.
Select the correct word to complete the sentence.
Juan brings a water bottle with him to soccer practice.
A full water bottle holds Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 82 of water.
_________

Answer: A full water bottle holds 1 liter of water

Page No. 711

Question 7.
Write the symbol that compares the weights correctly.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 83
128 ounces ____ 8 pounds
8,000 pounds ____ 3 tons

Answer:

i. 128 ounces ____ 8 pounds

1 pound = 16ounces
8 pounds = 8 × 16 ounces = 128 ounces
Thus 128 ounces = 8 pounds

ii. 8,000 pounds ____ 3 tons

1 ton = 2000 pounds
4 tons = 4 × 2000 pounds = 8000 pounds
8000 pounds is greater than 6000 pounds
So, 8,000 pounds > 3 tons

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 711 Q8

Question 9.
A sack of potatoes weighs 14 pounds and 9 ounces. After Wendy makes potato salad for a picnic, the sack weighs 9 pounds 14 ounces. What is the weight of the potatoes Wendy used for the potato salad? Write the numbers to show the correct subtraction.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 84
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 85
____ pounds ____ ounces

Answer: 4 pounds 11 ounces

14 pounds 9 ounces
-9 pounds 14 ounces
Borrow 1 pound to ones place to subtract 11 ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
16 + 9 = 25 ounces

13 pounds 25 ounces
-9 pounds 14 ounces
4 pounds 11 ounces

Question 10.
Sabita made this table to relate two customary units of liquid volume.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 86
Part A
List the number pairs for the table. Then describe the relationship between the numbers in each pair.
Type below:
________

Answer: The relationship between the numbers in each pair is Pint, Cups.

Question 10.
Part B
Label the columns of the table. Explain your answer.
Type below:
________

Answer:

Pint Cups
1 2
2 4
3 6
4 8
5 10

Page No. 712

Question 11.
The table shows the distances some students swam in miles. Complete the line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 87
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 88

Answer:

Go Math 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 12 Review solution image_3

What is the difference between the longest distance and the shortest distance the students swam?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) mile

Answer: \(\frac{4}{8}\) mile

Explanation:

The longest distance = \(\frac{5}{8}\) mile
The shortest distance = \(\frac{1}{8}\) mile
\(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\) mile
The difference between the longest distance and the shortest distance the students swam is \(\frac{4}{8}\) mile.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 712 Q12

Question 13.
Katia bought two melons. She says the difference in mass between the melons is 5,000 grams. Which two melons did Katia buy?
Options:
a. watermelon: 8 kilograms
b. cantaloupe: 5 kilograms
c. honeydew: 3 kilograms
d. casaba melon: 2 kilograms
e. crenshaw melon: 1 kilogram

Answer: cantaloupe: 5 kilograms

Katia bought two melons. She says the difference in mass between the melons is 5,000 grams.
She bought cantaloupe: 5 kilograms.
The correct answer is option B.

Question 14.
Write the equivalent measurements in each column.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 89
Type below:
________

Answer:

3 meters 35 centimeters 300 millimeters
3,000 millimeters 35/100 meter 300/1000 meter
300 centimeters 0.35 meter 0.300 meter
30 decimeters 350 millimeters 30 centimeters

Page No. 713

Question 15.
Cheryl is making a mixed fruit drink for a party. She mixes 7 pints each of apple juice and cranberry juice. How many fluid ounces of mixed fruit drink does Cheryl make?
______ fluid ounces

Answer: 224 fluid ounces

Explanation:

Cheryl is making a mixed fruit drink for a party. She mixes 7 pints each of apple juice and cranberry juice.
We need to convert pints into fluid ounces
We know that, 1 pint = 32 fluid ounces
7 pints = 7 × 32 fluid ounces = 224 fluid ounces.
Therefore Cheryl makes 224 fluid ounces of mixed fruit drink.

Question 16.
Hamid’s soccer game will start at 11:00 a.m., but the players must arrive at the field three-quarters of an hour early to warm up. The game must end by 1:15 p.m.
Part A
Hamid says he has to be at the field at 9:45 a.m. is Hamid correct? Explain your answer.
______

Answer: No

Explanation:

Their statement of Hamid is wrong. Because Hamid’s soccer game starts at 10:15 A.M.

Question 16.
Part B
The park closes at 6:30 p.m. There is a 15-minute break between each game played at the park, and each game takes the same amount of time as Hamid’s soccer game. How many more games can be played before the park closes? Explain your answer.
______ more games

Answer: 2 more games

Explanation:

Given that,
The park closes at 6:30 p.m.
There is a 15-minute break between each game played at the park, and each game takes the same amount of time as Hamid’s soccer game.
The game starts at 11:00 A.M and ends at 1:15 P.M.
After completion of the game, they will take a break for 15 minutes.
So, game starts at 1:30 P.M or 2:00 P.M. and ends at 4:15 P.M.
By this, we can say that 2 more games can be played before the park closes.

Question 17.
For numbers 17a–17e, select Yes or No to tell whether the measurements are equivalent.
a. 7,000 grams and 7 kilograms
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
7 kilograms = 7 × 1000 grams = 7000 grams.
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 17.
b. 200 milliliters and 2 liters
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2000 milliliters
So, the above statement is not correct.

Question 17.
c. 6 grams and 6,000 kilograms
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

1 kilogram = 1000 grams
6 kilograms = 6 × 1000 grams = 6000 grams.
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 17.
d. 5 liters and 5,000 milliliters
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

1 liter = 1000 milliliters
5 liters = 5000 milliliters
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 17.
e. 2 milliliters and 2,000 liters
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2000 milliliters
the above statement is false.

Page No. 714

Question 18.
Draw lines to match equivalent time intervals.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 90

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Relative-Sizes-of-Measurement-Units-img-90-1

Question 19.
Anya arrived at the library on Saturday morning at 11:10 a.m. She left the library 1 hour 20 minutes later. Draw a time line to show the end time.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 91
Anya left the library at _____ P. M.

Question 20.
The tables show patterns for some units of measurement. Write the correct labels in each table.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 92

Answer: Yard, Feet; Week, days; Quart, Cups.

The label for the first table is:

Yard Feet
1 3
2 6
3 9
4 12

The label for the second table is:

Week Days
1 7
2 14
3 21
4 28

The label for the third table is:

Quart Cups
1 4
2 8
3 12
4 16

 

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 714 Q21

Question 22.
Frankie is practicing for a 5-kilometer race. His normal time is 31 minutes 21 seconds. Yesterday it took him only 29 minutes 38 seconds.
How much faster was Frankie yesterday than his normal time?
Type below:
________

Answer: 1 minute 43 seconds

Explanation:

Frankie is practicing for a 5-kilometer race.
His normal time is 31 minutes 21 seconds. Yesterday it took him only 29 minutes 38 seconds.
Subtract 29 minutes 38 seconds from 31 minutes 21 seconds
31 minutes 21 seconds
29 minutes 38 seconds
1 minute 43 seconds

Page No. 719

Question 1.
Find the perimeter of the rectangle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 93
The perimeter is _______ feet.
_____ ft

Answer: 24 ft.

Explanation:

The length of the rectangle = 8 ft.
The width of the rectangle = 4 ft.
The formula for the perimeter of the rectangle is 2 (l + w)
= 2 (8 ft. + 4 ft.) = 2(12 ft.) = 24 ft.
The perimeter of the rectangle = 24 ft.

Find the perimeter of the rectangle or square.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 94
P = _____ yards

Answer: 40 yards

Explanation:

The length of the rectangle = 16 yards
The width of the rectangle = 4 yards
The formula for the perimeter of the rectangle is 2 (l + w)
= 2 (16 yards + 4 yards) = 2(20 yards) = 40 yards
The perimeter of the rectangle is 40 yards.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 95
P = _____ meters

Answer: 304 meters

Explanation:

The length of the rectangle = 110 m
The width of the rectangle = 42 m
The formula for the perimeter of the rectangle is 2 (l + w)
= 2 (110 m + 42 m) = 2(152 m)
= 304 meters
Therefore the perimeter of the rectangle is 304 meters.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 96
P = _____ meters

Answer: 16 meters

Explanation:

The side of the square is 4 meters
The perimeter of the square = 4a
= 4 × 4 = 16 meters.
Therefore the perimeter of the square is 16 meters.

Find the perimeter of the rectangle or square.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 97
P = _____ inches

Answer: 108 in.

Explanation:
Length = 34 in.
Width = 20 in.
The formula for the perimeter of the rectangle is 2 (l + w)
= 2 (34 in. + 20 in.)
= 108 in.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 98
P = _____ feet

Answer: 464 feet

Explanation:

The side of the square is 116 feet
The perimeter of the square = 4a
= 4 × 116 feet = 464 feet.
Thus the perimeter of the square is 464 feet.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 99
P = _____ meters

Answer: 126 meters

Explanation:

The length of the rectangle = 42 meters
The width of the rectangle = 21 meters
The formula for the perimeter of the rectangle is 2 (l + w)
= 2 (42 m + 21 m) = 2 (63 m) = 126 meters
Therefore the perimeter of the above rectangle is 126 meters.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Page 719 Q8

Question 9.
Analyze What is the side length of a square with a perimeter of 60 meters?
l = _____ meters

Answer: 15 meters

Explanation:

The perimeter of the square = 60 meters
We know that, the perimeter of the square = 4a
4a = 60 meters
a = 60/4 = 15 meters
Thus the length of a square is 15 meters.

Page No. 720

Question 10.
Alejandra plans to sew fringe on a scarf. The scarf is shaped like a rectangle. The length of the scarf is 48 inches. The width is one half the length. How much fringe does Alejandra need?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 100
a. Draw a picture of the scarf, and label the given measurements on your drawing.
Type below:
________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 12 Review Test solution image_1

Question 10.
b. What do you need to find?
Type below:
___9 _____

Answer: I need to find how much fringe does Alejandra need?

Question 10.
c. What formula will you use?
Type below:
________

Answer: I will use the perimeter of the rectangle formula = 2 (l + w).

Question 10.

d. Show the steps you use to solve the problem.
Type below:
________

Answer:

First I will calculate the width of the rectangle.
After that, I will use the formula of perimeter of the rectangle.
I will substitute the value of the length and width of the rectangle.

Question 10.
e. Complete.
The length of the scarf is ____ inches.
The width is one half the length, or
____ ÷ 2 = ____ inches.
So, the perimeter is
(____ × ____) + (____ × ____) = ____ inches.
Type below:
________

Answer:

The length of the scarf is 48 inches.

The width is one half the length, or 48 ÷ 2 = 24 inches.

So, the perimeter is

(2 × 24) + (2 × 48) = 144 inches

Question 10.
f. Alejandra needs _____ of fringe.
____ inches of fringe

Answer: 144 inches of fringe

Question 11.
Marcia will make a frame for her picture. The picture frame will be three times as long as it is wide. The width of the frame will be 5 inches. How much wood does Marcia need for the frame?
____ inches

Answer: 40 inches

Explanation:

Given that, Marcia will make a frame for her picture.
The picture frame will be three times as long as it is wide.
The width of the frame will be 5 inches.
Length = 3 × 5 inches = 15 inches
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2 (l + w)
= 2 (15 + 5) = 2 × 20 = 40 inches
Marcia needs 40 inches of wood for the frame.

Question 12.
Maya is building a sandbox that is 36 inches wide. The length is four times the width. What is the perimeter of the sandbox? Show your work. Explain.
____ inches

Answer: 360 inches

Explanation:

Maya is building a sandbox that is 36 inches wide. The length is four times the width.
Width = 36 inches
length = 4 × 36 inches = 144 inches
The perimeter of the rectangle = 2 (l + w)
= 2 (144 in. + 36 in.) = 2 × 180 inches = 360 inches
Therefore, the perimeter of the sandbox is 360 inches.

Conclusion:

The questions covered in the review test and mid-chapter checkpoint can also be verified using the Go Math grade 4 answer key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Pdf. So, you can practice well and score good grades in the standard tests and exams. Also, it clarifies all your subject doubts within no time. Hence, download and prepare more on a daily basis.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area

go-math-grade-4-chapter-13-algebra-perimeter-and-area-answer-key

Students who are looking for a great study resource or prep resource can refer to this page. Here, we have curated a Grade 4 Answer Key of Go Math Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area. Download HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area pdf by accessing the links available over here. Save them and use the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area as a reference purpose during your practice sessions & score good marks in the exam.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area

Students can find various concepts questions and solutions covered in the chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area from this Go math Gerade 4 Answer Keys. All these solutions are prepared by the subject experts in a well-organized and understanding manner. So, practice all exercise and homework problems through Go Math 4th Grade Key of Chapter 13 Perimeter and Area. Also, test your knowledge by answering the given sums and learn your mistakes using HMH Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter Perimeter and Area.

Common Core – New – Page No. 721

Perimeter

Find the perimeter of the rectangle or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 1
9+3+9+3=24
24 inches

Explanation:

Length = 9 inches
Width = 3 inches
Perimeter of the rectangle = l + w + l + w
9+3+9+3=24
Therefore the Perimeter of the rectangle = 24 inches.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 2
_____ meters

Answer: 32 meters

Explanation:

Side of a square = 8 meters
The perimeter of a square = 4a
= 4 × 8 meters = 32 meters
Thus the perimeter of a square = 32 meters.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 3
_____ feet

Answer: 44 feet

Explanation:

Length = 10 ft
Width = 12 ft
Perimeter of the rectangle = l + w + l + w
P = 10 + 12 + 10 + 12 = 20 + 24 = 44 feets
Thus the perimeter of the rectangle = 44 feet.

Remember: perimeter is the total distance around the outside, which can be found by adding together the length of each side. In the case of a rectangle, opposite sides are equal in length, so the perimeter is twice its width plus twice its height.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 4
_____ centimeters

Answer: 108 centimeters

Explanation:

Length = 30 cm
Width = 24 cm
Perimeter of the rectangle = l + w + l + w
= 30 + 24 + 30 + 24 = 60 + 48
= 108 centimeters
Therefore the perimeter of the rectangle = 108 centimeters

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 5
_____ inches

Answer: 216 inches

Explanation:

Length = 25 in.
Width = 83 in.
Perimeter of the rectangle = l + w + l + w
= 25 + 83 + 25 + 83
= 216 inches
Thus the perimeter of the rectangle = 216 inches

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 6
_____ meters

Answer: 240 meters

Explanation:

The side of a square = 60 meters
The perimeter of the square = 4a
= 4 × 60 meters = 240 meters
Thus the perimeter of the square = 240 meters.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 721 Q7

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 721 Q8

Common Core – New – Page No. 722

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the perimeter of a square window with sides 36 inches long?
Options:
a. 40 inches
b. 72 inches
c. 144 inches
d. 1,296 inches

Answer: 144 inches

Explanation:

Given, Side of a square = 36 inches
The perimeter of the square = 4 × side = 4a
= 4 × 36 inches = 144 inches
Thus the perimeter of the square = 144 inches
The correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
What is the perimeter of the rectangle below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 7
Options:
a. 11 meters
b. 14 meters
c. 18 meters
d. 400 meters

Answer: 18 meters

Explanation:

Length of the rectangle = 5 meter
Width of the rectangle = 4 meters
The perimeter of the rectangle = l + w + l + w
= 5 + 4 + 5 + 4 = 18 meters
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which is the most reasonable estimate for the measure of the angle Natalie drew?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 8
Options:
a. 30°
b. 90°
c. 180°
d. 210°

Answer: 90°

Explanation:

By seeing the above figure we can say that it is the right angle.
The correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Ethan has 3 pounds of mixed nuts. How many ounces of mixed nuts does Ethan have?
Options:
a. 30 ounces
b. 36 ounces
c. 48 ounces
d. 54 ounces

Answer: 48 ounces

Explanation:

Given that, Ethan has 3 pounds of mixed nuts.
1 pound = 16 ounces
3 pounds = 3 × 16 ounces = 48 ounces
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
How many lines of symmetry does the shape below appear to have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 9
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. more than 2

Answer: 1

Explanation:

The above shape has 1 line of symmetry.
The correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Which of the following comparisons is correct?
Options:
a. 0.70 > 7.0
b. 0.7 = 0.70
c. 0.7 < 0.70
d. 0.70 = 0.07

Answer: 0.7 = 0.70

Explanation:

a. 0.70 > 7.0
7.0 = 7
0.7 is less than 7

b. 0.7 = 0.70
0.7 is nothing but 0.70
So, the comparison is correct.
The answer is option B.

Page No. 725

Question 1.
Find the area of the rectangle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 10
A = _____ square cm

Answer: 143 square cm

Explanation:

Length = 11 cm
Width = 13 cm
Area of the rectangle = l × w
= 11 cm × 13 cm = 143 square cm
Therefore the area of the rectangle = 143 square cm

Find the area of the rectangle or square.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 11
A = _____ square inches

Answer: 14 square inches

Explanation:

Length = 7 inches
Width = 2 inches
Area of the rectangle = l × w
= 7 inches × 2 inches = 14 inches
Therefore the area of the rectangle = 14 square inches

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 12
A = _____ square meters

Answer: 81 square meters

Explanation:

Side of the square = 9 m
Area of a square = s × s
= 9 m × 9 m = 81 square meters
Thus the area of a square = 81 square meters

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 13
A = _____ square feet

Answer: 112 square feet

Explanation:

Length = 8 feet
Width = 14 feet
Area of the rectangle = l × w
= 8 feet × 14 feet = 112 square feet
Therefore, area of the rectangle = 112 square feet

Find the area of the rectangle or square.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 14
A = _____ square feet

Answer: 65 square feet

Explanation:

Length of the rectangle = 13 ft
Width of the rectangle = 5 feet
Area of a rectangle = l × w
= 13 feet × 5 feet = 65 square feet
Thus, the area of the rectangle = 65 square feet

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 15
A = _____ square yards

Answer: 169 square yards

Explanation:

Side of the square = 13 yards
Area of a square = s × s
= 13 yards × 13 yards = 169 square yards
Therefore, the area of a square = 169 square yards

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 16
A = _____ square centimeters

Answer: 40 square centimeters

Explanation:

Length of the rectangle = 20 cm
Width of the rectangle = 2 cm
Area of a rectangle = l × w
= 20 cm × 2 cm = 40 square centimeters
Therefore the area of the rectangle = 40 square centimeters.

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the area of the rectangle.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 725 Q8
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 725 Q8.1

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 725 Q9

Question 10.
base: 14 centimeters
height: 11 centimeters
A = _____ square centimeters

Answer: 154 square centimeters

Explanation:

base: 14 centimeters
height: 11 centimeters
Area of a rectangle = b × h
14 centimeters × 11 centimeters = 154 square centimeters
The area of the rectangle = 154 square centimeters

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 725 Q11

Question 12.
Reason Quantitatively Carmen sewed a square baby quilt that measures 36 inches on each side. What is the area of the quilt?
A = _____ square inches

Answer: 1296 square inches

Explanation:

Carmen sewed a square baby quilt that measures 36 inches on each side.
Area of a square = s × s
= 36 inches × 36 inches = 1296 square inches
Therefore the area of the quilt is 1296 square inches.

Page No. 726

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 17

Question 13.
Nancy and Luke are drawing plans for rectangular flower gardens. In Nancy’s plan, the garden is 18 feet by 12 feet. In Luke’s plan, the garden is 15 feet by 15 feet. Who drew the garden plan with the greater area? What is the area?
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
__________

Answer: I need to find who drew the garden plan with the greater area.

Question 13.
b. What formula will you use?
Type below:
__________

Answer: I will Area of rectangle and Area of a square formula

Question 13.
c. What units will you use to write the answer?
Type below:
__________

Answer: Square feet units

Question 13.
d. Show the steps to solve the problem.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
First, we need to find the area of Nancy’s plan
Length = 18 feet
Width = 12 feet
Area of a rectangle = l × w
A = 18 feet × 12 feet = 216 square feet
And now we need to find the area of Luke’s plan
A = s × s
A = 15 feet × 15 feet = 225 square feet

Question 13.
e. Complete the sentences.
The area of Nancy’s garden is _______.
The area of Luke’s garden is _______.
_______ garden has the greater area.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The area of Nancy’s garden is 216 square feet.
The area of Luke’s garden is 225 square feet.
Luke’s garden has a greater area.

Question 14.
Victor wants to buy fertilizer for his yard. The yard is 35 feet by 55 feet. The directions on the bag of fertilizer say that one bag will cover 1,250 square feet. How many bags of fertilizer should Victor buy to be sure that he covers the entire yard?
______ bags

Answer: 2 bags

Explanation:
Given that,
Victor wants to buy fertilizer for his yard. The yard is 35 feet by 55 feet.
The directions on the bag of fertilizer say that one bag will cover 1,250 square feet.
A = b × h
A = 35 feet × 55 feet
A = 1925 square feet
1925 square feet is greater than 1,250 square feet.
So, Victor has to buy 2 bags to be sure that he covers the entire yard.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 726 Q15

Common Core – New – Page No. 727

Area

Find the area of the rectangle or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 18

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 19
______ square yards

Answer: 64 square yards

Explanation:

Side of the square = 8 yards
Area of the square = s × s
8 yards × 8 yards = 64 square yards
Therefore, The area of the square is 64 square yards.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 20
_____ square meters

Answer: 45 square meters

Explanation:

Length of the rectangle = 15 m
Width of the rectangle = 3 m
Area of the rectangle = b × h
= 15 m × 3 m = 45 square meters
Thus the area of the rectangle is 45 square meters.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 21
______ square inches

Answer: 78 square inches

Explanation:

The base of the rectangle = 13 in.
Height of the rectangle = 6 in.
Area of the rectangle = b × h
13 in. × 6 in. = 78 square inches
Thus the area of the rectangle is 78 square inches.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 22
______ square centimeters

Answer: 150 square centimeters

Explanation:

The base of the rectangle = 30 cm
Height of the rectangle = 5 cm
Area of the rectangle = b × h
30 cm × 5 cm = 150 square centimeters
Therefore, the area of the rectangle = 150 square centimeters

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 23
______ square feet

Answer: 56 square feet

Explanation:

The base of the rectangle = 14 feet
Height of the rectangle = 4 feet
Area of the rectangle = b × h
14 feet × 4 feet = 56 square feet
Therefore, the area of the rectangle = 56 square feet.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 727 Q7

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 727 Q8

Common Core – New – Page No. 728

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ellie and Heather drew floor models of their living rooms. Ellie’s model represented 20 feet by 15 feet. Heather’s model represented 18 feet by 18 feet. Whose floor model represents the greater area? How much greater?
Options:
a. Ellie; 138 square feet
b. Heather; 24 square feet
c. Ellie; 300 square feet
d. Heather; 324 square feet

Answer: Heather; 24 square feet

Explanation:

Given,
Ellie and Heather drew floor models of their living rooms.
Ellie’s model represented 20 feet by 15 feet.
Heather’s model represented 18 feet by 18 feet.
Area of Ellie’s model = 20 feet × 15 feet = 300 square feet
Area of Heather’s model = 18 feet × 18 feet = 324 square feet
Now subtract the area of Ellie’s model from Heather’s model = 324 square feet – 300 square feet = 24 square feet
Thus the area of Heather’s model is greater than Ellie’s model
The correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Tyra is laying down square carpet pieces in her photography studio. Each square carpet piece is 1 yard by 1 yard. If Tyra’s photography studio is 7 yards long and 4 yards wide, how many pieces of square carpet will Tyra need?
Options:
a. 10
b. 11
c. 22
d. 28

Answer: 28

Explanation:

Tyra is laying down square carpet pieces in her photography studio.
Each square carpet piece is 1 yard by 1 yard. Tyra’s photography studio is 7 yards long and 4 yards wide
Area of the rectangle = b × h
= 7 yards × 4 yards
= 28 square yards
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Typically, blood fully circulates through the human body 8 times each minute. How many times does blood circulate through the body in 1 hour?
Options:
a. 48
b. 240
c. 480
d. 4,800

Answer: 480

Explanation:

Blood fully circulates through the human body 8 times each minute.
1 minute = 60 seconds
8 × 60 seconds = 480 seconds
The correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Each of the 28 students in Romi’s class raised at least $25 during the jump-a-thon. What is the least amount of money the class raised?
Options:
a. $5,200
b. $700
c. $660
d. $196

Answer: $700

Explanation:

Each of the 28 students in Romi’s class raised at least $25 during the jump-a-thon.
Multiply number od students with $25
28 × $25 = $700
The correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
What is the perimeter of the shape below if 1 square is equal to 1 square foot?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 24
Options:
a. 12 feet
b. 14 feet
c. 24 feet
d. 28 feet

Answer: 28 feet

Explanation:

Given that 1 square is equal to 1 square foot
There are 14 squares
Length = 14 squares
Width = 2 squares
Area of the rectangle = l × w = 14 × 2 = 28 sq. feets
The correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
Ryan is making small meat loaves. Each small meat loaf uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound of meat. How much meat does Ryan need to make 8 small meat loaves?
Options:
a. 4 pounds
b. 6 pounds
c. 8 pounds
d. 10 \(\frac{2}{3}\) pounds

Answer: 6 pounds

Explanation:

Ryan is making small meatloaves.
Each small meatloaf uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound of meat.
Ryan need to make 8 small meatloaves.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 8 = 6 pounds
The correct answer is option B.

Page No. 731

Question 1.
Explain how to find the total area of the figure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 25
A = ______ square units

Answer: 23 square units

Explanation:
Rectangle:
Each square box = 1 unit
There are 7 units
Base = 7 units
Height = 2 units
The area of the figure = b × h
A = 7 units × 2 units = 14 square units
Square:
The side is 3 units
Area of the square = 3 units × 3 units = 9 square units
Add both the areas = 14 square units + 9 square units = 23 square units
Therefore the area of the above figure is 23 square units.

Find the area of the combined rectangles.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 26
A = ______ square mm

Answer: 72 square mm

Explanation:
Area of top rectangle = b × h
Base = 12 mm
Height = 3 mm
A = 12 mm × 3 mm = 36 square mm
Area of square = s × s
s = 6 mm
A = 6 mm × 6 mm = 36 square mm
Area of the figure = 36 square mm + 36 square mm = 72 square mm
Thus the area of the above figure is 72 square mm.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 27
A = ______ square miles

Answer: 146 square miles

Explanation:
Area of rectangle = b × h
Area of the first rectangle = 10 mi × 9 mi
A = 90 square miles
Area of the second rectangle = 8 mi × 7 mi
A = 56 square miles
Area of the figure = Area of first rectangle + Area of the second rectangle
Area of the figure = 90 square mi + 56 square miles
Thus the Area of the figure = 146 square miles

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 28
A = ______ square feet

Answer: 96 square feet

Explanation:
There are 2 squares and one rectangle in this figure
Area of the square = s × s
A = 4 ft × 4 ft = 16 square ft
Area of the square = s × s
A = 4 ft × 4 ft = 16 square ft
Area of the rectangle = b × h
A = 16 ft × 4 ft = 64 square ft
Area of the figure = 16 square ft + 16 square ft + 64 square ft
Thus the Area of the figure = 96 square feet.

Find the area of the combined rectangles.

Question 5.
Attend to Precision Jamie’s mom wants to enlarge her rectangular garden by adding a new rectangular section. The garden is now 96 square yards. What will the total area of the garden be after she adds the new section?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 29
A = ______ square yards

Answer: 180 square yards

Explanation:

There are 2 rectangles in the above figure
Area of rectangle = b × h
A = 12 yard × 8 yards  = 96 square yards
Area of rectangle = b × h
A = 6 yards × 14 yards = 84 square yards
Area of the figure = 96 square yards + 84 square yards
Therefore the area of the figure = 180 square yards.

Question 6.
Explain how to find the perimeter and area of the combined rectangles at the right.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 30
P = ______ feet; A = ______ square feet

Answer: A = 92 square feet; P = 52 feet

Explanation:
There are 2 rectangle in the figure
Area of rectangle = b × h
A = 5 ft × 4 ft = 20 square ft
Area of rectangle = b × h
A = 8 ft × 9 ft = 72 square ft
Area of the figure = 20 square ft + 72 square ft = 92 square ft
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2l + 2w
P = 2 × 5 + 2 × 4 = 10 + 8 = 18 feet
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2l + 2w
P = 2 × 8 + 2 × 9 = 16 + 18 = 34 feet
Perimeter of the figure = 52 feet

Page No. 732

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 31

Question 7.
The diagram shows the layout of Mandy’s garden. The garden is the shape of combined rectangles. What is the area of the garden?
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
__________

Answer: I need to find the area of the garden.

Question 7.
b. How can you divide the figure to help you find the total area?
Type below:
__________

Answer: I will divide the figure into 3 parts to find the total area

Question 7.
c. What operations will you use to find the answer?
Type below:
__________

Answer: I will use the addition operation to find the area.

Question 7.
d. Draw a diagram to show how you divided the figure. Then show the steps to solve the problem.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Algebra-Perimeter-and-Area-img-31
There are 2 rectangles and 1 square in this figure.
Area of rectangle = b × h
Base = 1 ft
H = 7 ft
A = 1 ft × 7 ft = 7 square ft
Area of rectangle = b × h
Base = 5 ft
H = 2 ft
A = 5 ft × 2 ft = 10 square ft
Area of the square = s × s
A = 3 ft × 3 ft = 9 square ft
Total area = 7 square ft + 10 square ft + 9 square ft
= 26 square ft

Question 8.
Workers are painting a large letter L for an outdoor sign. The diagram shows the dimensions of the L. For numbers 8a–8c, select Yes or No to tell whether you can add the products to find the area that the workers will paint.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 32
8a. 2 × 8 and 2 × 4
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes
Explanation:
There are 2 rectangles in the above figure
B = 2 ft
H = 8 ft
A = 2 × 8
B = 4 ft
H = 2 ft
A = 4 × 2
Thus the above statement is correct.

Question 8.
8b. 2 × 6 and 2 × 8
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No
There are 2 rectangles in the above figure
B = 6 ft
H = 2 ft
A = 2 × 6
Then 2 will be subtracted from 8 = 6
So, the above statement 2 × 6 and 2 × 8 is false.

Question 8.
8c. 2 × 6 and 6 × 2
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes
Explanation:
There are 2 rectangles in the above figure
B = 6 ft
H = 2 ft
A = 6 × 2
B = 2 ft
H = 6 ft
A = 2 × 6
Thus the above statement is true.

Common Core – New – Page No. 733

Area of Combined Rectangles

Find the area of the combined rectangles.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 33

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 34
______ square feet

Answer: 143 square feet

Explanation:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Algebra-Perimeter-and-Area-img-34

Area of A = 9 ft × 5 ft = 45 sq. ft.
Area of B = 14 ft. × 7 ft. = 98 sq. ft.
Total Area = Area of A + Area of B
= 45 sq. ft. + 98 sq. ft. = 143 square feet
Therefore the total Area = 143 square feet

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 35
______ square inches

Answer: 63 square inches

Explanation:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Algebra-Perimeter-and-Area-img-35

Area of A = 9 in. × 5 in. = 45 square inches
Area of B = 6 inches × 3 inches = 18 square inches
Total Area = Area of A + Area of B
Total Area = 45 square inches + 18 square inches
Total Area = 63 square inches

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 36
______ square feet

Answer: 50 square feet

Explanation:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Algebra-Perimeter-and-Area-img-36

Area of A = 4 feet × 2 feet = 8 square feet
Area of B = 7 feet × 6 feet = 42 square feet
Total Area = Area of A + Area of B
Total Area = 8 square feet + 42 square feet
Total Area = 50 square feet

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 37
______ square centimeters

Answer: 180 square centimeters

Explanation:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Algebra-Perimeter-and-Area-img-37

Area of A = 12 cm × 7 cm = 84 square cm
Area of B = 16 cm × 6 cm = 96 square cm
Total Area = Area of A + Area of B
Total Area = 84 square cm + 96 square cm
Total Area = 180 square centimeters

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 38
______ square yards

Answer: 68 square yards

Explanation:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Algebra-Perimeter-and-Area-img-38

Area of A = 14 yd × 1 yd = 14 square yards
Area of B = 9 yd × 6 yd = 54 square yards
Total Area = Area of A + Area of B
Total Area = 14 square yards + 54 square yards
Total Area = 68 square yards

Problem Solving

Use the diagram for 7–8.

Nadia makes the diagram below to represent the counter space she wants to build in her craft room.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 39

Question 7.
What is the area of the space that Nadia has shown for scrapbooking?
______ square feet

Answer: 52 square feet

Explanation:

Length = 13 feet
Width = 9 feet – 5 feet = 4 feet
Area of scrapbooking = l × w
= 13 feet × 4 feet
= 52 square feet
Therefore the area of the space that Nadia has shown for scrapbooking is 52 square feet.

Question 8.
What is the area of the space she has shown for painting?
______ square feet

Answer: 25 square feet

Explanation:
The space for painting is a square.
Side of the square is 5 feet
Area of the square = 5 feet × 5 feet
= 25 square feet
Thus the area of the space she has shown for painting is 25 square feet.

Common Core – New – Page No. 734

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the area of the combined rectangles below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 40
Options:
a. 136 square yards
b. 100 square yards
c. 76 square yards
d. 64 square yards

Answer: 76 square yards

Explanation:
Area of 1st rectangle = 5 yards × 8 yards = 40 square yards
Area of 2nd rectangle = 12 yards × 3 yards = 36 square yards
Area of the figure = Area of 1st rectangle + Area of 2nd rectangle
Area of the figure = 40 square yards + 36 square yards
Therefore, the Area of the figure is 76 square yards.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Marquis is redecorating his bedroom. What could Marquis use the area formula to find?
Options:
a. how much space should be in a storage box
b. what length of wood is needed for a shelf
c. the amount of paint needed to cover a wall
d. how much water will fill up his new aquarium

Answer: the amount of paint needed to cover a wall

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Giraffes are the tallest land animals. A male giraffe can grow as tall as 6 yards. How tall would the giraffe be in feet?
Options:
a. 2 feet
b. 6 feet
c. 12 feet
d. 18 feet

Answer: 18 feet

Explanation:
Giraffes are the tallest land animals. A male giraffe can grow as tall as 6 yards.
6 yards + 6 yards + 6 yards = 18 yards
The correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Drew purchased 3 books for $24. The cost of each book was a multiple of 4. Which of the following could be the prices of the 3 books?
Options:
a. $4, $10, $10
b. $4, $8, $12
c. $5, $8, $11
d. $3, $7, $14

Answer: $4, $8, $12

Explanation:
Given that,
Drew purchased 3 books for $24.
The cost of each book was a multiple of 4.
So, the prices of books will be multiple of 4.
That means $4 × 1, $4 × 2, $4 × 3
=  $4, $8, $12
The correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Esmeralda has a magnet in the shape of a square. Each side of the magnet is 3 inches long. What is the perimeter of her magnet?
Options:
a. 3 inches
b. 7 inches
c. 9 inches
d. 12 inches

Answer: 12 inches

Explanation:
Esmeralda has a magnet in the shape of a square. Each side of the magnet is 3 inches long.
Side = 3 inches
The perimeter of the square = 4s
P = 4 × 3 = 12 inches
The correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
What is the area of the rectangle below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 41
Options:
a. 63 square feet
b. 32 square feet
c. 18 square feet
d. 16 square feet

Answer: 63 square feet

Explanation:
Area of the rectangle = base × height
Base = 9 feet
Height = 7 feet
A = 9 feet × 7 feet
A = 63 square feet
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Page No. 735

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 42

Question 1.
A square that is 1 unit wide and 1 unit long is a ________.
__________

Answer: Square unit

Question 2.
The _______ of a two-dimensional figure can be any side.
__________

Answer: Base

Question 3.
A set of symbols that expresses a mathematical rule is called a ______.
__________

Answer: Formula

Question 4.
The ______ is the distance around a shape.
__________

Answer: Perimeter

Find the perimeter and area of the rectangle or square.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 43
Perimeter = ______ cm
Area = ______ square cm

Answer:
Perimeter = 52 cm
Area = 169 square cm

Explanation:
P = 4s
P = 4 × 13 = 52 cm
A = s × s
A = 13 × 13 = 169 square cm

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 44
Perimeter = ______ ft
Area = ______ square ft

Answer:
Perimeter: 48 ft
Area = 63 square ft

Explanation:
Base = 21 ft
Height = 3 ft
P = 2l +2w
P = 2 (21 ft + 3 ft)
P = 2 × 24 = 48 feet
A = b × h
A = 21 × 3
A = 63 square ft

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 45
Perimeter = ______ in.
Area = ______ square in.

Answer:
Perimeter = 46 in.
Area = 120 square in.

Explanation:
P = 2l +2w
P = 2 × 15 + 2 × 8
P = 30 + 16 = 46 inches
A = l × w
A = 15 × 8 = 120 square inches

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 46
Area = ____ square yd

Answer:
Area of the rectangle = 20 yards × 5 yards = 100 square yards
Area of the rectangle = 18 yards × 5 yards = 90 square yards
Area of the figure = 100 square yards + 90 square yards = 190 square yards

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 47
Area = ____ square meters

Answer:
A = b × h
A = 5 m × 2 m = 10 square meters
A = b × h
A = 5 m × 2 m = 10 square meters
A = b × h
A = 4 m × 2 m = 8 square meters
Now add all the areas
10 square meters + 10 square meters + 8 square meters
= 28 square meters
Therefore the area of the figures is 28 square meters

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 48
Area = ____ square feet
Answer:
Area of the rectangle = b × h
A = 14 ft × 2 ft = 28 square feet
A = s × s
A = 8 ft × 8 ft = 64 square feet
Area of the figures = 64 square feet + 28 square feet
Therefore Area of the figure = 92 square feet

Page No. 736

Question 11.
Which figure has the greatest perimeter?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 49
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 50
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 51
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 52
________

Answer: Figure B has the highest perimeter.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 49
P = 2l +2w
P = 2 × 3 + 2 ×5 = 6 + 10 = 16
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 51

P = 2 × 6 + 2 × 3 = 12 + 6 = 18
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 50
P = 4a = 4 × 4 = 16
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 52
P = 2 × 4 + 2 × 3 = 8+ 6 = 14
Thus the greatest perimeter is figure B.

Question 12.
Which figure has an area of 108 square centimeters?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 53
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 54
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 55
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 56
________

Answer: Figure C

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 53
A = 13 cm × 6 cm = 78 square cm.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 55
A = 11 cm × 11 cm = 121 square cm.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 54
A = 12 cm × 9 cm = 108 square cm.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 56
A = 16 cm × 38 cm = 608 square cm.
Thus the area of 108 square centimeters is Figure C.

Question 13.
Which of the combined rectangles has an area of 40 square feet?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 57
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 58
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 59
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 60
________

Answer: Figure A

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 57
Area of top rectangle = 6 ft × 2 ft = 12 square feet
Area of bottom rectangle = 6 ft × 2 ft = 12 square feet
Area of square = 4 ft × 4 ft = 16 square feet
Add Area of top rectangle, Area of bottom rectangle and Area of square
= 12 square feet +  12 square feet + 16 square feet = 40 square feet.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Page No. 739

Question 1.
Find the unknown measure. The area of the rectangle is 36 square feet.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 61
A = b × h
The base of the rectangle is ________ .
base = _____ ft

Answer: 12 feet

Explanation:
Given,
The area of the rectangle = 36 square feet
Height = 3 feet
Base =?
A = b × h
36 square feet = b × 3 feet
b × 3 feet = 36 square feet
b = 36/3 = 12 feet
The base of the rectangle is 12 feets.

Find the unknown measure of the rectangle.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 62
Perimeter = 44 centimeters
width = _____ cm

Answer: 10 cm

Explanation:
Given,
Perimeter = 44 centimeters
Length = 12 cm
width =?
The perimeter of the rectangle = 2 (l + w)
P = 2l + 2w
44 cm = 24 cm + 2w
2w = 44 cm – 24 cm
2w = 20 cm
w = 20/2 = 10
Therefore width = 10 cm

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 63
Area = 108 square inches
height = _____ in.

Answer: 12 inches

Explanation:
Given,
Area = 108 square inches
Base = 9 inches
height = _____ in.
A = b × h
108 square inches = 9 inches × h
h = 108/9
Height = 12 inches
Therefore the height of the rectangle = 12 inches

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 64
Area = 90 square meters
base = _____ cm

Answer: 18 meters

Explanation:
Given,
Area = 90 square meters
Height = 5 meters
base = _____ cm
A = b × h
90 square meters = b × 5 meters
b × 5 meters = 90 square meters
b = 90/5 = 18 meters
Therefore the base of the rectangle = 18 meters

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 65
Perimeter = 34 yards
length = _____ yd

Answer: 12 yards

Explanation:
Given,
Perimeter = 34 yards
Width = 5 yards
Length =?
The perimeter of the rectangle = 2 (l + w)
P = 2l + 2w
34 yards = 2 × l + 2 × 5 yards
34 yards = 2 × l + 10 yards
2 × l + 10 yards = 34 yards
2l = 34 yards – 10 yards
2l = 24 yards
l = 24/2 = 12 yards
Therefore the length of the rectangle = 12 yards.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 66
Area = 96 square feet
base = ______ ft

Answer: 12 feet

Explanation:
Given,
Area = 96 square feet
Height = 8 feet
Base =?
A = b × h
96 square feet = b × 8 feet
b × 8 feet = 96 square feet
b = 96/8 = 12 feet
Thus base of the rectangle = 12 feet.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 67
Area = 126 square centimeters
height = _____ centimeters

Answer: 14 centimeters

Explanation:
Given,
Area = 126 square centimeters
Base = 9 cm
height = _____ centimeters
A = b × h
126 square centimeters = 9 cm × h
9 cm × h = 126 square centimeters
h = 126/9 = 14 centimeters
Therefore the Height of the rectangle = 14 centimeters

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 739 Q8

Page No. 740

Question 9.
Identify Relationships The area of a swimming pool is 120 square meters. The width of the pool is 8 meters. What is the length of the pool in centimeters?
length = _____ centimeters

Answer:
Given that the area of a swimming pool is 120 square meters.
The width of the pool is 8 meters.
We have to find the length of the pool in centimeters.
We know that Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = l × w
120 square meters = l × 8 meters
l × 8 meters = 120 square meters
l = 120/8 = 15 meters
Therefore, the length of the pool = 15 meters
Convert meters to centimeters
1 meter = 100 centimeters
15 meters = 1500 centimeters.
The length of the pool in centimeters = 1500 centimeters

Question 10.
An outdoor deck is 7 feet wide. The perimeter of the deck is 64 feet. What is the length of the deck? Use the numbers to write an equation and solve. A number may be used more than once.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 68
P=(2 × l) + (2 × w)
So, the length of the deck is _______ feet.
length = _____ ft

Answer:
An outdoor deck is 7 feet wide.
The perimeter of the deck is 64 feet.
We know that,
P=(2 × l) + (2 × w)
64 feet = (2 × l) + (2 × 7)
64 feet = 2l + 14 feet
2 × l = 64 feet – 14 feet
2 × l = 50 feet
l = 50/2 = 25 feet
Therefore the length of the deck = 25 feet.

Question 11.
A male mountain lion has a rectangular territory with an area of 96 square miles. If his territory is 8 miles wide, what is the length of his territory?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 69
length = _____ miles

Answer:
A male mountain lion has a rectangular territory with an area of 96 square miles.
Width = 8 miles
Length =?
A = l × w
96 square miles = l × 8 miles
l × 8 miles = 96 square miles
l = 96/8
l = 12 miles
Therefore, length of his territory = 12 miles

Common Core – New – Page No. 741

Find Unknown Measures

Find the unknown measure of the rectangle.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 70
Perimeter = 54 feet
width = 7 feet
Think: P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
54 = (2 × 20) + (2 × w)
54 = 40 + (2 × w)
Since 54 = 40 + 14, 2 × w = 14, and w = 7.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 71
Perimeter = 42 meters
length = _____ meters

Answer: length = 12 meters

Explanation:

Given, Perimeter = 42 meters
Width = 9 meters
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
P = (2 × l) + (2 × 9 m)
42 m = 2l + 18 m
42 m – 18 m = 2l
2l = 24 meters
l = 24 meters/2 = 12 meters
Therefore length = 12 meters

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 72
Area = 28 square centimeters
height = _____ centimeters

Answer: height = 7 centimeters

Explanation:

Given,
Area = 28 square centimeters
Base = 4 cm
A = b × h
28 square centimeters = 4 cm × h
4 × h = 28
h = 28/4 = 7 cm
The height of the rectangle = 7 centimeters

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 73
Area = 200 square inches
base = _____ inches

Answer: base = 8 inches

Explanation:

Given,
Area = 200 square inches
Height = 25 inches
Base = ?
Area of the rectangle = b × h
200 square inches = b × 25 inches
b × 25 inches = 200 square inches
b = 200/25 = 8 inches
The base of the rectangle = 8 inches.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 741 Q5

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 741 Q6

Common Core – New – Page No. 742

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The area of a rectangular photograph is 35 square inches. If the width of the photo is 5 inches, how tall is the photo?
Options:
a. 5 inches
b. 7 inches
c. 25 inches
d. 30 inches

Answer: 7 inches

Explanation:

The area of a rectangular photograph is 35 square inches.
Width = 5 inches
A = l × w
35 square inches = l × 5 inches
Length = 35/5 = inches
Thus the photo is 7 inches tall.
The correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Natalie used 112 inches of blue yarn as a border around her rectangular bulletin board. If the bulletin board is 36 inches wide, how long is it?
Options:
a. 20 inches
b. 38 inches
c. 40 inches
d. 76 inches

Answer: 20 inches

Explanation:

Natalie used 112 inches of blue yarn as a border around her rectangular bulletin board.
Width = 36 inches
A = 112 inches
A = l × w
112 inches = l × 36 inches
l × 36 inches = 112 inches
l = 112/36 = 20 inches
Length = 20 inches
The correct answer is option A.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A professional basketball court is in the shape of a rectangle. It is 50 feet wide and 94 feet long. A player ran one time around the edge of the court. How far did the player run?
Options:
a. 144 feet
b. 194 feet
c. 238 feet
d. 288 feet

Answer: 288 feet

Explanation:

A professional basketball court is in the shape of a rectangle.
It is 50 feet wide and 94 feet long.
A player ran one time around the edge of the court.
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
P = (2 × 94 feet) + (2 × 50 feet)
P = 188 feet + 100 feet = 288 feet
Therefore the perimeter of the rectangle is 288 feet.

Question 4.
On a compass, due east is a \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise from due north. How many degrees are in a \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn?
Options:
a. 45°
b. 60°
c. 90°
d. 180°

Answer: 90°

Explanation:

On a compass, due east is a \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise from due north.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 360° = 360°/4 = 90°
The correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Hakeem’s frog made three quick jumps. The first was 1 meter. The second jump was 85 centimeters. The third jump was 400 millimeters. What was the total length of the frog’s three jumps?
Options:
a. 189 centimeters
b. 225 centimeters
c. 486 centimeters
d. 585 millimeters

Answer: 225 centimeters

Explanation:

Hakeem’s frog made three quick jumps.
The first was 1 meter. The second jump was 85 centimeters. The third jump was 400 millimeters.
Convert other units to centimeters
1 meter = 100 centimeters
400 millimeters = 40 centimeters
100 + 85 + 40 = 225 centimeters
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Karen colors in squares on a grid. She colored \(\frac{1}{8}\) of the squares blue and \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the squares red. What fraction of the squares are not colored in?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:

Karen colors in squares on a grid.
She colored \(\frac{1}{8}\) of the squares blue and \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the squares red.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{6}{8}\)
Total number of fractions = \(\frac{8}{8}\)
\(\frac{8}{8}\) – \(\frac{6}{8}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}\) fraction of the squares are not colored.

Page No. 745

Question 1.
Lila is wallpapering one wall of her bedroom, as shown in the diagram. She will cover the whole wall except for the doorway. How many square feet of wall does Lila need to cover?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 74
First, find the area of the wall.
A = b × h
Awall = _____ square feet

Answer:
Base = 12 feet
Height = 8 feet
A = b × h
Awall = 12 feet × 8 feet
Awall = 96 square feet

Question 1.
Next, find the area of the door.
A = b × h
Adoor = _____ square feet

Answer:
Base = 3 feet
Height = 7 feet
A = b × h
Adoor = 3 feet × 7 feet
Adoor = 21 square feet

Question 1.
Last, subtract the area of the door from the area of the wall.
_____ – _____ = _____ square feet
So, Lila needs to cover _____ of wall.
Type below:
________

Answer:
Adoor = 21 square feet
Awall = 96 square feet
Last, subtract the area of the door from the area of the wall.
A = Awall – Adoor
A = 96 square feet – 21 square feet
A = 75 square feet
So, Lila needs to cover 75 square feet

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 745 Q2

Question 3.
Ed is building a model of a house with a flat roof, as shown in the diagram. There is a chimney through the roof. Ed will cover the roof with square tiles. If the area of each tile is 1 square inch, how many tiles will he need? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 75
_____ tiles

Answer:
Roof:
Base = 20 inches
Height = 30 inches
Area of the roof = b × h
Aroof = 20 inches × 30 inches
Aroof = 600 inches
Chimney:
Base = 3 inches
Height = 4 inches
Area of the chimney = b × h
Achimney = 3 × 4 = 12 inches
Now subtract Area of Chimney from Area of the roof
A = 600 inches – 12 inches
A = 588 inches
Therefore Ed needs 588 tiles.

Page No. 746

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 746 Q4

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 746 Q5

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 746 Q6

Question 7.
A rectangular floor is 12 feet long and 11 feet wide. Janine places a rug that is 9 feet long and 7 feet wide and covers part of the floor in the room. Select the word(s) to complete the sentence.
To find the number of square feet of the floor that is NOT covered by the rug,
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 76 the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 77 Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 78 the area of the floor.
_____ square feet

Answer:
Length = 12 feet
Width = 11 feet
Area of the rectangular floor = l × w
= 12 feet × 11 feet = 132 square feet
Room:
Length = 9 feet
Width = 7 feet
Area of the floor in the room = l × w
= 9 feet × 7 feet
= 63 square feet
Subtract the area of the rug from the area of the floor
= 132 square feet – 63 square feet = 69 square feet
The number of square feet of the floor that is NOT covered by the rug is 69 square feet.

Common Core – New – Page No. 747

Problem Solving Find the Area

Solve each problem.

Question 1.
A room has a wooden floor. There is a rug in the center of the floor. The diagram shows the room and the rug. How many square feet of the wood floor still shows?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 79
82 square feet
Area of the floor: 13 × 10 = 130 square feet
Area of the rug: 8 × 6 = 48 square feet
Subtract to find the area of the floor still showing: 130 – 48 = 82 square feet

Question 2.
A rectangular wall has a square window, as shown in the diagram.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 80
What is the area of the wall NOT including the window?
The area of the wall NOT including the window = _____ square feet

Answer: 96 square feet

Explanation:
Wall:
Base = 14 feet
Height = 8 feet
Area of the wall = b × h
A = 14 feet × 8 feet
A = 112 square feet
Window:
Length = 4 feet
Area of the square = s × s
Area of the window = 4 feet × 4 feet = 16 square feet
Now subtract Area of the window from the area of the rectangular wall
= 112 square feet – 16 square feet
= 96 square feet
Therefore the area of the wall NOT including the window = 96 square feet.

Question 3.
Bob wants to put down new sod in his backyard, except for the part set aside for his flower garden. The diagram shows Bob’s backyard and the flower garden.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Common Core - New img 81
How much sod will Bob need?
The area covered with new sod = _____ square yards

Answer: 235 square yards

Flower Garden:
Base = 20 yards
Height = 14 yards
Area of the rectangular flower garden = b × h
A = 20 yards × 14 yards
A = 280 square yards
Sod:
Base = 5 yards
Height = 9 yards
Area of sod = b × h
= 5 yards × 9 yards = 45 square yards
Now subtract area of sod from area of flower garden
= 280 square yards – 45 square yards
= 235 square yards
Thus the area covered with new sod = 235 square yards

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 747 Q4

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 747 Q5
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 747 Q5.1

Common Core – New – Page No. 748

Lesson Check

Question 1.
One wall in Zoe’s bedroom is 5 feet wide and 8 feet tall. Zoe puts up a poster of her favorite athlete. The poster is 2 feet wide and 3 feet tall. How much of the wall is not covered by the poster?
Options:
a. 16 square feet
b. 34 square feet
c. 35 square feet
d. 46 square feet

Answer: 34 square feet

Explanation:
One wall in Zoe’s bedroom is 5 feet wide and 8 feet tall.
Area of the wall in Zoe’s bedroom = b × h
A = 5 feet × 8 feet
A = 40 square feet
Zoe puts up a poster of her favorite athlete. The poster is 2 feet wide and 3 feet tall.
Area of the poster = b × h
A = 2 feet × 3 feet = 6 square feet
Now subtract Area of the poster from the Area of the wall in Zoe’s bedroom
= 40 square feet – 6 square feet
= 34 square feet
Thus the area of the wall is not covered by the poster = 34 square feet.
The correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
A garage door is 15 feet wide and 6 feet high. It is painted white, except for a rectangular panel 1 foot high and 9 feet wide that is brown. How much of the garage door is white?
Options:
a. 22 square feet
b. 70 square feet
c. 80 square feet
d. 81 square feet

Answer: 81 square feet

Explanation:
A garage door is 15 feet wide and 6 feet high.
Area of the garage door = b × h
A = 15 feet × 6 feet
A = 90 square feet
It is painted white, except for a rectangular panel 1 foot high and 9 feet wide that is brown.
b = 9 feet
h = 1 foot
A = b × h
A = 9 feet × 1 feet
A = 9 square feet
Area of the garage door is white = 90 square feet – 9 square feet
Area of the garage door is white = 81 square feet
The correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Kate baked a rectangular cake for a party. She used 42 inches of frosting around the edges of the cake. If the cake was 9 inches wide, how long was the cake?
Options:
a. 5 inches
b. 12 inches
c. 24 inches
d. 33 inches

Answer: 12 inches

Explanation:
Kate baked a rectangular cake for a party. She used 42 inches of frosting around the edges of the cake.
Width = 9 inches
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
42 inches = (2 × l) + (2 × 9)
(2 × l) + (2 × 9) = 42 inches
(2 × l) = 42 inches – 18 inches
2l = 24 inches
l = 24/2 = 12 inches
Therefore the cake is 12 inches long.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Larry, Mary, and Terry each had a full glass of juice. Larry drank \(\frac{3}{4}\) of his. Mary drank \(\frac{3}{8}\) of hers. Terry drank \(\frac{7}{10}\) of his. Who drank less than \(\frac{1}{2}\) of their juice?
Options:
a. Larry
b. Mary
c. Mary and Terry
d. Larry and Terry

Answer: Mary

Explanation:
Larry, Mary, and Terry each had a full glass of juice.
Larry drank \(\frac{3}{4}\), Mary drank \(\frac{3}{8}\) and Terry drank \(\frac{7}{10}\) of \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{3}{8}\) is less than \(\frac{1}{2}\) of their juice.
The correct answer is Option B.

Question 5.
Which of the following statements is NOT true about the numbers 7 and 9?
Options:
a. 7 is a prime number.
b. 9 is a composite number.
c. 7 and 9 have no common factors other than 1.
d. 27 is a common multiple of 7 and 9.

Answer: 27 is a common multiple of 7 and 9

Explanation:
a. 7 is a prime number is true.
b. 9 is a composite number is true
c. 7 and 9 have no common factors other than 1 is true.
d. 27 is a common multiple of 7 and 9 is not true because 7 is not multiple of 27.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
Tom and some friends went to a movie. The show started at 2:30 P.M. and ended at 4:15 P.M. How long did the movie last?
Options:
a. 1 hour 35 minutes
b. 1 hour 45 minutes
c. 1 hour 55 minutes
d. 2 hours 15 minutes

Answer: 1 hour 45 minutes

Explanation:
Tom and some friends went to a movie. The show started at 2:30 P.M. and ended at 4:15 P.M.
Subtract 2:30 P.M. from 4:15 P.M.
4 hour 15 minutes
-2 hour 30 minutes
1 hour 45 minutes
The movie last for 1 hour 45 minutes
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Page No. 749

Question 1.
For numbers 1a–1e, select Yes or No to indicate if a rectangle with the given dimensions would have a perimeter of 50 inches.
a. length: 25 inches; width: 2 inches
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
50 inches = (2 × 25 in.) + (2 × w)
(2 × w) = 50 inches – 50 inches
w = 0
Thus the above statement is false

Question 1.
b. length: 20 inches; width: 5 inches
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
50 inches = (2 × 20 in.) + (2 × 5)
50 inches = 40 in. + 10 in.
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 1.
c. length: 17 inches; width: 8 inches
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
50 inches = (2 × 17 in.) + (2 × 8 in.)
50 inches = 34 in. + 16 in.
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 1.
d. length: 15 inches; width: 5 inches
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
50 inches = (2 × 15 in.) + (2 × 5 in.)
50 inches = 30 in. + 10 in.
50 inches = 40 inches
Thus the above statement is false.

Question 1.
e. length: 15 inches; width: 10 inches
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
50 inches = (2 × 15 in.) + (2 × 10 in.)
50 inches = 30 in. + 20 in.
50 inches = 50 inches
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 2.
The swimming club’s indoor pool is in a rectangular building.
Marco is laying tile around the rectangular pool.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 82
Part A
What is the area of the pool and the area of the pool and the walkway? Show your work.
A(pool) = ____ m2    A(building) = ____ m2

Answer:
Pool:
Base = 20 m
Height = 16 m
A = b × h
Area of the pool = 20 m × 16 m = 320 square meters
Pool and the walkway:
Area of the pool and the walkway = 26 m × 22 m = 572 square meters

Question 2.
Part B
How many square meters of tile will Marco need for the walkway?
Explain how you found your answer.
A(walkway) = ____ m2

Answer: 252 square meters

Explanation:
Area of walkway = Area of the pool and the walkway – Area of pool
Area of the walkway = 572 square meters – 320 square meters
= 252 square meters
Therefore the Area of walkway = 252 square meters

Page No. 750

Question 3.
Match the dimensions of the rectangles in the top row with the correct area or perimeter in the bottom row
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 83

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Algebra-Perimeter-and-Area-img-83

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Page 750 Q4

Question 5.
A rectangular flower garden in Samantha’s backyard has 100 feet around its edge. The width of the garden is 20 feet. What is the length of the garden? Use the numbers to write an equation and solve it. A number may be used more than once.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area img 84
□ = (2 × l) + (2 × □)
□ = 2 × l + □
□ = 2 × l
□ = l
So, the length of the garden _____ feet.

Answer:
P = (2 × l) + (2 × w)
100 = (2 × l) + (2 × 20)
100 – 40 = 2 × l
2 × l = 60
l = 60/2 = 30 feet
Length = 30 feet
So, the length of the garden 30 feet.

Question 6.
Gary drew a rectangle with a perimeter of 20 inches. Then he tried to draw a square with a perimeter of 20 inches.
Draw 3 different rectangles that Gary could have drawn. Then draw the square, if possible.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The possible rectangles with a perimeter of 20 inches are:
Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 13 Answer Key review solution image-1HMH Grade 4 Go Math Answer Key review solution image-2Go Math 4th Grade Solution Key Review solution image-3
The possible square with a perimeter of 20 inches is: